(a) Notice of Review and supporting documents (Part 1) (Pages 9-760)
Perth and Kinross Council · 31 August 2026
Back to Local Review Body — 31 August 2026 and its agenda
Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.
Some pages contain no extractable text. They may be blank, graphics or scanned pages. OCR has not been applied.
Page 1
4(i)(a) LRB-2026-15 LRB-2026-15 - 25/01116/FLL - Erection of restaurant unit with drive thru facilities and formation of vehicular access, parking areas, landscaping and associated works, land 70 metres west of Langdale, Perth Road, Blairgowrie, PH10 6EN Papers Submitted by the Applicant
Page 2
No embedded text on this page.
Page 3
Page 1 of 5 Pullar House 35 Kinnoull Street Perth PH1 5GD Tel: 01738 475300 Email: onlineapps@pkc.gov.uk Applications cannot be validated until all the necessary documentation has been submitted and the required fee has been paid. Thank you for completing this application form: ONLINE REFERENCE 100757266-001 The online reference is the unique reference for your online form only. The Planning Authority will allocate an Application Number when your form is validated. Please quote this reference if you need to contact the planning Authority about this application. Applicant or Agent Details Are you an applicant or an agent? * (An agent is an architect, consultant or someone else acting on behalf of the applicant in connection with this application) Applicant Agent Agent Details Please enter Agent details Company/Organisation: Ref. Number: You must enter a Building Name or Number, or both: * First Name: * Building Name: Last Name: * Building Number: Address 1 Telephone Number: * (Street): * Extension Number: Address 2: Mobile Number: Town/City: * Fax Number: Country: * Postcode: * Email Address: * Is the applicant an individual or an organisation/corporate entity? * Individual Organisation/Corporate entity Lichfields Rachel Affleck Canning Street Caledonian Exchange EH3 8EG United Kingdom Edinburgh
Page 4
Page 2 of 5 Applicant Details Please enter Applicant details Title: You must enter a Building Name or Number, or both: * Other Title: Building Name: First Name: * Building Number: Address 1 Last Name: * (Street): * Company/Organisation Address 2: Telephone Number: * Town/City: * Extension Number: Country: * Mobile Number: Postcode: * Fax Number: Email Address: * Site Address Details Planning Authority: Full postal address of the site (including postcode where available): Address 1: Address 2: Address 3: Address 4: Address 5: Town/City/Settlement: Post Code: Please identify/describe the location of the site or sites Northing Easting Perth and Kinross Council The Oakwood McDonald's Restaurants Ltd LS8 2RB Land 70 Metres West Of Langdale Perth Road Blairgowrie PH10 6EN United Kingdom 743921 Leeds 317399 Easterly RoadMcDonald's Restaurants Ltd
Page 5
Page 3 of 5 Description of Proposal Please provide a description of your proposal to which your review relates. The description should be the same as given in the application form, or as amended with the agreement of the planning authority: * (Max 500 characters) Type of Application What type of application did you submit to the planning authority? * Application for planning permission (including householder application but excluding application to work minerals). Application for planning permission in principle. Further application. Application for approval of matters specified in conditions. What does your review relate to? * Refusal Notice. Grant of permission with Conditions imposed. No decision reached within the prescribed period (two months after validation date or any agreed extension) – deemed refusal. Statement of reasons for seeking review You must state in full, why you are a seeking a review of the planning authority’s decision (or failure to make a decision). Your statement must set out all matters you consider require to be taken into account in determining your review. If necessary this can be provided as a separate document in the ‘Supporting Documents’ section: * (Max 500 characters) Note: you are unlikely to have a further opportunity to add to your statement of appeal at a later date, so it is essential that you produce all of the information you want the decision-maker to take into account. You should not however raise any new matter which was not before the planning authority at the time it decided your application (or at the time expiry of the period of determination), unless you can demonstrate that the new matter could not have been raised before that time or that it not being raised before that time is a consequence of exceptional circumstances. Have you raised any matters which were not before the appointed officer at the time the Yes No Determination on your application was made? * If yes, you should explain in the box below, why you are raising the new matter, why it was not raised with the appointed officer before your application was determined and why you consider it should be considered in your review: * (Max 500 characters) Erection of restaurant unit with drive thru facilities and formation of vehicular access, parking areas, landscaping and associated works. Please see enclosed Statement of Appeal.
Page 6
Page 4 of 5 Please provide a list of all supporting documents, materials and evidence which you wish to submit with your notice of review and intend to rely on in support of your review. You can attach these documents electronically later in the process: * (Max 500 characters) Application Details Please provide the application reference no. given to you by your planning authority for your previous application. What date was the application submitted to the planning authority? * What date was the decision issued by the planning authority? * Review Procedure The Local Review Body will decide on the procedure to be used to determine your review and may at any time during the review process require that further information or representations be made to enable them to determine the review. Further information may be required by one or a combination of procedures, such as: written submissions; the holding of one or more hearing sessions and/or inspecting the land which is the subject of the review case. Can this review continue to a conclusion, in your opinion, based on a review of the relevant information provided by yourself and other parties only, without any further procedures? For example, written submission, hearing session, site inspection. * Yes No Please indicate what procedure (or combination of procedures) you think is most appropriate for the handling of your review. You may select more than one option if you wish the review to be a combination of procedures. Please select a further procedure * Please explain in detail in your own words why this further procedure is required and the matters set out in your statement of appeal it will deal with? (Max 500 characters) In the event that the Local Review Body appointed to consider your application decides to inspect the site, in your opinion: Can the site be clearly seen from a road or public land? * Yes No Is it possible for the site to be accessed safely and without barriers to entry? * Yes No Please see Appendix 3 of Statement of Appeal. 25/01116/FLL 13/03/2026 Holding one or more hearing sessions on specific matters 24/07/2025 Please see enclosed Notice of Review Form and Statement of Appeal.
Page 7
Page 5 of 5 Checklist – Application for Notice of Review Please complete the following checklist to make sure you have provided all the necessary information in support of your appeal. Failure to submit all this information may result in your appeal being deemed invalid. Have you provided the name and address of the applicant?. * Yes No Have you provided the date and reference number of the application which is the subject of this Yes No review? * If you are the agent, acting on behalf of the applicant, have you provided details of your name Yes No N/A and address and indicated whether any notice or correspondence required in connection with the review should be sent to you or the applicant? * Have you provided a statement setting out your reasons for requiring a review and by what Yes No procedure (or combination of procedures) you wish the review to be conducted? * Note: You must state, in full, why you are seeking a review on your application. Your statement must set out all matters you consider require to be taken into account in determining your review. You may not have a further opportunity to add to your statement of review at a later date. It is therefore essential that you submit with your notice of review, all necessary information and evidence that you rely on and wish the Local Review Body to consider as part of your review. Please attach a copy of all documents, material and evidence which you intend to rely on Yes No (e.g. plans and Drawings) which are now the subject of this review * Note: Where the review relates to a further application e.g. renewal of planning permission or modification, variation or removal of a planning condition or where it relates to an application for approval of matters specified in conditions, it is advisable to provide the application reference number, approved plans and decision notice (if any) from the earlier consent. Declare – Notice of Review I/We the applicant/agent certify that this is an application for review on the grounds stated. Declaration Name: Miss Rachel Affleck Declaration Date: 08/06/2026 Payment Details Pay Direct Created: 08/06/2026 17:21
Page 8
Proposed drive-thru restaurant Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Planning Statement McDonald's Restaurants Ltd 24 July 2025
Page 9
© 2024 Nathaniel Lichfield & Partners Limited (trading as “Lichfields”), All Rights Reserved, is registered in England, no. 2778116. Registered office at The Minster Building, 21 Mincing Lane, London EC3R 7AG. Formatted for double sided printing. Plans based upon Ordnance Survey mapping with the permission of His Majesty’s Stationery Office. © Crown Copyright reserved. Licence number 10007707 67496/01/NWO/kmit 34014670v1
Page 10
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Contents 1.0 Introduction 1 Proposed development 1 Pre-application process 1 Planning application submission 2 Structure of Statement 2 2.0 Site context 3 Site and surroundings 3 Accessibility 3 Planning history 3 Summary 5 3.0 The proposed development 6 Restaurant building design 6 Access and parking 6 Economic impact 7 Environmental sustainability 7 Waste and use of recycled material in construction 8 The restaurant building 8 Sustainable development and climate change 9 Summary 9 4.0 Planning policy context 11 Relevant planning policy and guidance 11 NPF4 11 Perth and Kinross LDP 11 Supplementary guidance 12 5.0 Town Centre First Assessment 13 Policy context 13 McDonald’s commercial requirement 13 Methodology 14
Page 11
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Blairgowrie Town Centre 16 Summary 18 6.0 Compliance with planning policy 19 Principle of development 19 20-minute neighbourhoods 19 Sustainable economic growth 20 Main town centre uses 20 Health and wellbeing 21 Drive-thru developments 22 Traffic and transport 22 Amenity 23 Light 24 Energy 25 Ecology 25 Flood risk and drainage 26 Summary 26 7.0 Conclusions 28
Page 12
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 1 1.0 Introduction 1.1 This Planning Statement has been prepared by Lichfields on behalf of McDonald’s Restaurants Limited (‘McDonald’s’) to accompany a planning application for development at Perth Road, Blairgowrie (‘the site’). 1.2 Its purpose is to assist officers at Perth and Kinross Council (‘the Council’) in their consideration of the accompanying planning application. Proposed development 1.3 This application seeks Planning Permission for: 1.4 ‘Erection of drive-thru restaurant (Class 3/Sui Generis) with associated access, servicing, car parking, landscaping and other associated works and infrastructure’. 1.5 The proposed development comprises: • A new drive-thru restaurant, extending to 292 sq.m Gross Internal Area (‘GIA’) / 315 sq.m (‘GEA’); • 38 parking bays, including three accessible bays and two grill bays; • Three motorcycle parking spaces; • Six cycle parking spaces in the form of three “Sheffield” cycle stands; • Vehicle access to and from the proposed development via the unnamed access road to the south of the site; • Recycling and waste facilities across the site to encourage the proper disposal of waste; • Pedestrian access to the south of the site; and • Within the site, pedestrian routes via paved footways and marked crossing facilities will be provided. Pre-application process 1.6 A Pre-Application Enquiry was submitted in July 2024 to Perth and Kinross Council’s Planning Service. A meeting with Perth and Kinross Council was then held on 9 August 2024, with representatives from Lichfields and McDonald’s in attendance at this meeting. Formal written advice was then received on 11 November 2024. 1.7 Council Officers provided helpful feedback on the proposed development. The Council requested that a Town Centre First Assessment be carried out for Blairgowrie Town Centre. The Council also outlined that an Ecological Impact Assessment, Transport Statement and Noise Impact Assessment would be required. 1.8 This Statement considers the relevant planning issues for the proposed development in the context of the relevant planning policy and guidance. It also responds to the advice provided during the pre-application stage by the Council.
Page 13
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 2 Planning application submission 1.9 This Statement is one of a suite of documents comprising: • Drawing package, including location and site plans (AEW Architects); • Planning application forms and certificates (Lichfields); • Planning Statement (this document); • Economic Statement (Lichfields); • Transport Assessment and Travel Plan (Andrew Moseley Associates (‘AMA’)); • Ecological Appraisal Survey (Encon Associates); • Landscape Scheme (Encon Associates); • Landscape Management Plan (Encon Associates); • Odour Report (Encon Associates); • Air Quality Assessment (Encon Associates); • Flood Risk Screening and Drainage Impact Assessment (Glanville Consultants Ltd); • Drainage Maintenance Plan (Glanville Consultants Ltd); • Construction Environmental Management Plan (Glanville Consultants Ltd); • Low and Zero Carbon (‘LZC’) Report (CDM Partnership); • Lighting Plot (Signify); and • Lighting Impact Assessment. Structure of Statement 1.10 This Statement is structured as follows: • Section 2 – describes the site and its context, including the relevant planning history; • Section 3 – describes the proposed development; • Section 4 – identifies the planning policy context of relevance to the proposed development; • Section 5 – assesses the development in the context of the relevant town centre assessment; • Section 6 – assesses the proposed development against the relevant planning policy considerations; and • Section 7 – sets out the conclusions of the Statement.
Page 14
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 3 2.0 Site context Site and surroundings 2.1 The application site comprises 0.29 hectares and lies to the west of Perth Road (A93). The site benefits from Planning Permission in Principle as part of a wider development site for a mixed-use development. This is discussed further below under Planning History. 2.2 The location of the site is shown in the Location Plan that has been submitted with the application (ref. 13638_AEW_2473_1001). 2.3 The site is bound to the south by Westpark Retail Park, which includes retail stores occupied by Lidl, Home Bargains and a drive-thru Starbucks; to the east by Perth Road (A93), with residential properties beyond; to the west by an area of Ancient Woodland; and to the north by grassland which has Planning Permission for a housing development - 71 houses and 32 flats. Please see the Planning History section below for details. 2.4 The site does not contain or adjoin any listed buildings and is not located within a conservation area. The Fir Hillock Scheduled Monument is located approximately 700m north-west of the site, and a Site of Special Scientific Interest (Ardblair and Myreside Fens) is located approximately 900m north-west of the site. In addition, an area of Ancient Woodland is located approximately 120m to the west of the subject site. Accessibility 2.5 The accessibility of the site and the proposed development is considered in the accompanying Transport Assessment (June 2025), prepared by AMA. 2.6 The site is approximately 1.2 km from Blairgowrie Town Centre and is well served by sustainable travel modes. Two bus stops are available on Perth Road (A93), directly to the east of the stie, approximately 70m from the proposed development and can be accessed via the existing pedestrian infrastructure. These bus stops are served by bus services 58 and 63 and provide connections to Blairgowrie and Perth seven days a week, and Carsie and Rattray six days a week. 2.7 The site is also accessible by cyclists and pedestrians, with good quality and well-lit pedestrian infrastructure along Perth Road. A toucan crossing is provided across Perth Road adjacent to the site which provides a convenient crossing point to the residential area to the east. Given the site is only 1.2km from Blairgowrie Town Centre, the site also provides the opportunity for customers to walk from the town centre. 2.8 Given the site is located directly adjacent to a retail park, the location of the proposed development is in an area where customers are already in the area or on the road network, therefore, it is considered an appropriate location for the proposals. Planning history 2.9 The subject site is part of a wider development of 29 hectares which is allocated for a mix of uses in the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan (‘LDP’) (adopted November 2019).
Page 15
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 4 Wider development site 2.10 In December 2018, Planning Permission in Principle (ref. 17/00939/IPM) was granted for a mixed-use development on the site. This comprised residential development, employment land and commercial units, including a restaurant, hotel and drive-thru café. 2.11 The proposed development site is located where the hotel was approved on the original masterplan for the site (see approved site plan below). The hotel has not been developed. Figure 2.1 – Approved indicative site plan (Planning Permission in Principle ref. 17/00939/IPM) 2.12 Following the approval of the Planning Permission in Principle, Planning Permission was granted on 16 January 2020 for approval of matters specified in conditions in relation to the earlier Planning Permission in Principle for the site (ref. 17/00939/IPM). This was for the erection of retail units (Class 1) and the formation of parking areas (ref. 19/00163/AMM). This development has been built out to the south of the subject site and comprises Westpark Retail Park. Neighbouring sites 2.13 A review of the planning portal has identified the following applications that have been submitted to the Council since the approval of the Planning Permission in Principle that are relevant to these proposals. The first is an AMSC application for the site immediately to the north of the application site associated with permission ref. 17/00939/IPM, the following three are new slot in applications within the retail park area to the south of the application site: • Ref. 22/00060/AMM – Planning Permission was granted on 23 March 2023 for the approval of matters specified in conditions in relation to the earlier Planning Permission in Principle (ref. 17/00939/IPM) for the erection of 71 no. dwellinghouses and 32 no. flats. This development is located immediately to the north of the subject
Page 16
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 5 site. A number of non- material variations have been considered by the Council and conditions discharged since the permission was granted. • Ref. 20/01696/FLL – Planning Permission was granted on 20 January 2021 for the erection of a retail unit (Class 1) with associated access, car parking and servicing. This relates to the Planning Permission for the Home Bargains to the south of the site, which is now operational. • Ref. 21/01595/FLL – Planning Permission was granted on 20 December 2021 for the erection of a coffee shop/takeaway and associated works. This relates to the now operational Starbucks drive-thru to the south of the site. • Ref. 24/01573/FLL – A planning application was submitted for an EV charging hub at Westpark Retail Park in November 2024. This application was refused in February 2025. Summary 2.14 In summary, the site benefits from an existing Planning Permission in Principle and the principle of commercial development in the proposed location has therefore already been established. The site is on the edge of Westpark Retail Park which is an established retail/drive-thru development. It is therefore considered that the principle of a drive-thru restaurant in this location should be seen in the context of this established retail destination. It is our view that the proposed development would complement the surrounding development and the character of the area providing additional services within the retail park. 2.15 The site also benefits from an accessible location with good links to cycle routes, public transport and the local road network. Given the location of the site, the proposed development would be compatible with the nearby commercial uses, and would complement the retail function of the park, resulting in linked trips.
Page 17
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 6 3.0 The proposed development 3.1 The accompanying application seeks Planning Permission for the development of a drive- thru restaurant (Class 3/Sui Generis) to be operated by McDonald’s. The description of development is therefore as follows: 3.2 ‘‘Erection of drive-thru restaurant (Class 3/Sui Generis) with associated access, servicing, car parking, landscaping and other associated works and infrastructure’. 3.3 The restaurant will typically receive three deliveries per week. This will be scheduled to arrive at quiet trading periods. It is proposed that servicing will be undertaken from within the car park adjacent to the proposed restaurant building. More details about the proposed servicing arrangements are set out in the accompanying Transport Assessment. Restaurant building design 3.4 The restaurant building is proposed to be located to the east of the site, with car parking provided to the west. The northern boundary of the site will comprise a tree buffer to screen the development from the proposed housing development to the north (ref. 22/00060/AMM). 3.5 The floorspace of the proposed drive-thru restaurant will extend to 292 GIA/315 GEA. There will be a variety of different table sizes and seating types to suit customer needs. 3.6 Internally, there will be a dining area, toilet facilities, kitchen space, staff room and other associated spaces needed for the operation of such a premises, such as stores and chillers. Externally, the restaurant will include a drive-thru lane and a small patio area with tables and chairs. 3.7 The Landscape Scheme (ref. A6760_01D) includes a range of soft landscape measures, including new grass verges established with flowering lawn mix and new native hedgerows and trees for ecological enhancement. Hard landscape includes surface footways to provide a legible and safe pedestrian environment. 3.8 Recycling and waste facilities will be provided across the site to encourage the proper disposal of waste. Access and parking 3.9 The proposed site layout has been designed with pedestrian and cycle access in mind. As set out in Section 2 above, the site is located directly adjacent to Perth Road which is served by two existing bus routes that operate seven days a week. These services (58 and 63) connect the existing retail park with Blairgowrie Town Centre and further afield. 3.10 It is proposed that the existing footway to the south of the site will be extended to provide access into the site, providing safe pedestrian access to the proposed development. Within the site, pedestrian routes via paved footways and marked crossing facilities will also be provided. Access for cyclists is proposed to be via the main site access. 3.11 Access for cyclists is proposed to be via the main site access and there will be provision of six cycle parking spaces adjacent to the restaurant building.
Page 18
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 7 3.12 Within the proposed drive-thru restaurant development site, a total of 38 general parking bays will be provided which will include three accessible bays directly adjacent to the restaurant building and will comprise three motorcycle spaces. 3.13 In addition to this, the proposed drive-thru restaurant would be located directly to the north of Westpark Retail Park, which is currently served by approximately 115 car parking spaces. Given the site will effectively provide an extension to the retail park, it is expected that a large proportion of customers travelling to the proposed McDonald’s restaurant will be linked trips with the adjacent retail units and therefore, a proportion of customers will park within the wider retail park. 3.14 Vehicle access to and from the proposed development is proposed via the unnamed access road to the south of the site, which is the servicing access for the retail park. This will be via a new priority junction. The current bell mouth serving the development plot will be stopped up. It is also proposed that the existing access road will be widened to approximately 6 metres to permit two-way vehicle movements up to and including the subject site. 3.15 The main vehicle access into the retail park will remain unchanged and will continue to be taken from a separate ghost island junction to the south. Economic impact 3.16 The proposed development at Blairgowrie will provide a range of economic benefits. 3.17 The restaurant is expected to employ approximately 80-100 staff once the development is operational, comprising approximately 55-75 full time equivalent (‘FTE’) job roles for local residents. The proposed development will therefore bring significant socio-economic benefits through job creation and training opportunities to residents. It will also provide a new local restaurant to Blairgowrie. 3.18 Further consideration of the socio-economic impacts of the proposed development are provided at Section 6 of this Statement and in the accompanying Economic Statement (Lichfields, July 2025). Environmental sustainability 3.19 The scale of McDonald’s business represents an opportunity to have a positive impact on some of the biggest challenges facing the world today. The threat of climate change is one such challenge and McDonald’s is proud of the investment they have made to reduce their carbon footprint in the UK. 3.20 McDonald’s was the first restaurant chain to set science-based greenhouse gas reduction targets at a global level. Working with all franchisees, their aim is to reduce greenhouse gas emissions related to all restaurants and offices by 36% by 2030. Additionally, McDonald’s is committed to a 31% reduction in emissions intensity (per metric tonne of food and packaging) across the supply chain by 2030. 3.21 To meet these targets, McDonald’s buy 100% renewable electricity and have invested in long term partnership agreements to develop the renewable energy infrastructure in the UK. The absence of on-site fossil fuel use, together with McDonald’s electricity procurement
Page 19
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 8 agreements, eliminates the production of greenhouse gases from on-site operations. In recognition of global warming potential (GWP) associated with refrigeration gases, McDonald’s have moved to the latest reduced GWP air conditioning refrigerants ahead of any legislation in this regard. 3.22 The first McDonald’s restaurant built to the UKGBC net-zero emissions standard opened in 2021 in Market Drayton. McDonald’s ambition is to reach net zero emissions in restaurants and offices by 2030, and their overall goal is to reach net zero emissions across the entire business and value chain in the UK and Ireland by 2040. Waste and use of recycled material in construction 3.23 McDonald’s are challenging themselves to reduce carbon emissions in construction and use, and work with their suppliers to find solutions that will set high standards for the industry. Building materials are sourced locally where possible and carbon-intensive materials have been replaced with alternatives made with recycled car tyres, plastic bottles, and white goods. This includes the following: • Restaurant timber effect cladding panels: 47% recycled content; • Restaurant dark grey cladding panels: 47% recycled content; • Corral grey cladding panels: Recycled IT equipment; and • Plant parapet: Recycled plastic. 3.24 Materials for the building are selected to provide the required aesthetics combined with maximum durability and robustness. The requirement for replacement, maintenance and repair will be minimal during the building lifecycles, thus providing a good low level of energy input over the whole lifecycle. Many of the materials used in the construction of the building are recyclable at the end of life, including the grey cladding panels to the corral, steel and rubber seals from the security doors, restaurant cladding panels, timber and aluminium window and door frames and the black cladding panels to the plant parapet. 3.25 From 2023, furniture will be sourced from recycled or certified materials and designed to be recycled or reused at end of life, as part of the McDonald’s Plan for Change. The restaurant building 3.26 The design of the new building has been directly influenced by sustainability and the standard practices to enable the reduction in their carbon footprint. Approximately, 90% of new restaurants are built using modular construction techniques, which use considerably less energy, inclusive of the reduction of the total number of deliveries to site during the build. Modular construction takes place in a controlled environment, which allows a highly monitored and efficient process, where leftover materials can be used in future projects and ultimately reduce the general building waste. The construction time is also reduced, minimising the potential disruption to neighbours. 3.27 In addition to the above, the walls of the building are insulated using British sheep’s wool which is 100% biodegradable, and the extent of glazing has been reduced compared to previous designs. PV panels will be installed to generate renewable energy.
Page 20
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 9 3.28 The external shell is designed to prevent air leakage and achieve the U-value required by current building regulation standards, and McDonald’s utilise a sophisticated building management control system with specifically engineered energy reduction strategies to maximise operating efficiencies. McDonald’s kitchen appliances have standby reminders, and a metering system has been introduced which measures the amount of electricity used in every half hour of the day. Restaurant Managers receive daily graphs to help them make energy saving adjustments. 3.29 All new restaurants are fitted with standard equipment and maintenance programmes, in line with Green Building Guidelines, which were introduced as a McDonald’s Europe initiative and include: • Lighting - LED lighting is also used, resulting in a 50% reduction in energy use compared to fluorescent lights. • Water - Auto shut-off taps fitted to wash-hand basins in addition to flow control limited to 6l/min; replacement of urinals with waterless units and WCs fitted with dual flush of 4.5l and 3l flushes (unless external drainage requires greater volume). In addition, systems are leak checked with hot water temperatures reduced to a maximum of 60 degrees C. Pipes are checked for missing insulation. • HVAC - Automatic closures fitted to all internal doors and draft-proofing fitted or repaired to all doors and windows, including the use of energy save reminder stickers in the back of house area. Variable speed control fans are installed so that they are not required to run when ventilation is not required, and room sensors installed to monitor internal air temperatures. Sustainable development and climate change 3.30 McDonald’s have a commitment to addressing the climate crisis. To achieve this, the proposed development includes the following measures to enhance sustainability: 3.31 A commitment to achieving net zero carbon emissions by 2040 – the proposed drive-thru restaurant has been designed with this goal in mind; • Ensuring that the animal feed used by their suppliers is deforestation free by 2026; • The aim to source all packaging from renewable and recyclable materials by 2025; • Over 80% of kitchen waste is recycled, which equates to 40% of total waste; and 3.32 An assessment of the proposed development in relation to sustainability is provided in Section 6 of this Statement. A Low and Zero Carbon (‘LZC’) report (June 2025), prepared by CDM Partnership, is also submitted with the accompanying application for consideration. Summary 3.33 In summary, the proposed development seeks to provide a new sustainable drive-thru restaurant in an accessible location. Visual impact and landscape have been carefully considered to ensure that the proposed development is not detrimental in this respect.
Page 21
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 10 3.34 The proposed drive-thru restaurant will be built and will operate in a sustainable manner, in line with McDonald’s Net Zero commitments to minimise any potential climate impacts. 3.35 The proposed development will also provide significant economic benefits to Blairgowrie and the wider area, both directly through investment and job creation, and indirectly through business rates and the wider supply chain, which will enhance the local economy.
Page 22
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 11 4.0 Planning policy context 4.1 This section outlines the planning policy context against which the accompanying planning application should be assessed. An assessment of the proposed development in the context of the planning policies outlined below is provided at Section 6 of this Statement. Relevant planning policy and guidance 4.2 The planning policy and guidance documents that are of relevance to the planning application are as follows: • National Planning Framework 4 (‘NPF4’) – adopted February 2023; • Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan (‘LDP’) – adopted November 2019; and • Supplementary guidance – Perth and Kinross Council. NPF4 4.3 NPF4 was adopted by Scottish Ministers on 13 February 2023. It outlines the government’s planning policies for Scotland and how these are expected to be applied. 4.4 NPF4 supersedes the previous National Planning Framework 3 (June 2014) and Scottish Planning Policy (June 2014). 4.5 The key policies of relevance to the proposed development include: • Policy 1 – Tackling the climate and nature crises; • Policy 2 – Climate mitigation and adaptation; • Policy 3 – Biodiversity; • Policy 9 – Brownfield, vacant and derelict land and empty buildings; • Policy 12 – Zero waste; • Policy 13 – Sustainable transport; • Policy 14 – Design, quality and place; • Policy 15 – Local living and 20-minute neighbourhoods; • Policy 22 – Flood risk and water management; • Policy 25 – Community wealth building; and • Policy 27 – City, town, local and commercial centres. Perth and Kinross LDP 4.6 The Perth and Kinross LDP was adopted in November 2019. The LDP shows the site is part of a wider allocation for mixed use development (ref. MU5) which identifies the site for 200 residential units, 4 hectares of employment uses and 4 hectares for education use. 4.7 The key policies of relevance to the proposed development include: • Policy 1 – Placemaking;
Page 23
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 12 • Policy 7B – Mixed-Use Sites; • Policy 13 – Retail and Commercial Leisure Proposals; • Policy 41 – Biodiversity; • Policy 53C – Surface Water Drainage; • Policy 56 – Noise Pollution; and • Policy 60B – New Development Proposals. Supplementary guidance 4.8 Statutory Supplementary Guidance and non-statutory Planning Guidance form part of the extant Perth and Kinross LDP and cover a range of topic areas. 4.9 The relevant guidance that will be assessed as part of this Planning Statement are: • Supplementary Guidance – Placemaking (statutory); • Planning Guidance – Delivery of Development Sites (non-statutory); and • Planning Guidance – Planning and Biodiversity (non-statutory).
Page 24
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 13 5.0 Town Centre First Assessment 5.1 The proposed development comprises a restaurant with drive-thru facility (Use Class 3/Sui Generis) extending to 292 sq.m GIA / 315 sq.m GEA, to be operated by McDonald’s. Policy context 5.2 Part (b) of Policy 27 (City, town, local and commercial centres) of NPF4 states that proposals for uses that generate significant footfall will not be supported outside town centres unless a Town Centre First Assessment demonstrates that all centre and edge of centre options have been sequentially assessed and discounted as unsuitable or unavailable. 5.3 Despite the site’s location adjacent to an existing retail park and within a development site for mixed-use development which is allocated in the extant LDP, the site is ‘out-of-centre’ in planning policy terms. 5.4 As part of the pre-application discussions with Perth and Kinross Council, it was therefore agreed that an assessment of Blairgowrie Town Centre would be undertaken. In accordance with the provisions of NPF4, this centre has therefore been assessed to determine whether there are any sequentially preferable sites in the town centre or indeed in any edge of centre locations that could accommodate the proposed development. McDonald’s commercial requirement 5.5 In undertaking the Town Centre First Assessment, it is important to consider, from the outset, the commercial need that the proposed development is seeking to meet. 5.6 In this case, McDonald’s have a requirement for a drive-thru restaurant which can serve the area of Blairgowrie. The subject site is considered the ideal location to meet McDonald’s requirement because it is located adjacent to an existing retail park, where there are already commercial operators. Indeed, McDonald’s are keen to locate their proposed restaurant adjacent to other retail and commercial uses at Westpark Retail Park at Perth Road, given the potential for linked trips. 5.7 Figure 5.1 identifies the subject site with a yellow star and demonstrates the area of Blairgowrie is currently not well served by a conveniently accessible McDonald’s restaurant. 5.8 The nearest McDonald’s restaurants are located in: • Perth (Dunkeld Road) – 12.5 miles from the site • Dundee (Camperdown) – 14.1 miles from the site • Perth (Broxden) – 14.2 miles from the site • Dundee (Reform Street) – 16.5 miles from the site • Forfar – 16.6 miles from the site
Page 25
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 14 Figure 5.1 – Existing McDonald’s Coverage (Approximate site location indicated by a yellow star) Source: Google Maps Methodology 5.9 As outlined above, the Town Centre First Assessment assesses potential alternative sites within and on the edge of Blairgowrie Town Centre. 5.10 Figure 5.2 below is an extract from the extant LDP which shows the boundary of Blairgowrie Town Centre (outlined in orange). The centre is located approximately 1.2km to the north-east of the subject site which we have indicated with black star.
Page 26
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 15 Figure 5.2 – Extract from extant LDP showing Blairgowrie Town Centre (highlighted orange), subject site shown by black star Source: Perth and Kinross LDP (2019) 5.11 The proposed drive-thru restaurant with associated surface level car parking responds to the specific business model requirements of McDonald’s. As such, in following the sequential approach, consideration has been given to whether the potential alternative sites can accommodate the proposed development in its entirety. Consideration has also been given to the size of each site, taking into account the size of the application site (0.29 ha). 5.12 Notwithstanding this, NPF4 states that applicants and local authorities should demonstrate flexibility on issues in terms of scale. In this context, the suitability of alternative sites should be assessed in their physical capability to accommodate the form of development proposed in the application. 5.13 This policy interpretation is consistent with the legal judgement on the sequential approach in Tesco Stores Ltd v Dundee City Council Supreme Court Judgement (21 March 2012) which is binding to Local Planning Authorities across the UK. This judgement confirmed that the understanding of what is suitable (in the context of the sequential test) is not a matter of planning judgement, but of legal interpretation. As such, if a developer of an out- of-centre site has demonstrated a degree of flexibility in assessing whether they are available and suitable, the sequential test is satisfied. 5.14 Site visits were undertaken by Lichfields in November 2024 and June 2025. This led to the identification of the following potential alternative sites located within/at the edge of Blairgowrie Town Centre.
Page 27
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 16 Blairgowrie Town Centre Former Supermarket, Commercial Street 5.15 This site is located on Commercial Street, within Blairgowrie Town Centre and the Blairgowrie Conservation Area. The site was formerly occupied by a supermarket which ceased operation in August 2018. Since then, the site has been actively marketed. 5.16 According to the agent’s particulars, the site is 0.89 ha and comprises a large detached single storey self-contained retail unit with parking to the front and rear which would be suitable for retail use. 5.17 The site does not meet McDonald’s requirements given that it is significantly larger than McDonald’s require (the site is more than three times the size of the application site). It is also located within a Conservation Area which is unlikely to be considered an appropriate location for a drive-thru restaurant. As such, the site is not considered to be sequentially preferable in this instance. Figure 5.2 – Former Supermarket, Commercial Street Source: Lichfields Edge of Centre 5.18 In line with national and local planning policy, sites located within edge of centre locations relative to Blairgowrie Town Centre have also been considered and assessed in terms of their suitability, as set out below.
Page 28
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 17 Former Littles Restaurant, Riverside Road 5.19 This site is located on Riverside Road, to the north-east of Blairgowrie Town Centre and within Blairgowrie Conservation Area. The site comprises a Category B-listed church building which was converted into a restaurant in 2015. 5.20 While the site is situated in a location which is visually prominent to customers and passing traffic, the size of the site is only 0.15 hectares and therefore is not large enough to accommodate the required restaurant and drive-thru lane. Additionally, the building itself is a prominent building within Blairgowrie Conservation Area and is a Category B-listed building as a result of its architectural qualities and significance and as such, it is unlikely that this could be demolished to facilitate the development of a McDonald’s drive-thru restaurant as proposed in the subject application. 5.21 Furthermore, the site currently benefits from Planning Permission and Listed Building Consent (approved July 2024, ref. 24/00698/FLL) to change part of its use to a fitness studio (class 11) and undertake associated alterations to the building which indicate that the building is unlikely to still be available. 5.22 As such, this site is not considered to meet McDonald’s commercial requirements and is therefore not considered to be suitable to accommodate the proposed development. Figure 5.3 - Former Littles Restaurant, Riverside Road Source: Lichfields
Page 29
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 18 Travis Perkins, Welton Road 5.23 This site is located on the edge of Blairgowrie Town Centre within a trading estate. It is safeguarded in the LDP for employment uses. The site is currently being actively marketed for lease and marketing collateral indicates that the floorspace of the unit is 700 sq.m. The existing building is therefore significantly larger than McDonald’s require and not suitable for conversion. 5.24 This site has therefore been discounted as not suitable to accommodate the proposed development. Figure 5.4 – Travis Perkins, Welton Road Source: Lichfields 5.25 A number of other units were identified as vacant within and at the edge of Blairgowrie Town Centre, but they have been discounted as too small to accommodate the proposals. Summary 5.26 McDonald’s have specific locational requirements for a restaurant at Blairgowrie. The subject site meets this requirement. 5.27 There are no sequentially preferable opportunities within or on the edge of Blairgowrie Town Centre that could realistically accommodate the proposed development. While a number of vacant sites have been identified, none are suitable for the proposed development and it is concluded that there are no sequentially preferable development opportunities. 5.28 On this basis, it is concluded that the proposals meet the requirements of Part (b) of Policy 27 of NPF4.
Page 30
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 19 6.0 Compliance with planning policy 6.1 This section assesses the proposals against the relevant planning policy and guidance identified in Section 4 of this Statement. 6.2 There are clear arguments that weigh in favour of the proposed development which are set out below. Principle of development 6.3 NPF4 Policy 9 (Brownfield, vacant and derelict land and empty buildings) part b) states “proposals on greenfield sites will not be supported unless the site has been allocated for development or the proposal is explicitly supported by policies in the LDP”. 6.4 The site is located on a vacant, greenfield site. However, the site forms part of a wider allocation in the LDP for mixed use (LDP ref. MU5). It is therefore allocated for development in the LDP and subject to LDP Policy 7B (Mixed-Use Sites). 6.5 Policy 7B (Mixed-Use Sites) states areas identified for mixed use are intended to promote the integration of employment generating opportunities with housing. It states, within these areas, a range of uses such as housing, offices and leisure will be acceptable, provided they are compatible with the amenity of adjoining uses. 6.6 On this basis, it is considered that development of a McDonald’s restaurant is acceptable given that the site is located adjacent to an existing retail park, so it will be seen in the context of this neighbouring development. The proposed development would also be complementary to the neighbouring business uses in the surrounding area as it would provide a destination for employees of and visitors to the neighbouring businesses and a new restaurant for local residents. 6.7 The principle of development in this location has also already been established by Planning Permission in Principle ref. 17/00939/IPM. This therefore demonstrates that the location is capable of accommodating development, without impacting the character of the wider area. 6.8 It is therefore considered that the proposals will relate to the scale and character of the area. The proposals therefore comply with NPF4 Policy 9 (Brownfield, vacant and derelict land and empty buildings) and LDP Policy 7B (Mixed-Use Sites). 20-minute neighbourhoods 6.9 NPF4 Policy 15 (Local Living and 20-minute neighbourhoods) encourages development proposals to support local living and reduce the need to travel. 6.10 As shown in Figure 5.1 of this report, there are no McDonald’s restaurants within 20km of Blairgowrie. The proposed development would therefore provide a more conveniently accessible restaurant for customers who live and work in Blairgowrie. The proposed development would also provide residents of Blairgowrie with the opportunity to walk or cycle to a McDonald’s restaurant, encouraging/supporting sustainable travel. 6.11 In planning terms, the addition of a new restaurant in Blairgowrie is clearly beneficial as it will provide an opportunity to reduce the distance local people are travelling to access a
Page 31
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 20 McDonald’s restaurant and is likely to reduce overall traffic levels/traffic demand. The proposals therefore comply with NPF4 Policy 15 (Local living and 20-minute neighbourhoods) as the new restaurant will reduce the need to travel as far to visit a McDonald’s restaurant. Sustainable economic growth 6.12 NPF4 Policy 25 (Community wealth building) part (a) states that “development proposals which contribute to local or regional community wealth building strategies and are consistent with local economic priorities will be supported”. This includes local job creation, supporting community led proposals and increased spending within communities. Part (b) of Policy 25 does not apply. 6.13 The proposed development is consistent with local economic priorities and will create a significant number of economic benefits. This includes: • Supporting 140 direct FTE construction jobs, as well as supporting a further 120 indirect and induced FTE jobs during the construction phase; • Generating an additional £4.1 million of GVA during construction; • Creating 80-100 direct headcount jobs (55-75 direct FTE jobs) on-site once the development is completed and operational – and a further 30 indirect and induced jobs; and • Delivering an uplift in business rates revenue in the range of £39,000 to £42,500. 6.14 McDonald’s also support local communities in a wide variety of ways. This includes delivering strong staff training programmes, investing more than £43 million in training each year; providing financial support to improve the standards and growth of community- led football teams; and McDonald’s operate their own independently registered charity, Ronald McDonald House Charities UK, which helps support families while their children are in a hospital or hospice. 6.15 Overall, it is considered that the proposal accords with NPF4 Policy 25 (Community wealth building). Main town centre uses 6.16 The proposed development is for a drive-thru restaurant (Class 3/Sui Generis) extending to 292 sq.m GIA / 315 sq.m GEA. The site is out of centre in planning policy terms. 6.17 Policy 27 (City, town, local and commercial centres) of NPF4 focuses on cities and town centres and is relevant to the proposed development. LDP Policy 13 (Retail and Commercial Leisure Proposals) also requires uses that will generate a significant footfall to accord with the Town Centre First approach. It is assumed that since NPF4 was adopted after the LDP, new development proposals should focus on the sequential requirements set out in NPF4. 6.18 Part (a) of Policy 27 states “development proposals that enhance and improve the vitality and viability of city, town and local centres, including proposals that increase the mix of uses will be supported”. This section of the policy does not specifically apply because the proposal is not located within a town centre.
Page 32
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 21 6.19 Part (b) of Policy 27 states “development proposals will be consistent with the town centre first approach. It states that proposals for uses which will generate significant footfall will not be supported outwith town centres unless a Town Centre First Assessment has been carried out. 6.20 As outlined in Section 5 of this Statement, a comprehensive Town Centre First Assessment has been undertaken to determine whether there are any potential alternative sites in sequentially preferable locations that could accommodate the proposed development. As it has been demonstrated that none of the sites identified are suitable or available, it is considered that the proposals accord with Part (b) of Policy 27 (City, town, local and commercial centres) of NPF4. Health and wellbeing 6.21 NPF4 Policy 27 (Part (c)) states “development proposals for non-retail uses will not be supported if further provision of these services will undermine the character and amenity of the area or the health and wellbeing of communities particularly in disadvantaged areas. These include: • Hot food takeaways, including permanently sited vans; • Betting offices; and • High interest money lending premises”. 6.22 The proposed development is not likely to impact on the character and amenity of the area, given it is located adjacent to an established retail park and will therefore be seen in the context of this development. Additionally, the proposed development will bring significant economic, social and regeneration benefits to Blairgowrie as it will bring a prominent, well- connected, vacant site into use, along with significant job creation and training opportunities. 6.23 In terms of health and wellbeing, it is important to highlight that McDonald’s supports the promotion of healthier lifestyles and tackling obesity and is committed to giving their customers a range of options and supporting them to better understand the choices they make. Nutritional information is presented in a variety of ways to customers, from nutrition labelling on select food packaging, as well as displaying calories on menu boards. 6.24 McDonald’s nutritional strategy in the UK has been in place for over 15 years. During this time, McDonald’s has reformulated over 200 of their ingredients and invested heavily in broadening its menu of balanced healthy options. McDonald’s has introduced more salad options, as well as fruit and vegetable bags, orange juice, mineral water and organic semi- skimmed milk. Currently 92% of the core food and drink menu is under 500 calories. 6.25 In addition, McDonald’s seeks to encourage young people to have active lifestyles and has supported community football through their longstanding partnerships with the four UK football associations. McDonald’s now has over 600 Fun Football Centres that provide hundreds of free football sessions designed with their UKFA partners and delivered by a team of fully qualified coaches across the UK. It is important that this, and the above information on McDonald’s nutritional strategy, is taken into account as part of the determination of the subject application.
Page 33
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 22 6.26 Given the above, it should be clear that the proposed McDonald’s approach is very different from that of other hot food takeaway operators who do not operate such a wide-ranging menu, or provide customers with information on nutrition and calories to help customers make an informed choice. This should therefore be taken into account when considering the proposed use. Drive-thru developments 6.27 NPF4 Policy 27 (Part (d)) states “drive-through developments will only be supported where they are specifically supported in the LDP”. 6.28 As NPF4 was adopted on 13 February 2023, Part (d) of Policy 27 should be considered in the context of the transitional arrangements as set out by the Scottish Government in February 2023. This makes clear that there is no ban on drive-thru developments, but rather local authorities should consider the need for drive-thru development in forthcoming LDPs. Additionally, there must be time for LDPs to be updated before this policy can be properly applied. 6.29 The guidance further states that in applying Policy 27(d) and whether such developments are supported, planning authorities may regard wider uses that are compatible with the drive-thru function to be included, as there is no single class of development that this relates to and may sometimes be considered as sui generis. Suitable locations may include for example those allocated for Class 1 shops or Class 3 food and drink. 6.30 On that basis, in the absence of a ‘new style’ LDP, prepared in the context of NPF4 and the new policies it has introduced, proposals for drive-thru related development should be considered against the full range of policies set out within the existing development plan, i.e. in this case, NPF4 and the Perth and Kinross LDP (November 2019). 6.31 In this context, the proposed development is located adjacent to an established retail park, where a mix of Class 1, Class 3 and drive-thru uses are located. The proposed development would be compatible with these nearby commercial uses, and indeed, would complement the retail function of the park, resulting in linked trips. 6.32 It is essential that planning balance is applied to all decision making. Decisions should be based on the individual facts and circumstances of the case and consideration should be given to the wider policies of the development plan. The site is allocated for mixed-use development and benefits from Planning Permission for commercial development. It is also a well-located site next to public transport uses, so it is an ideal location for a drive-thru development. This is also demonstrated by the fact that a drive-thru unit already operates adjacent to the site. Traffic and transport 6.33 NPF4 Policy 13 (Sustainable Transport) calls for development proposals to be located in areas that can be accessed by sustainable modes of transport. LDP Policy 1 (Placemaking) and LDP Policy 60B (New development proposals) also require new developments to prioritise active travel and aim to reduce reliance on the private car. 6.34 A Transport Assessment and Travel Plan have been prepared by AMA and accompany the planning application.
Page 34
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 23 Sustainable transport 6.35 The site is accessible by walking, cycling and public transport. The proposed development will be accessible on foot from the surrounding residential area of Blairgowrie, including Blairgowrie Town Centre, and lies in close proximity to bus stops, so will therefore be accessible by public transport. Further details of opportunities for sustainable access to the site are discussed in the submitted Travel Plan. Access and trip generation 6.36 The site will be accessed by all modes of transport via a new priority junction to the south of the site. The current bell mouth serving the subject site will be stopped up. The access road will be widened to approximately 6m to permit two-way vehicle movements up to and including the McDonald’s site. It will then continue west through a one-way carriageway, for further access to the retail park. The main vehicle access into the retail park will remain unchanged and will continue to be taken from a separate ghost island junction to the south. 6.37 Given the nature of the development, it is concluded that the majority of vehicular trips to McDonald’s restaurants will be ‘pass by trips’, with customers already be on the local road network. The Transport Assessment demonstrates that on a Friday afternoon peak, 13% of trips to the McDonald’s restaurant could be expected to be additional trips, and 87% would be from vehicles already on the road network. For the Saturday peak, 16% would be additional trips and 84% already on the road network. Thus, the modelling undertaken in the Transport Assessment demonstrates that the traffic associated with the development can be accommodated on the surrounding highway without having a detrimental impact. Parking 6.38 The proposals include for 38 general parking bays, including three accessible spaces and two reserve bays. There will also be three motorcycle spaces and six cycle parking spaces in the form of “Sheffield” stands. The proposed level of car parking and is therefore considered sufficient and will meet the anticipated demand of the proposed restaurant. 6.39 In addition to this, the proposed drive-thru restaurant would be located to the north of Westpark Retail Park, which is currently occupied by approximately 115 car parking spaces. Given the site is located within a retail park, it is expected that a large proportion of customers travelling to the proposed McDonald’s restaurant will be linked trips with the adjacent retail units and therefore, a proportion of customers will park within the wider retail park. 6.40 In summary, it is considered that the proposal accords with NPF4 Policy 13 (Sustainable Transport); LDP Policy 1 (Placemaking); and LDP Policy 60B (New Development Proposals). Amenity 6.41 NPF4 Policy 14 (Design, quality and place) and LDP Policy 1 (Placemaking) set out that development proposals should be designed to improve the quality of the area. 6.42 LDP Policy 56 (Noise Pollution) states there will be presumption against the siting of development proposals which will generate high levels of noise in the locality.
Page 35
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 24 6.43 The individual issues that may have potential to impact on amenity enjoyed by residents living in the local area are discussed below. Noise 6.44 During pre-application discussions with Perth and Kinross Council, it was noted that the acoustic impact of the proposals should be considered in the assessment of the planning application. 6.45 Acoustic surveys have been undertaken to determine the existing noise conditions on site and to reach conclusions about the predicted noise levels associated with the proposed development during the operational phase of development and their impact. A Noise Impact Assessment is in the process of being finalised and will be submitted to the Council for consideration in due course in line with the requirements of Policy 56 – Noise Pollution. Air quality 6.46 An Air Quality Assessment, prepared by Encon Associates, has been prepared an accompanies this planning application. This report has been prepared in accordance with IAQM Guidance and discusses the effects of the proposed development on local air quality. 6.47 The report identifies that due to the proximity of nearby residential receptors, the site is considered to have a low risk of impacts with regards to dust soiling and PM10 concentrations. However, following the implementation of appropriate mitigation measures, impacts associated with the construction of development are likely to be insignificant. 6.48 The report identifies that the proposals will not generate a significant number of additional vehicle movements on the adjacent road network. Impacts on local air quality associated with operational traffic will be negligible. Furthermore, all energy provision will be provided by low emission or non-combustible sources, therefore it is concluded that on-site emissions will be negligible. This means that no mitigation is necessary. 6.49 Overall, the Air Quality Assessment concludes that air quality impacts as a result of this development are not likely to be significant. On this basis, the proposed development complies with national air quality legislation and NPF4 Policy 14 (Design, quality and place). Light 6.50 A Lighting Impact Assessment of the proposed development has been prepared by LAUK Lighting to accompany the application. The assessment examines each of the application site’s boundaries, verifies the effective use of LED optics and the lux contours that have been achieved and then considers the potential impact on nearby uses (including neighbouring properties), ecology and the preservation of the night sky. 6.51 The assessment concludes that the proposed lighting design will not have any obtrusive lighting impact on nearby residential dwelling including the southern facades of the approved residential properties to the north of the site. The lighting of the site has been designed to avoid adverse impacts on airborne wildlife activity in accordance with the recommendations of the Institute of Lighting Professionals for developments in areas of
Page 36
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 25 any potential airborne wildlife activity. Additionally, the use of downward projection luminaires set at zero tilt will eliminate any potential night sky pollution and the proposed lighting design eliminates any light spill into nearby woodland. 6.52 As such, the proposed lighting of the development does not create any adverse impact on the amenity of surrounding uses and is therefore compatible with its setting and surroundings in line with the requirements of NPF4 Policy 14 (Design, quality and place). Energy 6.53 NPF4 Policy 1 (Tackling the climate and nature crises) states “when considering all development proposals significant weight will be given to the global climate and nature crises”. 6.54 NPF4 Policy 2 (Climate mitigation and adaptation) requires developments to be designed to minimise greenhouse gas emissions and to be adaptable to future risks of climate change. 6.55 LDP Policy 1 (Placemaking) states development should be planned and designed with reference to climate change, mitigation and adaptation. 6.56 A Low and Zero Carbon Report has been prepared by CDM Partnership to assess the compliance of the proposal with regards to energy efficiency and assess the suitability of the applicable Low and Zero Carbon (LZC) technologies. 6.57 Based on an assessment of LZC technologies, air source heat pumps are proposed to be used for the development as the preferred renewable and low carbon technology to meet the total heating, cooling and DHW demand of the building, combined with 25m2 photovoltaic (PV) panels to reduce the overall carbon emissions by 25.78% compared to the notional building. 6.58 Overall, the report demonstrates that by the installation and operation of low and zero- carbon generating technologies, a 12.5% carbon emission reduction contribution is achieved, which exceeds the 10% target stated in Perth and Kinross LDP. Additionally, the proposed building accords with NPF4 Policy 1 (Tackling the climate and nature crises), NPF4 Policy 2 (Climate mitigation and adaptation) and LDP Policy 1 (Placemaking). Ecology 6.59 NPF4 Policy 3 (Biodiversity) and LDP Policy 41 (Biodiversity) requires development proposals to enhance and conserve biodiversity. It sets out that adverse impacts should be minimised by careful planning and design. Planning Guidance (Planning and Biodiversity) sets out the key biodiversity issues and opportunities that should be considered within new developments. 6.60 An Ecological Appraisal has been prepared by Encon Associates to accompany the planning application. 6.61 The report recommends mitigation measures to prevent any potential adverse impacts on ecology. This includes implementing a wildlife friendly lighting design to minimise the effects on nocturnal wildlife, particularly bats. The report also outlines that in order to prevent trapping amphibians in drains on the site, 45-degree angled kerbs should be used
Page 37
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 26 throughout the development. Where this is not possible, recessed wildlife kerbs should be installed adjacent to all gully pots/drains. 6.62 There are also opportunities to enhance the ecological value of the site post-development, through planting trees, shrubs, hedgerows and wildflower grassland which will benefit pollinators, birds and other urban wildlife. 6.63 Overall, the report concludes that provided all the mitigation measures recommended within the Ecological Appraisal are implemented, the proposals would comply with NPF4 Policy 3 (Biodiversity); LDP Policy 41 (Biodiversity) and LDP Planning Guidance (Planning and Biodiversity). Flood risk and drainage 6.64 NPF4 Policy 22 (Flood risk and water management) part (c) states that development proposals must not increase the risk of surface water and should manage all rain and surface water through sustainable urban drainage systems. This is also set out in LDP Policy 53C (Surface water drainage). 6.65 A Flood Risk Screening and Drainage Impact Assessment has been prepared by Glanville Consultants which proposes an outline drainage strategy for the development. A Drainage Maintenance Plan also accompanies the planning application. 6.66 It is concluded that flood risks within the site are minimal and that the proposed design ensures that flood risks are not increased by the development. 6.67 The proposed surface water drainage strategy follows sustainable drainage guidance. The report identifies that infiltration is suitable and that all surface water will be collected within a permeable sub-base under the permeable car park surfacing via diffuser boxes. Rainfall will be collected from the main car park /patio by permeable paving and will be attenuated within the permeable sub-base with rainwater falling on the drive thru lane being collected by an adjacent Bio-Retention strip. The permeable pavement sub-base will then discharge to a detention basin before ultimately being discharged into the nearby watercourse. 6.68 The sustainable surface water drainage system is designed to accommodate a 1:200-year event plus the appropriate climate change allowance for this site, without flooding. 6.69 The development’s foul water drainage strategy utilises gravity to take effluent to the nearest foul sewer adjacent to the site. The design includes many access points for maintenance and an alarmed grease trap to ensure downstream sewers are protected from cooking waste/grease. 6.70 The proposed development therefore complies with NPF4 Policy 22 (Flood risk and water management) and LDP Policy 53C (Surface Water Drainage). Summary 6.71 In summary, it is essential that planning balance is applied to the decision on the proposed drive-thru development at Blairgowrie. The decision should be made on the individual facts and circumstances of the case and consideration must be given to the wider policies of the development plan, including both Perth and Kinross LDP and NPF4. Planning judgement
Page 38
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 27 should also be proportional and reasonable, so should not be based on compliance with one policy alone. 6.72 The application proposals are considered to accord with the relevant policies within the adopted plan when read as a whole. The site lies in a commercial area, which is surrounded by established retail/drive-thru uses. It is therefore considered that the proposed development is compatible with nearby commercial uses and indeed would complement the retail function of the park, resulting in linked trips. 6.73 It is therefore considered that the principle of the proposed development is acceptable given the absence of any significant technical or amenity conflicts, alongside its location adjacent to existing commercial uses, as well as the range of socio-economic benefits the development would deliver.
Page 39
Proposed drive-thru restaurant : Land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie Pg 28 7.0 Conclusions 7.1 This Planning Statement has been prepared by Lichfields on behalf of McDonald’s Restaurants Limited. It accompanies a planning application in relation to the development of land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie for the following: ‘Erection of drive-thru restaurant (Class 3/Sui Generis) with associated access, servicing, car parking, landscaping and other associated works and infrastructure’. 7.2 This Statement has assessed the application against the Statutory Development Plan, as well as other material considerations. 7.3 The application site comprises vacant land to the west of Perth Road which is allocated for mixed-use development in the LDP. The site is located adjacent to an established retail park, and therefore the proposals will be seen in the context of the surrounding uses and will fit in with the character of the area. 7.4 A comprehensive Town Centre First Assessment has been undertaken, and no suitable sequentially preferable sites have been identified. 7.5 The planning application also confirms that there will be no adverse impact in terms of odour or traffic as a result of the proposed development. Furthermore, it is not considered that there is any aspect of the proposal that would impact negatively on health and no evidence that the development would give rise to significant adverse effects on health and wellbeing. This is particularly the case given McDonald’s ongoing responsible approach to offering balanced options and promoting active lifestyles. 7.6 In the context of the above, the proposed development is considered to accord with the relevant policies within the adopted Development Plan, when read as a whole. In particular, it is considered that the principle of the proposed development is acceptable given the planning history of the site and given its proximity to existing commercial uses, as well as the range of socio-economic benefits the development would deliver. 7.7 In this regard, the scheme will result in a series of economic benefits for the area including: • Supporting 140 direct FTE construction jobs, as well as supporting a further 120 indirect and induced FTE jobs during the construction phase; • Generating an additional £4.1 million of GVA during construction; • Creating 80-100 direct headcount jobs (55-75 direct FTE jobs) on-site once the development is completed and operational – and a further 30 indirect and induced jobs; and • Delivering an uplift in business rates revenue in the range of £39,000 to £42,500. 7.8 In overall summary, the proposals will provide a high-quality development on a vacant site adjacent to Westpark Retail Park, Blairgowrie, and secure significant economic benefits for the local area. The application scheme is in accordance with the Development Plan when considered as a whole and Planning Permission should be granted without delay.
Page 40
No embedded text on this page.
Page 41
No embedded text on this page.
Page 42
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie Economic Statement McDonald's Restaurants Ltd 24 July 2025
Page 43
© 2023 Nathaniel Lichfield & Partners Limited (trading as “Lichfields”), All Rights Reserved, is registered in England, no. 2778116. Registered office at The Minster Building, 21 Mincing Lane, London EC3R 7AG. Formatted for double sided printing. Plans based upon Ordnance Survey mapping with the permission of His Majesty’s Stationery Office. © Crown Copyright reserved. Licence number 10007707 67496/01/JW/JRob 33074024v2
Page 44
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Contents 1.0 Introduction 1 Proposed Development 1 Structure 1 2.0 Approach to Site Selection 2 McDonald’s Store Format 2 Site Selection Process 3 Stage 2: Site Comparators 6 3.0 Socio-Economic Impact of Development 8 Construction Impacts 8 Operational Impacts 9 Environmental Impacts 11 Community Benefits 11 4.0 Summary 13
Page 45
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 1 1.0 Introduction 1.1 This Economic Statement has been prepared by Lichfields on behalf of McDonald’s Restaurants Ltd (‘McDonald’s’). It accompanies a full planning application in relation to development on land west of Perth Road, Blairgowrie. The site is located within the Perth and Kinross local authority area. 1.2 This Statement provides an overview of the process and key criteria applied by McDonald’s in identifying the application site as a commercial opportunity. In addition, it outlines the potential socio-economic impacts that could be unlocked as a result of the scheme’s delivery. Proposed Development 1.3 The accompanying planning application seeks permission for the erection of a Drive Thru restaurant (Class 3/Sui Generis) to be operated by McDonald’s, with associated access, servicing, car parking, landscaping and other associated works. It is understood that the restaurant will have a Gross External Area (GEA) of 315 sq.m. Structure 1.4 The remaining sections of the report are structured as follows: • Section 2.0: provides an overview of the site selection process adopted by McDonald’s in assessing the commercial viability of the application site; • Section 3.o: outlines the key socio-economic impacts that could be unlocked by the delivery of the application site – during both the construction and operational phases; and • Section 4.0: summarises the key messages from the preceding sections of the document.
Page 46
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 2 2.0 Approach to Site Selection 2.1 McDonald’s has a well-established methodology for selecting locations for its proposed restaurants. This section outlines the site selection process, and the factors used to assess the likely viability of the site. McDonald’s Store Format 2.2 The McDonald’s brand is globally recognised and has been trading in the UK since 1974. The company currently trades from more than 1,400 restaurants across the UK and directly employs more than 170,000 people. 2.3 The 2024 McDonald’s at 50: Our social and economic impact1 report highlights the economic contribution of McDonald’s operations at national and regional levels. In 2023, McDonald’s sites across Scotland contributed £457 million to the national economy and supported 15,425 jobs. This included: • 13,360 direct jobs within the 114 restaurants in the country; • 325 indirect jobs in the supply chain; • 1,735 induced jobs within the wider economy; and • Spending £42.9 million in 2023 with suppliers based in Scotland. 2.4 Almost 90% of McDonald’s restaurants are operated as local businesses by franchisees. This approach unlocks the opportunity for local investors to leverage the global marketing and branding of McDonald’s, as well as benefitting from comprehensive training programmes and well-established supply chains. As a result, the development of a new McDonald’s restaurant offers the potential for immediate growth and a lower risk of failure compared to an alternative independent start-up. As such, the anticipated employment opportunities supported by the proposals (see Section 3.0) are arguably more secure than those supported by an independent alternative. 2.5 The business’ network of restaurants in the UK includes four principal formats, as summarised below: • High Street; • Drive Thru; • Drive To; and • Delivery Kitchen. 2.6 The most prevalent formats are Drive Thru and High Street, which account for approximately 1,000 sites and 400 sites respectively. The application site has been identified as a suitable location for a Drive Thru restaurant. 1 McDonald's at 50: Our social and economic impact (2024)
Page 47
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 3 Site Selection Process 2.7 Potential sites are identified through a number of sources, including McDonald’s retained commercial property agents and external referrals. Locations are then assessed using a two-stage process, as outlined below: • Stage 1: potential sites are assessed using McDonald’s bespoke analytical model. This is used to determine whether sites are likely to represent suitable locations for investment; and • Stage 2: for sites which progress from Stage 1, further analysis is conducted to determine the likely strength of their future trading performance. This assessment draws upon a review of comparable sites within McDonald’s existing portfolio of assets. Stage 1: Initial Modelling 2.8 The analytical model used at Stage 1 is proprietary to McDonald’s. Details of the modelling approach are therefore commercially sensitive and cannot be disclosed in full. The modelling framework is dynamic. As such, it recognises that interdependencies exist between key metrics and influence the importance of each. The anticipated role and market position of a site can also impact upon the relative importance of key metrics. The list of criteria, therefore – and the threshold values which must be met for a site to be considered viable – may vary according to the type of site to be delivered. 2.9 McDonald’s expect the application site to serve the needs of Blairgowrie, Rattray and the surrounding catchment a market where McDonald’s does not have a present currently – as well as providing an alternative food and beverage option for retail customers at Westpark Retail Park. 2.10 Westpark Retail Park forms part of the wider Westpark Masterplan area which is a mixed- use development opportunity which includes plans to deliver a range of uses, including residential units, a care home facility, a hotel, as well as retail and commercial space. 2.11 In recognition of this, the issues assessed within McDonald’s analytical model are as follows: 1 Proximity to existing network of McDonald’s restaurants; 2 Local population; 3 Proximity to destination retail; and 4 Anticipated volume of traffic flows. 2.12 The following paragraphs provide an overview of each of the factors listed above and how the application site performs against them. It can be seen from the bulleted list above, that the model does not consider local representation of McDonald’s competitors. It is understood, however, based upon discussions with McDonald’s that: • Competition is not considered to have a significant impact on trading levels of McDonald’s stores; and • Where competition does exert some influence on trading, this can often be positive, with greater range and choice making a destination more attractive and encouraging more customers to stop/visit.
Page 48
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 4 Existing Network of Restaurants 2.13 In considering a site’s relationship to McDonald’s existing portfolio of restaurants, the analytical model generally seeks to maximise the distance between locations. This helps to ensure that new developments are positioned to serve new (or less well penetrated) catchment areas. 2.14 The distance considered acceptable by the analytical model can vary according to other factors (local population, traffic flows, proximity to anchor attractions etc.). For instance, the threshold for roadside sites located on the same travel route is typically 10km. In contrast, the threshold can fall to 1km in more densely populated areas. In deriving the list of nearby sites, the analytical model considers the impacts of Drive To and Drive Thru formats to be comparable. 2.15 The closest McDonald’s restaurants to the application site that are listed below. • Dunkeld Road, Perth (20.1km) – the site is situated along Dunkeld Road (A912) in Perth. The restaurant is located adjacent to an Asda Superstore and surrounded by residential development to the north of Perth town centre. As such it, serves a different market to that being targeted by the application site; and • Camperdown Leisure Park, Dundee (22.7 km) – the site is situated at the Camperdown Leisure Park adjacent to the A90. Occupiers of the Leisure Park include Cineworld, the Weaver Mill public house, and Premier Inn. It also includes the Dundee Ice Arena (home to the Dundee Stars ice hockey team). The site predominantly serves customers visiting the Leisure Park, as well as road users along the A90 – a key East- West route linking Perth and Dundee. The market served by the site is therefore different to that being targeted by the proposed development; and • Broxden Interchange, Perth (22.9km) – the site is situated at the Broxden Interchange, which is located near to the M90 and A93, on the western edge of Perth near the Perth Park and Ride and Broxden Business Park, as well as a large area of existing residential communities to the west of Perth town centre. The restaurant serves a different market to that being targeted by the application site. 2.16 It is clear, therefore, that there are no existing McDonald’s within 20km of the application site. The proposed development on land West of Perth Road therefore provides an opportunity for McDonald’s to establish a presence in an area where the business is not currently represented. It therefore meets the requirements of the analytical model with respect to its proximity to the existing network of restaurants. Local Resident Population 2.17 McDonald’s recognise that every site is unique in terms of revenue generators and that the level of influence and the importance of each fluctuates. McDonald’s advise that the proposed restaurant is expected to serve Blairgowrie, Rattray and the surrounding communities. As outlined above, the area is currently unserved by McDonald’s with the nearest restaurant located more than 20km away. The market population currently stands at 8,300 residents. 2.18 In addition, the site is expected to serve an 8-minute (non-overlapping) drive time catchment with a population of 10,900. McDonald’s consider this to be acceptable for this
Page 49
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 5 site, reflecting the strength of demand supported by other key drivers (most notably McDonald’s current lack of representation in the market area). As outlined in paragraph 2.10, the application site is situated in the wider Westpark masterplan area which has outline approval to deliver up to 400 new homes. Future housing developments are excluded from the population figures referred to previously. However, McDonald’s advise that this planned growth (in close proximity to the application site) has formed part of the company’s decision-making process and will help to underpin the site’s long-term viability. Proximity to Destination Retail 2.19 The application site forms part of Westpark Retail Park, a local retail park comprising of c.38,600 sq.ft of retail floorspace. The retail park is currently home to Lidl and Home Bargains and forms part of the wider 24.6ha Westpark development, a mixed-use scheme which forms part of the Local Development Plan (LDP2) where future phases of development are expected to include small scale retail/commercial and a hotel. McDonald’s advise that the strength and profile of the retail offer in the immediate vicinity of the application site will be a key driver of demand. It is anticipated that a proportion of sales at the restaurant will be attributable to people shopping at Westpark Retail Park. Indeed, McDonald’s analysis of Visa transactions indicates that, on average 14%, of Drive Thru/Drive To sales are generated by retail-related custom (i.e. engaged in a transaction at a retail unit within 500m of a restaurant prior to their visit). Traffic Flows 2.20 The Department for Transport (DfT) records data regarding traffic flows based on Average Annual Daily Flow (AADF). The McDonald’s model uses a hybrid dataset, which triangulates data from DfT, TomTom and mobile phone activity. This provides estimates of AADF across the entire road network, with the data for the application site shown in Figure 2.1.
Page 50
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 6 Figure 2.1 Traffic Flow Data, Proposed Blairgowrie Site Source: 2018, 2023 Precisely. © 2006-2022 TomTom. All rights reserved 2.21 The McDonald’s model suggests that the application site currently achieves an AADF of 6,400. This reflects the location of the site, situated on Perth Road (A93) which is a major A-road. Spanning over 100 miles, the road runs north-south, connecting Perth to Blairgowrie and Braemar, in the Cairngorms, before routing east along the River Dee to Aberdeen. 2.22 Given the strength of the other, principal, drivers of demand, McDonald’s has advised that this level of traffic flow is considered to be sufficient to support a viable restaurant – particularly given the strategic nature of the A93 route. Stage 2: Site Comparators 2.23 Based upon the Stage 1 analysis, the application site was identified as a potentially strong location for a Drive Thru restaurant. This reflects the size of the local population catchment, McDonald’s lack of representation in the local area, and sites’ proximity to Westpark Retail Park. 2.24 Stage 2 of the McDonald’s assessment process generates a modelled sales estimate for sites which progress beyond Stage 1. This is used to determine the likely commercial viability of a site and draws principally upon an analysis of similar existing McDonald’s locations. It is understood that the sales forecasts for the application site were developed using comparator locations, having regard to the following criteria: • Proximity to McDonald’s existing portfolio of restaurants; • Market/population size; • Proximity to retail provision; and • Traffic flows.
Page 51
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 7 2.25 The estimated sales figures for any site assessed at Stage 2 are an aggregate of three individual sales estimates. This approach is intended to reflect the core customer markets served by McDonald’s across all formats: • Retail-related sales: which take account of the size and strength of an area’s retail draw and the potential of this to drive custom; • Residential and delivery sales: which reflect the size of the residential catchment within an 8-minute radius (as well as the relationship to existing locations in the area); and • Transient custom: this is based on passing trade influenced by proximity to the strategic road network, volume of traffic flows and distance to the nearest Drive Thru/To. 2.26 McDonald’s assessment has identified the proposed restaurant at on land West of Perth Road as being commercially viable. 2.27 When combined with the factors outlined in preceding paragraphs, it is clear that McDonald’s has been through a comprehensive site assessment process and that this exercise has identified the application site as a good commercial opportunity.
Page 52
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 8 3.0 Socio-Economic Impact of Development 3.1 This section sets out the potential socio-economic impacts associated with the proposed development. The key impacts relate to the new employment opportunities and additional economic output that could be generated by the proposals (during both construction and operation). The environmental and wider community impacts associated with the scheme are also considered. Construction Impacts Direct Employment 3.2 The total construction cost for the development is estimated to be in the order of £2.6 million, with figures provided to Lichfields by McDonald’s. 3.3 Using labour coefficients from the HCA Calculating Cost per Job Best Practice Note (2015), it is possible to estimate the number of direct construction jobs that could be supported by the proposed development over the course of the construction phase. Taking account of the nature of the proposals, a ‘private commercial’ coefficient is considered as the most appropriate for estimating the number of direct construction jobs. This coefficient assumes that 16.6 direct Full-Time Equivalent (‘FTE’) jobs will be supported over a 12-month period for every £1 million of construction value (in 2011 prices). 3.4 To use the coefficient, the construction cost of £2.6 million has been deflated from 2024 to 2011 prices using UK Government GDP deflator data (2023). Applying the private commercial coefficient to the deflated construction cost of £1.9 million and then dividing the result by the length of the construction period (12 weeks or 0.23 years), indicates that the proposed development could be expected to support 140 gross direct FTE jobs during the construction phase. Indirect and Induced Employment 3.5 The construction of commercial property involves purchases from a range of suppliers, who in turn purchase from their own suppliers further down the supply chain. The relationship between the initial direct expenditure and total economic impacts is referred to as the ‘multiplier effect’ and demonstrates that an initial investment can have considerably larger economic benefits as this expenditure is transmitted through the economy. 3.6 As a result, it is anticipated that some businesses in the local and regional economy would benefit from trade linkages established during the construction of the scheme. Consequently, a number of indirect jobs would be supported through the supply of construction materials and equipment. 3.7 In addition, local businesses would generally be expected to benefit from a temporary increase in demand as a result of expenditure by direct and indirect workers during construction. This could be expected to include wage spending of workers in hotels, shops, bars, restaurants and other services and facilities. This helps to support further induced jobs.
Page 53
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 9 3.8 Scottish Government Input Output Tables indicate that the construction industry has an indirect and induced employment multiplier of 1.862. Applying this multiplier to the 140 direct FTE construction jobs derived above suggests that a further 120 FTE indirect and induced jobs could be supported through the construction phase. In total, therefore, the proposed development could be expected to support 260 direct, indirect, and induced FTE jobs during the construction phase. Economic Output 3.9 The development proposals would also contribute to local economic output, as measured in terms of Gross Value Added (GVA) during the construction phase. GVA is a measure of the difference between what is produced as output (goods and services) and the inputs (raw materials, semi-finished products etc.) used in the production of the output. It represents the additional value that is added through economic activity. In measuring economic growth, economists typically have regard to the quarterly (or annual) change in GVA for a given area. 3.10 It is estimated that the scheme could be expected to deliver an additional £4.1 million of GVA during the construction phase. This estimate has been derived having regard to: • The level of direct employment to be supported during construction; • Average GVA per construction worker for Scotland3; and • An appropriate GVA multiplier for the construction industry4. Operational Impacts Direct Employment 3.11 It is estimated that the proposed development could support the creation of 80-100 gross direct headcount jobs, once completed and operational. This could be expected to correspond to approximately 55-75 gross direct FTE jobs. The headcount employment estimates have been provided by McDonald’s having regard to the company’s business model for the application site. Headcount jobs have been converted into FTE jobs by Lichfields, drawing upon analysis of employment data for a sample of almost 900 McDonald’s restaurants across the UK. Indirect and Induced Employment 3.12 In addition to the direct jobs considered above, some indirect employment would also be created by the additional spending on goods and services by a new McDonald’s restaurant at the application site. The wage expenditure of workers directly employed, as well as those employed in local businesses supplying the restaurant, could also support induced jobs in shops, services, and other businesses in the local economy. 2 Scottish Government Input Output Tables (2022) (data for the latest available year (2019); an employment multiplier of 1.86 implies that for every 1 direct job generated, a further 0.86 indirect and induced jobs would be supported in the supply chain. 3 Experian, June 2023 4 Scottish Government Input Output Tables (2022) (data for the latest available year (2019)) – estimated to be 1.76
Page 54
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 10 3.13 Having regard to appropriate local and regional multipliers5, it is estimated that the 55-75 direct FTE jobs created by the proposed development could support the creation of 20-30 ‘spin-off’ FTE jobs in the local economy. At the Scottish level, in the order of 30-40 ‘spin- off’ FTE jobs are estimated to be supported, which includes the 20-30 to be captured locally. 3.14 In total, therefore, the proposed development could support in the order of 85-115 FTE jobs (accounting for direct, indirect, and induced impacts) across Scotland, including 75-105 in Perth and Kinross. Economic Output 3.15 The direct operational employment generated by the proposed development is likely to result in an increase in Gross Value Added. 3.16 It is estimated that the gross additional direct employment to be created could generate additional Gross Value Added in the order of £1.8-2.2 million per annum. This estimate has been derived having regard to: • The level of gross direct headcount employment created by the proposals (80-100 jobs); and • The average direct Gross Value Added per headcount job for McDonald’s staff within Scotland6. Fiscal Impacts 3.17 It is expected that the proposed development could also support an uplift in business rates, which would be retained by Perth and Kinross Council. This would help to support the delivery of local services. 3.18 It is estimated that the proposed development could generate additional business rates in the order of £39,000 to £42,000 per annum. This has been estimated having regard to: • The average Rateable Value per m2 for other McDonald’s restaurants in Perth and Kinross7; • The quantum of floorspace proposed at the application site (374 sq.m, GEA or 292 GIA); and • The Intermediate Scottish Business Rates Multiplier (0.545). 3.19 Given the small local sample size, this Rateable Value has been sense-checked by applying the mean average Rateable Value (and associated Business Rates payments) from a wider sample of 29 McDonald’s restaurants across Scotland. The business rate estimate using the wider sample data results in a business rates payable estimate of c.£39,000 and helps to verify the local level assessment (c.£42,000). 5 HCA Additionality Guide, Fourth Edition 2014 – ‘Recreation’ multiplier: 1.38 local; 1.56 regional 6 McDonald's at 50: Our social and economic impact (2024); £22,320 of direct GVA per headcount job 7 Review of Scottish Assessors business rates assessments for Broxden Interchange; and Dunkeld Road McDonald’s
Page 55
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 11 Environmental Impacts 3.20 The scale of McDonald’s operations presents an opportunity to have a positive impact on some of the biggest challenges facing the world today. The threat of climate change is one such challenge and McDonald’s are proud of the investment they have made to reduce their carbon footprint in the UK. 3.21 McDonald’s was the first restaurant chain to set science-based greenhouse gas reduction targets at a global level. Working with all franchisees, their aim is to achieve net zero emissions across all restaurants and offices by 2030, as well as net zero across the entire business and value chain by 2040. 3.22 To meet these targets, McDonald’s as an organisation operate the following initiatives to promote environmental good practice: • Purchase 100% renewable electricity for all restaurants owned and operated by the business; • Cooking oil from restaurants is recycled into biodiesel using local collectors. The biodiesel is then used as fuel for McDonald’s vehicles. In 2023, this helped to reduce carbon emissions by 16,250 tonnes; • In the UK in 2023, 97.5% of customer packaging was designed to be recyclable or compostable; and • Customer recycling stations are installed in all new restaurants, to encourage customers to dispose of their food packaging responsibly. Community Benefits 3.23 In addition to the above, McDonald’s as an organisation is committed to operating as a valued and responsible member of the communities in which it operates. This is supported by a range of activity including: 1 Delivering strong staff training programmes –McDonald’s invested more than £62 million in training in 2023. Approximately two-thirds of McDonald’s employees are aged between 16-25 and for many a job at McDonald’s is the first step in their career. This highlights the importance of a strong training programme to enhance the development and work experience of school leavers and young people. 2 Encouraging young people to lead more active lives – McDonald’s has a long tradition of supporting community football, providing financial support to grow and improve standards in grassroots football across England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. McDonald’s most recent initiative, the Fun Football programme, was launched in 2019. It is the UK’s largest grassroots participation programme for children aged 5-11. By 2026, the programme aims to deliver: a Access to free football coaching for more than a million children; and b Diversity, Equity and Inclusion training to over 800 grassroots coaches. 3 Supporting charities – McDonald’s operates its own independently registered charity, Ronald McDonald House Charities UK, which helps support families with sick children in hospital. In 2023, franchisees, suppliers and customers raised £10.3
Page 56
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 12 million for RMHC, which supported 8,415 families across the UK. In addition, McDonald’s franchisees donated a further £4.5 million in 2023 to support a range of local initiatives.
Page 57
Land West of Perth Road, Blairgowrie : Economic Statement Pg 13 4.0 Summary 4.1 The proposed development will deliver a McDonald’s Drive Thru restaurant on land west of Perth Road, Blairgowrie. The application site has been identified – using McDonald’s bespoke analytical model – as a location with strong commercial potential. 4.2 The analytical model has had regard to the following criteria: • Proximity to existing network of McDonald’s restaurants; • Local resident population within an 8-minute drive time; • Proximity to destination retail; and • Anticipated volume of traffic flows. 4.3 Modelled estimates for the site have also been produced, drawing upon analysis of comparable McDonald’s locations. The exercise has confirmed the commercial potential of the site. 4.4 In addition to the commercial opportunity presented by the site, it also offers the opportunity to generate the following economic impacts: • Support 140 direct FTE construction jobs, as well as supporting a further 120 indirect and induced FTE jobs during the construction phase; • Generate an additional £4.1 million of GVA during construction; • Create in the order of 80-100 direct headcount jobs (55-75 direct FTE jobs) on-site once the development is completed and operational – and a further 30-40 indirect and induced jobs across Scotland; and • Deliver an uplift in business rates revenue of between £39,000 to £42,000 per annum. 4.5 The development will, therefore, deliver a number of economic benefits which should be taken into account, and given weight, in the determination of the subject planning application.
Page 58
No embedded text on this page.
Page 59
No embedded text on this page.
Page 60
REPORT NO 55002-001 PROPOSED MCDONALD’S DRIVE THRU PERTH ROAD, BLAIRGOWRIE TRANSPORT ASSESSMENT JUNE 2025
Page 61
Planning Issue Project no: 55002 Date: June 2025 Andrew Moseley Associates 15 St Paul’s Street Leeds, LS1 2JG www.amatp.co.uk info@amatp.co.uk PROPOSED MCDONALD’S DRIVE THRU PERTH ROAD, BLAIRGOWRIE TRANSPORT ASSESSMENT MCDONALD’S RESTAURANTS LTD
Page 62
QUALITY MANAGEMENT First Issue Revision 1 Revision 2 Revision 3 Remarks Final Issue Date 13.06.25 Prepared EP Checked JH Authorised AM PRODUCTION TEAM AMA Associate Alex McGarrell Principal Transport Planner Jonathan Hazell Graduate Transport Planner Emma Pavlin
Page 63
Transport Assessment Page | i Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 1 1.1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 REPORT STRUCTURE ................................................................................................ 1 2 POLICY BACKGROUND ...................................................................................................... 2 2.1 NATIONAL PLANNING FRAMEWORK ................................................................ 2 2.2 PLANNING ADVICE NOTE 75 (PLANNING FOR TRANSPORT) .................... 3 2.3 TRANSPORT ASSESSMENT GUIDANCE .............................................................. 4 2.4 LOCAL POLICY ............................................................................................................ 5 3 EXISTING CONDITIONS ..................................................................................................... 8 3.1 SITE LOCATION .......................................................................................................... 8 3.2 LOCAL ROAD NETWORK ........................................................................................ 8 3.3 TRAFFIC BASE FLOWS ............................................................................................. 8 3.4 PERSONAL INJURY COLLISION ............................................................................. 9 4 EXISTING SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT PROVISION ................................................ 10 4.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 10 4.2 WALKING ACCESSIBILITY ..................................................................................... 10 4.3 CYCLING ACCESSIBILITY ....................................................................................... 10 4.4 PUBLIC TRANSPORT ............................................................................................... 11 4.5 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................. 11 5 DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS ......................................................................................... 12 5.1 DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS AND SITE LAYOUT ......................................... 12 5.2 PROPOSED ACCESS ................................................................................................ 12 5.3 SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS .............................................................................. 12 5.4 PARKING ..................................................................................................................... 13
Page 64
Transport Assessment Page | ii Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 5.5 DRIVE-THRU LANE OPERATION ......................................................................... 14 6 ASSESSMENT PARAMETERS ........................................................................................... 15 6.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 15 6.2 ASSESSMENT YEARS ............................................................................................... 15 6.3 FUTURE YEAR ASSESSMENT SCENARIOS ....................................................... 15 6.4 TRAFFIC GROWTH .................................................................................................. 15 6.5 COMMITTED DEVELOPMENTS ........................................................................... 15 6.6 DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC GENERATION .......................................................... 16 6.7 McDonalds Trips by Type ........................................................................................ 17 6.8 DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION AND ASSIGNMENT ................. 20 6.9 PARKING DEMAND ................................................................................................. 20 6.10 DRIVE-THRU QUEUE .............................................................................................. 20 6.11 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................. 21 7 FUTURE DEVELOPMENT IMPACTS .............................................................................. 22 7.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 22 7.2 ACCESS ROAD / A93 ............................................................................................... 22 7.3 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................. 23 8 SUMMARY ............................................................................................................................ 24 APPENDICES ................................................................................................................................ 26
Page 65
Transport Assessment Page | iii Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 FIGURES Figure 1 – Indicative Site Location Plan Figure 2 – 2km Walking Isochrone Figure 3 – Public Rights of Way Map Figure 4 – 5km Cycling Isochrone Figure 5 – Bus Stop Location Plan Figure 6 – 2024 Survey Flows Figure 7 – 2029 Traffic Flows Figure 8 – Development Flows Figure 9 – Committed Development Flows Figure 10 – Additional Trip Distribution (%) Figure 11 – 2029 Do Something Flows APPENDICES Appendix A – Proposed Site Layout Appendix B – Swept Path Analysis Appendix C – Site Access Junction and Visibility Splay Appendix D – TRICS Outputs Appendix E – Capacity Modelling Outputs
Page 66
Transport Assessment Page | 1 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 OVERVIEW 1.1.1 Andrew Moseley Associates (AMA) has been commissioned by McDonald’s Restaurants Ltd to prepare a Transport Assessment (TA) and Interim Travel Plan (ITP) to accompany a planning application for the development of a McDonald’s restaurant with a drive-thru off the A93 Perth Road in Blairgowrie. 1.1.2 The proposed site is located approximately 1.4km south of the centre of Blairgowrie and would form part of the wider West Park Retail Park. Currently the site comprises undeveloped land which is bound to the north and west by further undeveloped land, to the east by the A93 Perth Road, and to the south by an unnamed access road associated with the retail park. The location of the site is illustrated indicatively at Figure 1. 1.1.3 The Local Planning Authority (LPA) and the Local Roads Authority is Perth and Kinross Council (PKC). 1.1.4 This TA has been prepared with reference to The National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4), Scottish Transport Assessment Guidance (2012) and Perth and Kinross Council Local Development Plan 2 (LDP2). 1.1.5 This TA will demonstrate that the site is well served by existing transport provision and is accessible to a large residential catchment. The report will also demonstrate that the traffic generated by the proposals will not result in a detrimental impact on the surrounding road network. 1.1.6 An ITP has also been prepared which sets out measures to encourage sustainable travel patterns and reduce the reliance on private car use. 1.2 REPORT STRUCTURE 1.2.1 The structure of the report is set out as follows: Section 2 – outlines the policy background at a national and local level; Section 3 – provides a description of the road network surrounding the site, details of the existing traffic flows and a review of the personal injury collision records; Section 4 – examines the accessibility of the site by sustainable modes of travel; Section 5 – describes the development proposals, including the proposed quantum of development, means of access and parking provision; Section 6 – summarises the assessment parameters and trips rates that have been adopted within this TA; Section 7 – examines the impact of development traffic on the local road network; and Section 8 – provides a summary of the TA.
Page 67
Transport Assessment Page | 2 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 2 POLICY BACKGROUND 2.1 NATIONAL PLANNING FRAMEWORK 2.1.1 The ‘National Planning Framework’ (NPF) 4 sets out the Scottish Governments spatial principles, regional priorities, national developments and national planning policy for the next 20 to 30 years. The document was published in February 2023 and replaces the NPF3 as well as the Scottish Planning Policy documents. 2.1.2 The NPF4 provides a vision for the planning system in Scotland, which seeks to grow the Scottish economy simultaneous of reducing carbon emissions and reducing the disparities in well-being and opportunity. Therefore, NPF4 sets out the following six overarching principles for future places and developments; Just transition. We will empower people to shape their places and ensure the transition to net zero is fair and inclusive. Conserving and recycling assets. We will make productive use of existing buildings, places, infrastructure and services, locking in carbon, minimising waste, and building a circular economy. Local living. We will support local liveability and improve community health and wellbeing by ensuring people can easily access services, greenspace, learning, work and leisure locally. Compact urban growth. We will limit urban expansion so we can optimise the use of land to provide services and resources, including carbon storage, flood risk management, blue and green infrastructure and biodiversity. Rebalanced development. We will target development to create opportunities for communities and investment in areas of past decline, and manage development sustainably in areas of high demand. Rural revitalisation. We will encourage sustainable development in rural areas, recognising the need to grow and support urban and rural communities together. 2.1.3 By applying these spatial principles, the national spatial strategy will broadly seek to support the planning and delivery of: sustainable places, where we reduce emissions, restore and better connect biodiversity. liveable places, where we can all live better, healthier lives. productive places, where we have a greener, fairer and more inclusive wellbeing economy. 2.1.4 With specific regard to Sustainable Transport, the NPF4 sets out the intent to: To encourage, promote and facilitate developments that prioritise walking, wheeling, cycling and public transport for everyday travel and reduce the need to travel unsustainably. 2.1.5 Within the targets to promote sustainable transport, the policy is seeking to achieve the following outcomes: Investment in transport infrastructure supports connectivity and reflects place based approaches and local living. More, better, safer and more inclusive active and sustainable travel opportunities. Developments are in locations which support sustainable travel.
Page 68
Transport Assessment Page | 3 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 2.1.6 NPF4 also details a number of policies that are designed to support development that helps to meet the greenhouse gas emissions targets. These policies ranges from the minimisation of new emissions, protection of biodiversity, use of previously used and developed land and sustainable waste management. Of these policies, Policy 13 specifically relates to the transition towards more sustainable, lower emissions travel including active travel and public transport. 2.1.7 Within Policy 13, seven subsections set out the requirements for new developments. Section b sets out: Development proposals will be supported where it can be demonstrated that the transport requirements generated have been considered in line with the sustainable travel and investment hierarchies and where appropriate they: I. Provide direct, easy, segregated and safe links to local facilities via walking, wheeling and cycling networks before occupation; II. Will be accessible by public transport, ideally supporting the use of existing services; III. Integrate transport modes; IV. Provide low or zero-emission vehicle and cycle charging points in safe and convenient locations, in alignment with building standards; V. Supply safe, secure and convenient cycle parking to meet the needs of users and which is more conveniently located than car parking; VI. Are designed to incorporate safety measures including safe crossings for walking and wheeling and reducing the number and speed of vehicles; VII. Have taken into account, at the earliest stage of design, the transport needs of diverse groups including users with protected characteristics to ensure the safety, ease and needs of all users; and VIII. Adequately mitigate any impact on local public access routes. 2.2 PLANNING ADVICE NOTE 75 (PLANNING FOR TRANSPORT) 2.2.1 The Planning Advice Note (PAN) sets out good practice guidance which planning authorities, developers and others should carry out in their proposals and project delivery. The document aims to create greater awareness of how linkages between planning and transport can be managed through highlighting the roles of different bodies and professions in the planning process. 2.2.2 Within the PAN, guidance is provided specifically on Transport Assessments and Travel Plans as well as the accessibility of development proposals. 2.2.3 Annex B of the PAN considers Personal Accessibility Analysis (PAA) which can be affected by: An individual’s own mobility; By the physical disposition of destinations relative to the individual; By the availability of means of transport; Or by a combination of the three 2.2.4 Within this, accessibility profiles for sites should be established which reflect the catchment area served and the relative indicators for the accessibility of different sites. These are: Transport system accessibility by population sector to an opportunity: I. A transport improvement or an increase in the number of opportunities will increase accessibility. II. The scale of change is not easily assessed through qualitative comparisons. Accessibility to public transport services:
Page 69
Transport Assessment Page | 4 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 I. This is particularly useful if public transport services can be classified accurately in terms of their frequency or destination. II. Obtaining detailed data on origins, destinations and routes of services can be a major exercise. III. For accessibility of housing to public transport the recommended guidelines are less than 400m to bus services and up to 800m to rail services. IV. Accessibility can be categorised, for example weak or strong. Accessibility to local facilities by walking and cycling: I. A maximum threshold of 1600m for walking is broadly in line with observed travel behaviour; and II. If there is a significant population within 800m then improvements to the quality of walking and cycling networks will increase accessibility. 2.2.5 Annex C of the PAN considers Mode Share Targets (MSTs) that should be considered within the Travel Plans for new developments. 2.2.6 Annex D sets out the requirements of a Transport Assessment, with the overall objectives to encourage sustainable travel in relation to the transport mode hierarchy. A Transport Assessment should include the following key elements: An assessment of travel characteristics; A description of the measures which are being adopted to influence travel impacts of the proposal; A description of the transport impacts of the development in a broader context and how these will be addressed. 2.2.7 Annex E sets out the guidance and requirements for Travel Plans. The PAN states that the content of a travel plan should be agreed in conjunction with the Local Authority and reflect the aims and objectives of the Council as a whole. The use of measures is to meet targets which have been derived from the transport assessment or the Local Transport Strategy. The plan should encourage change in a manageable way for those it is targeting. 2.2.8 Research has also demonstrated that: Containing only marketing and promotion are unlikely to achieve any modal shift. Car-sharing and cycle measures may achieve 3-6% reduction in drive alone commuting. 2.3 TRANSPORT ASSESSMENT GUIDANCE 2.3.1 The Transport Scotland Transport Assessment Guidance is the current document that is to assist in the preparation of Transport Assessments for development proposals in Scotland. The document sets out requirements according to the scale of development being proposed; from a local development which requires a simple Transport Statement providing an explanation of transport issues through to a major development where detailed technical analyses will be required in a Transport Assessment accompanied by a supporting Travel Plan.
Page 70
Transport Assessment Page | 5 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 2.4 LOCAL POLICY Perth and Kinross Council Local Development Plan 2 2.4.1 Perth and Kinross Council’s second Local Development Plan (LDP2) covers all of Perth and Kinross; it provides the planning framework and guides all future development and use of the land. It acts as a catalyst for changes and improvement in the area and shapes the environment and economy of Perth and Kinross. It also sets out how the council aims to work towards a vision for the area, showing which land is being allocated to meet the area’s development needs to 2029 and beyond. The Plan was adopted by the Council in November 2019. 2.4.2 The policies contained within the Plan that relate to transport are summarised below: 2.4.3 Policy 60B details how new development proposals that involve significant travel generation should be well-served by, and easily accessible to all modes of transport. 2.4.4 Sustainable modes of walking, cycling and public transport should be considered, prior to private car journeys. The aim of all development should be to reduce travel demand by car, and ensure a realistic choice of access and travel modes is available, including opportunities for active travel and green networks. 2.4.5 All development proposals (including small-scale proposals) should: (a) be designed for the safety and convenience of all potential users; (b) incorporate appropriate mitigation on-site and/or off-site, provided through developer contributions where appropriate, which might include improvements and enhancements to the walking/cycling network and public transport services including railway and level crossings, road improvements and new roads; (c) incorporate appropriate levels of parking provision not exceeding the maximum parking standards laid out in SPP, including application of maximum on-site parking standards to help encourage and promote a shift to the more sustainable modes of travel of walking, cycling and public transport; (d) fit with the strategic aims and objectives of the Regional Transport Strategy and the Tay Cities Deal; (e) support the provision of infrastructure necessary to support positive changes in Low and Ultra Low Emission Vehicle transport technologies, such as charging points for electric vehicles, hydrogen refuelling facilities and car clubs, including for residential development.” 2.4.6 In certain circumstances developers may be required to: (a) prepare and implement travel plans to support all significant travel generating developments; (b) prepare a Transport Assessment and implement appropriate mitigation measures where required. 2.4.7 Development for significant travel generating uses in locations which would encourage reliance on the private car will only be supported where: (a) direct links to the core paths networks are or can be made available; (b) access to local bus routes with an appropriate frequency of service which involve walking no more than 400m are available;
Page 71
Transport Assessment Page | 6 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 (c) it would not have a detrimental effect on the safe and efficient operation of the strategic road and/or rail network including level crossings; (d) the transport assessment identifies satisfactory mechanisms for meeting sustainable transport requirements, including the implementation of a site travel plan. 2.4.8 2.4.9 2.4.10 2.4.11 2.4.12 2.4.13 2.4.14 2.4.15 Developers should include consideration of the impact of proposals on the core paths network and local and strategic transport network. New developments should provide access from the development to off-road walking and cycling provision as part of the green network and contribute to its enhancement and improved connectivity. Existing active travel routes will be safeguarded and incorporated into development. Cycle parking facilities should be provided. Development proposals should not exceed maximum on-site parking standards, including disabled parking, to help encourage and promote a shift to the more sustainable modes of travel of walking, cycling and public transport. Section 3 of this report highlights the existing sustainable travel modes within the vicinity of the site including regular bus services within 400m of the site on the A93 Perth Road. Section 5 summarises the development proposals which will include new footways and integration with existing paths surrounding the site. Section 7 of this report assesses the traffic associated with the development on the surrounding road network. Tayside and Central Scotland Regional Transport Strategy 2024 – 2034 The Regional Transport Strategy was adopted in 2024 and sets out the vision for the improving the regions transport infrastructure and services through to 2034. Key outcomes to achieve the strategic objectives of the Transport Strategy are outlined below. 1. To take climate action Reduce estimated CO2 emissions from transport in the region Increase the share of EV and low emission vehicle use. Reduce freight mileage by road. Reduce car kilometres (car km) driven. Ensure strategic and lifeline routes (and services) are resilient to climate change, extreme weather and emergencies. 2. To reduce inequalities Improve ability for young people, and disadvantaged and rural communities to access jobs, education and services. Improve ability of 16-24 year olds to access jobs and further education. Improve ability of all in the lowest SIMD data zones (all domains), targeted by the respective Councils, to access jobs, education and services. Improve ability of families, targeted in local child poverty action plans, to access jobs, education and services. Improve ability of rural communities to access jobs, education and services.
Page 72
Transport Assessment Page | 7 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 Improve the ability of over-65s, and those in lowest SIMD data zones targeted by the respective Councils, to access social activities. Improve the ability of people with disabilities to access jobs, education and services. Improve the safety and security of vulnerable and protected characteristic groups in the street environment and on public transport. 3. To improve health and wellbeing Improve road safety for vulnerable users (pedestrians, cyclists, children and older people, lower SIMD quintile). Reduce transport emissions in declared air quality management areas. Improve access to healthcare. Improve the ability of all in the lowest SIMD data zones (health domain), targeted by the respective Councils, to access healthcare. Improve the ability of rural communities to access healthcare. Improve the ability of over-65s to access healthcare (primary healthcare/hospitals). Increase the share of personal trips made by sustainable modes such as walking, wheeling, cycling and public transport. Increase levels of physical activity. Increase the levels of walking, wheeling and cycling in the lowest SIMD data zones (health domain), targeted by the respective Councils. Improve the ability to access active leisure facilities and green space for lowest SIMD data zones. Reduce the impact of traffic on communities on strategic routes. 4. To help deliver sustainable, inclusive economic growth Reliable inter-regional and intra-regional journey times. Improve public transport journey times, and journey time reliability on strategic road and rail routes. Improve journey time reliability for freight through the region, and to key destinations in the region. Improved ability for young people, and disadvantaged and rural communities to access jobs and education. See outcomes to reduce inequalities above.
Page 73
Transport Assessment Page | 8 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 3 EXISTING CONDITIONS 3.1 SITE LOCATION 3.1.1 The proposed site is located approximately 1.4km south of the centre of Blairgowrie and currently comprises undeveloped land which is bound to the north and west by further undeveloped land, to the east by the A93 Perth Road, and to the south by an unnamed access road which leads to the Wet Park Retail Park. The location of the site is illustrated indicatively at Figure 1. 3.2 LOCAL ROAD NETWORK Access Road 3.2.1 The unnamed access road to the south of the site is a single two-way carriageway measuring approximately 4m in width. The road is lit and has footways on both sides of the eastern portion of the carriageway. As part of the development proposals, the access road will be widened to 6m, subject to LPA approval, to permit two-way movements up to and including the proposed development. 3.2.2 Beyond the proposed development the access road becomes one way and provides access to a small car park and the rear of the retail park. 3.2.3 An existing junction bellmouth has been constructed to the site, this will be stopped up as part of the proposals with a new access constructed into the site in the form of a priority junction. A93 Perth Road 3.2.4 The A93 is a single carriageway road measuring approximately 6.5m in width. It runs in a north – south alignment towards Blairgowrie and Rattray town centres in the north and Perth to the south. A lit footway is provided along both sides of the carriageway which is subject to a 30mph speed limit within the vicinity of the site, with a 20mph school zone speed limit advisory when lights are flashing. 3.2.5 A toucan crossing is present on the A93 in the vicinity of the site access. 3.2.6 The main vehicle access into the West Park Retail Park is located 90m to the south of the development access and features a ghost island facility for right turning traffic. A9 3.2.7 The A9 is a primary trunk road in Scotland, linking Perth with the M90, and provides access to Edinburgh in the south. To the north, the A9 carries on, providing access to Inverness and other northern settlements. An A9 access point is located approximately 20km west of the site through a priority-controlled T-junction which is subject to a speed limit of 60mph. 3.2.8 The site is therefore considered to be well located for access to the local, regional and national road networks. 3.3 TRAFFIC BASE FLOWS 3.3.1 Traffic surveys have been undertaken at the following junctions to obtain existing traffic flows on the local road network. The surveys were undertaken on Friday 21st June (07:00-19:00) and Saturday 22nd June 2024 (07:00-19:00) a neutral period outside of school holidays:
Page 74
Transport Assessment Page | 9 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 Site access Road / A93 Perth Road (Retail Park North junction); and Main Retail Park Access / A93 Perth Road (Retail Park South junction) 3.3.2 The flows identified through the above survey have been converted to Passenger Car Units (PCUs) for the purposes of capacity modelling, assuming the conversion factors set out below in Table 3-1. Table 3-1 PCU Factors 3.3.3 The resultant 2024 peak hour flows are set out below: Junction 1: Friday network AM peak hour between 08:00 and 09:00; Junction 1: Friday network PM peak hour between 16:00 and 17:00; and Junction 1: Saturday network peak hour between 11:00 and 12:00. 3.3.4 Details of the 2024 base traffic flows are set out in Figure 6. 3.4 PERSONAL INJURY COLLISION 3.4.1 Personal Injury Collision (PIC) data for the local road network in the vicinity of the site has been obtained and reviewed using Crash Map to identify accidents recorded by the police. 3.4.2 The most recent five-year period for which personal injury collision data is available for has been considered (2022-2018). The area under consideration includes the A93 Perth Road from Dunkeld Road to the north, to Golf Course Road in the south. 3.4.3 A review of the Crash Map database displayed a total of one collision recorded within the study area, which resulted in slight injury. 3.4.4 The collision occurred on the A93 Perth Road, approximately 215m north of the A93 Perth Road / Hazelwood Road junction, to the north of the site access. Details regarding the collision are as follows: A collision resulting in slight injury occurred on the carriageway on the 9th of August 2019. It was recorded that the collision involved two vehicles, with two casualties. No other road users were recorded as being involved; 3.4.5 The PIC data demonstrates there was one slight collision to the north of the site within the most recent five-year period. 3.4.6 It is therefore concluded that there are no extant safety issues on the road network in the vicinity of the development site. As such, it is considered that there are no existing road safety issues that would be exacerbated by the development proposals. Car / LGV OGV1 OGV2 Bus/Coach Motorcycle Cycle Factor 1.0 1.5 2.3 2 0.4 0.2
Page 75
Transport Assessment Page | 10 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 4 EXISTING SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT PROVISION 4.1 INTRODUCTION 4.1.1 NPF4 states that new developments should be provided in sustainable locations, where the need to travel is minimised and the use of sustainable modes can be maximised. 4.1.2 The site has a good level of accessibility and access to sustainable modes of transport within a reasonable distance of the site. Travel by non-car modes will be encouraged, and the proposals include pedestrian and cycle infrastructure within the site. 4.1.3 This section outlines the existing walking, cycling and public transport facilities within the vicinity of the development site and describes the accessibility of the site in terms of its proximity to key services and destinations. 4.2 WALKING ACCESSIBILITY 4.2.1 Walking is considered to be the most important mode of travel at the local level and offers the greatest potential to replace short car trips, particularly under two kilometres. 4.2.2 Figure 2 shows a 2km walking catchment area from the centre of the site. This demonstrates that the entirety of Blairgowrie town centre can be accessed within 2km as well as residential areas to the south and east of the site. 4.2.3 Good quality pedestrian infrastructure surrounds the site. In particular, a lit footway is provided along both sides of the A93 Perth Road carriageway towards Blairgowrie town centre. A toucan crossing is provided across the A93 in the vicinity of the site for access to residential areas to the east. 4.2.4 It is considered that customers and staff residing or working in the local area have good opportunities to travel to the site on foot. 4.3 CYCLING ACCESSIBILITY 4.3.1 In addition to walking, cycling also has potential to substitute for short car trips, particularly those under 5 kilometres, and to form part of a longer journey by public transport. 4.3.2 Figure 4 shows a 5km cycling catchment area from the centre of the site. This shows that the entirety of Blairgowrie and Rattray can be accessed as well as surrounding residential areas to the north, south and east. The areas of Rosemount and Carsie can also be accessed to the east and south of the site respectively. 4.3.3 Cycle parking will be provided to further encourage and facilitate cycling to and from the site in the form of three Sheffield stands which can accommodated six cycles.
Page 76
Transport Assessment Page | 11 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 4.4 PUBLIC TRANSPORT Bus Services 4.4.1 The site well located for access by bus as the closest bus stops are located on the A93 Perth Road to approximately 70m walking distance from the development entrance offering northbound services towards Blairgowrie and Rattray and southbound services towards Perth. These bus stops are provided with a shelter and timetable information. The southbound bus stop benefits from an existing toucan crossing of the A93. 4.4.2 The bus stops located within the vicinity of the site are shown in Figure 5 and details of the buses which serve them are provided in Table 4-1. Table 4-1 Local Bus Services Service Route Approximate Frequency Monday – Friday Saturday Sunday 58 Blairgowrie - Perth Up to 6 services per day Up to 6 services per day Every 30 minutes 63 Carsie - Rattray Every 30 minutes Every 30 minutes No service 4.4.3 The services set out within Table 4-1 provide travel to a range of local destinations. Whilst it is less likely that customers will travel to the site by bus, this forms a reasonable travel mode for employees. 4.5 SUMMARY 4.5.1 This section has shown that it is feasible for employees and customers to walk, cycle or use public transport from the surrounding residential areas. Given the nature of the proposed use, it is considered that the location of the site is consistent with national and local policy objectives.
Page 77
Transport Assessment Page | 12 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 5 DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS 5.1 DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS AND SITE LAYOUT 5.1.1 The development proposals are for a 292sqm gross internal area (GIA) McDonald’s restaurant with drive-thru facility, including associated site access, servicing arrangements and parking. It is expected that the restaurant would operate daily between the hours of 06:00 to 24:00. The proposed site layout is attached at Appendix A. 5.1.2 The McDonald’s car park will operate with a clockwise, one-way system. The drive-thru will commence from the northwestern edge of the car park and continue around the north and east of the building, exiting into the car park to the west. 5.1.3 It is expected there would be approximately 55-75 direct full-time equivalent staff employed by the restaurant. Staff work shifts and the number of staff expected to be on shift at any one time would be 20 people. McDonald’s staff work varying shift patterns depending on their needs and the requirements of the restaurant. The minimum core time is four hours. 5.2 PROPOSED ACCESS 5.2.1 Access to the external road network will be from an existing priority junction with the A93. Access into the site will be created with a new priority junction on the northern side of the access road. 5.2.2 The current bellmouth serving the development plot will be stopped up. The existing footway to the south of the site will continue into the site, providing safe pedestrian access fronting the site. 5.2.3 It is proposed this existing access road will be widened to approximately 6m to permit two-way vehicle movements up to and including the McDonalds site. The priority access junction into the site will feature a dropped kerb crossing with tactile paving. 5.2.4 A visibility splay drawing is presented in Appendix C – AMA-55002-SK002 which demonstrates that visibility of 2.4m x 43m can be achieved for vehicles exiting the site. It should be noted when exiting the site no vehicles will be approaching from the east as the access road becomes one-way immediately to the west of the McDonalds access. 5.2.5 The access road continues west through a one-way carriageway, for further access into the retail park. Principal vehicle access into the retail park will remain unchanged and will continue to be taken from a separate ghost island junction to the south. 5.3 SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS 5.3.1 McDonald’s has been trading in the UK since 1974. The company operates over 1,348 fast service restaurants (+90 ROI) of which around 1,204 are restaurants with drive thru facilities. 5.3.2 Martin Brower are McDonald’s sole distributor for all its products and have a fleet of 150 vehicles. They utilise multi-temperature vehicles which allows all of the restaurant’s requirements for frozen, chilled and ambient products to be delivered in one visit. This therefore reduces the number of deliveries each restaurant receives. 5.3.3 Restaurants typically receive three deliveries per week. Servicing McDonald’s restaurants whilst they are open is a common practise and does not present any operational difficulties.
Page 78
Transport Assessment Page | 13 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 5.3.4 Martin Brower use a sophisticated computerised planning tool (Paragon), which enables requirements of delivery destinations to be set and ensures they are complied with on every occasion a delivery is planned. The restaurant is allocated a 2-hour delivery slot and the delivery will be planned within this. Notification of the planned delivery is emailed to the restaurant two days before delivery. On the day of the delivery, the GPS system linked to Paragon will automatically email the restaurant 30-minutes prior to the vehicles arrival. 5.3.5 The goods are typically delivered by a HGV lorry, up to 16.5m in length. This is usually parked for between 15 minutes – 30 minutes within the 2-hour delivery slot. The duration of the stay depends upon the range and quantity of products to be delivered. 5.3.6 It is proposed that servicing would be undertaken from the car park with deliveries scheduled to arrive and depart outside of store trading hours. 5.3.7 The swept path analysis is presented in Appendix B – AMA-55002-ATR005-1.5. The analysis demonstrates that a delivery vehicle can enter, manoeuvre around and exit the site. 5.3.8 Refuse collection for McDonald’s is undertaken by a private contractor three times per week. Waste minimisation and recycling are promoted. Waste minimisation has been achieved through the re- design of tray liners and specifying the use of light weight bin liners. Food wastage is minimised through the use of a computer system which monitors the amount of food served at given times of day resulting in more accurate preparation and ordering of stock. This therefore reduces the quantum of waste and frequency of collection required. Service vehicles also collect empty delivery trays and crates which are returned to supplies for reuse. 5.3.9 The swept path analysis is presented in Appendix B – AMA-55002-ATR005-2.5 based on a refuse vehicle of 9.6m in length typically used by the private contractor. The analysis demonstrates that a standard refuse vehicle can enter, manoeuvre around, and exit the site. Refuse collection will be undertaken from the main car park within the northern parking aisle with similar arrangements to the servicing as outlined in Section 5.3.8. 5.3.10 Cooking oil from restaurants is collected by Martin Brower’s delivery vehicles and is recycled into bio diesel. The bio diesel is used as fuel by all McDonald’s delivery vehicles, resulting in a carbon saving of 8,200 tonnes per annum. 5.3.11 The arrangements described above follow a ‘tried and tested’ methodology used successfully across the UK and there are no reasons to suggest why it could not be successfully undertaken in this location. 5.4 PARKING 5.4.1 The proposals include 38 car parking spaces, including three accessible spaces and two grill bays to serve the McDonald’s restaurant. Six cycle parking spaces in the form of Sheffield cycle hoops will also be provided. A further three motorcycle spaces will be provided. 5.4.2 The proposed level of parking provision is in line with McDonald’s operational requirements as proven over numerous sites across the country. The proposed level of parking provision has also been shown to be suitable based on the surveyed peak parking demand set out within Section 6. 5.4.3 The proposed quantum of parking would comply with the standards set out in the National Roads Development Guide for Class 3 use with three accessible bays and would be below the potential maximum vehicle parking level of 58 spaces based on GFA. Furthermore, the provision for cycle and motorcycle spaces would accord with national standards. The provision is therefore considered to be appropriate.
Page 79
Transport Assessment Page | 14 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 5.4.4 It is also noted the existing retail park to the south offers c.115 parking spaces and this will likely lead to linked trips on foot between the retail park and the McDonalds restaurant. 5.5 DRIVE-THRU LANE OPERATION 5.5.1 The drive-thru lane forms an integral part of the McDonald’s operation, and this lane is shown to route around the northern and eastern extents of the site. 5.5.2 When a customer wishes to purchase a meal without leaving their vehicle, the following steps are taken: Enter the drive-thru lane; Place an order at a Customer Order Display (COD) units; Pay at the first booth; and Collect meal from the second booth. 5.5.3 In the event that a customer places a large or unusual order, which could take longer to prepare (and potentially delay other drivers using the drive-thru lane), then a member of staff will divert them to one of the ‘reserve bays’. Once the order is ready, a member of staff will carry the meal from the restaurant to the customer. 5.5.4 In order to assist with order taking, the proposal includes two vertical ordering points, so that customer orders can be prepared quicker. Drivers waiting to order would use the first available COD unit within the singular drive thru lane depending upon how many vehicles are waiting. Both COD units would operate simultaneously at all times of the day, and in practice, can be likened to a dual pay barrier arrangement at multi-storey car parks across the country. 5.5.5 There is space within the drive-thru lane for 13 vehicles to stack from the order point. There is further space within the car park for two additional vehicles to wait without obstructing the general operation of the car park.
Page 80
Transport Assessment Page | 15 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 6 ASSESSMENT PARAMETERS 6.1 INTRODUCTION 6.1.1 This section sets out the methodology and parameters used in assessing the proposed development and its potential impact on the road network. 6.2 ASSESSMENT YEARS 6.2.1 The following assessment years have been considered in respect of analysing the capacity of the local road network: 2024 Base Year – representing the existing situation on the local road network; and 2029 Future Year – representing a horizon period of five years after the lodging of the planning application. This allows time for the development to be constructed and for it to become operational. 6.3 FUTURE YEAR ASSESSMENT SCENARIOS Do Minimum Scenario 6.3.1 The Do-Minimum scenario is considered to represent a future year situation on the local road network, without the proposed development taking place. In addition to the Base scenario, all local background traffic growth has been included. The resulting 2029 Do-Minimum Traffic Flows are set out on Figure 7 for the weekday AM and PM and Saturday peak hours, respectively. With Development Scenario 6.3.2 The With-Development scenario is considered to represent the future situation on the local road network with the proposed development. The traffic flows have been derived by adding the development traffic flows (which reflect the likely vehicle trip generation associated with the proposals) to the Do Minimum Traffic Flows. The resulting 2029 With Development Traffic Flows are set out on Figure 9 for the weekday AM and PM and Saturday peak hours, respectively. 6.4 TRAFFIC GROWTH 6.4.1 Tempro version 8.1 has been used to growth up the 2024 base data to provide 2029 traffic flows using growth factors for Perth & Kinross. These are summarised below: AM Peak Hour Period: 1.031 PM Peak Hour Period: 1.027 Saturday Inter Peak Hour Period: 1.028 6.5 COMMITTED DEVELOPMENTS 6.5.1 Committed development flows have been included for all future residential phases of the Westpark development located to the north of the site, comprising 417 dwellings. 6.5.2 Traffic flows have been obtained from the approved September 2017 Transport Assessment produced by Andrew Carrie Consultants. Retail Park traffic flows were removed as these have been picked up within the traffic surveys to avoid double counting. The committed residential flows have been included in all future year 2029 assessments.
Page 81
Transport Assessment Page | 16 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 6.6 DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC GENERATION 6.6.1 McDonald’s operates in excess of 1,300 restaurants across the UK and it is key to their business to ensure efficient operation of all sites to ensure quality of service and efficiency. Therefore, to adopt robust trip rates for the proposed drive thru proposal McDonalds regularly undertake traffic counts and customer interview surveys on newly opened and existing sites to provide robust data for new restaurants in terms of trip generation and types of trips. 6.6.2 One of McDonald’s appointed roads consultant’s (ADL) have previously commissioned counts and customer interview surveys at three McDonald’s restaurants with drive thru facilities located in areas of similar characteristics and surroundings to that of the proposed site. These are as follows: Pomphlett Road, Plymouth, PL9 7BH; Dundee Road, Arbroath, DD11 2NQ; and Morris Street, Wigan, WN1 3RB. 6.6.3 These restaurants are considered to be the most appropriate comparable restaurants for the following reasons: All restaurants are located on key edge of town arterial routes; All restaurants are located adjacent to a significant retail / food store offering; and The restaurants are of a similar scale to the proposal. 6.6.4 The average of the three survey results has been taken as the proposed traffic generation for the site for the Friday PM and Saturday Peaks. The resultant peak hour traffic generations are detailed in Table 6-1. Table 6-1 Proposed PM Peak Hour Trip Generation and Surveyed Saturday Trip Generation Peak Hour Proposed Traffic In Out Weekday 18:00 – 19:00 94 99 Saturday 13:00 – 14:00 102 112 6.6.5 As can be seen, the proposed site would generate approximately 193 two-way vehicle trips in the PM peak hour and 214 two-way vehicle trips in the Saturday inter peak hour. 6.6.6 Average specific trip restaurant rates are considered appropriate and highly robust for use as there is proven to be no significant relationship between McDonald’s traffic and floor area, dining area, seating numbers or parking provision with each restaurant having a varying number of trips generated, therefore the above is considered appropriate and is not adjusted by any specific variable. TRICS Database 6.6.7 To ensure the highest trip generation for the proposed development has been assessed in each scenario, the TRICS database has also been interrogated. As there are no existing surveys during the AM peak period, the resultant TRICS trip rates and generation will be used for the AM peak period. For the PM and Saturday peak periods, the higher of the existing surveys and TRICS generated trips will be used for the site, ensuring a robust assessment of the site.
Page 82
Transport Assessment Page | 17 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 6.6.8 For the TRICS report, McDonald’s restaurants in ‘Edge of Town Centre’, ‘Suburban’ and ‘Edge of Town’ locations have been selected – all of the sites included are occupied by McDonald’s, ensuring the data is relevant to the proposals. 6.6.9 Whilst outside of the recorded AM, PM and Saturday network peak hours, the peak hour selected from the TRICS output for the respective peaks are 10:00 to 11:00, 18:00 to 19:00 and 12:00 to 13:00, ensuring a robust assessment. 6.6.10 The TRICS trip rates and resulting vehicle trip generation are summarised in Table 6-2 whilst the full outputs are appended at Appendix D. Table 6-2 Proposed AM and Saturday Peak Hour Trip Generation Peak Hour Trip Rates Trip Generation Arrivals Departures Arrivals Departures Weekday AM 10:00-11:00 16.005 15.734 40 39 Weekday PM 18:00-19:00 20.904 21.879 52 55 Saturday 12:00-13:00 37.946 36.905 95 92 6.6.11 As set out within Table 6-1, the observed trips from McDonalds store surveys for the weekday PM peak and Saturday peak are higher than the TRICS trips set out in Table 6-2. 6.6.12 Therefore, to ensure a robust approach, the existing McDonalds stores will be used for the weekday PM and Saturday peak periods. The TRICS trip generations will be used for the weekday AM peak period assessment. 6.7 MCDONALDS TRIPS BY TYPE 6.7.1 Given the location of the proposed site adjacent to a main road, and the distance of the site from a major settlement, it is considered that the majority of trips attracted to the site are unlikely to be new to the network, but existing trips that visit the site enroute to another destination. The primary trip types referred to in this report are as follows: Additional Trips 6.7.2 These are specific car journeys to visit the McDonald’s, whereby customers return to their original location immediately after completing their visit: e.g. Home McDonald’s Home In the case of the proposed restaurant these are specific car journeys to visit the restaurant
Page 83
Transport Assessment Page | 18 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 Diverted Trips 6.7.3 These are trips where a driver is already on the network and alters their route to visit the McDonald’s: Home McDonald’s Other Work McDonald’s Home In the case of the proposed restaurant, these are existing trips on the A93 Perth Road which divert to the site. It is not expected that drivers would divert from the wider road network (i.e. the A9) given the travel distances involved. However, due to the lack of other McDonald’s restaurants in the area, diverted travel distances may be longer. Pass By Trips 6.7.4 These are also trips which are already on the network in any event which as the driver passes the McDonald’s they decide to make a visit. 6.7.5 In the case of the proposed restaurant, these would be trips “passing” the site along the A93 Perth Road. Shared Trips 6.7.6 These are trips which are undertaken to visit multiple uses within a single location. In the case of the proposed development, surrounding facilities include a retail park which has the possibility of sharing trips between other shops within the location. 6.7.7 It should be noted that ‘Additional Trips’ are not necessarily all ‘new’ trips, as customers of the new restaurant may well have previously visited other restaurants or hot food takeaway locations. Collectively pass-by and diverted can be referred to as ‘existing trips’ as these represent existing vehicles already on the network. Percentage Split of Trip Types 6.7.8 The customer interview survey results have been fully analysed and the average survey results are provided in Table 6-3. Table 6-3 Proposed Trips by Type Trip Type Definition Friday PM Saturday No. % No. % Additional Trips Same origin & destination McDonald’s sole purpose of trip 7 13% 10 16% Existing Trips Different origin & destination 10 18% 3 4% Same origin & destination McDonald’s not sole purpose of trip 26 42% 30 44% Shared Trip Visit local facilities before or after McDonald’s 16 28% 22 36% Total Survey 59 100% 65 100%
Page 84
Transport Assessment Page | 19 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 6.7.9 Table 6-3 details that on a Friday PM Peak 13% of trips to the McDonald’s restaurant could be expected to be additional trips and 87% would be existing on the road network. For the Saturday Peak 16% would be additional trips and 84% already existing on the road network. 6.7.10 The results also demonstrate that 28% and 36% for the Friday and Saturday peaks respectively could be expected to be shared trips with the adjacent retail park. 6.7.11 Based upon the McDonald’s proportional trip types proposed in Table 6-3, the proposed peak hour traffic has been split into additional, pass by / diverted and shared trips in Table 6-4. Table 6-4 – Proposed Trip Generation By Type Trip Type From TRICS From Existing Surveys From Existing Surveys Friday AM Friday PM Saturday % In Out % In Out % In Out Additional 13% 5 5 13% 12 13 16% 16 18 Pass-by 59% 24 23 59% 56 58 48% 49 54 Shared 28% 11 11 28% 26 28 36% 37 40 Total 100% 40 39 100% 94 99 100% 102 112 6.7.12 Whilst no surveys were undertaken at the chosen McDonald’s stores in the AM peak period, it has been assumed that the trip proportions from the PM peak would be similar and have therefore been applied to the trips in the AM peak period. 6.7.13 The following trips would therefore be generated by the proposed restaurant in the peak hours: Friday AM Peak 10 ‘new’ two-way trips on the network; and 47 two-way trips as ‘existing journeys’ making a visit to the restaurant 22 two-way trips ‘shared’ with the adjacent retail uses. Friday PM Peak 25 ‘new’ two-way trips on the network; and 114 two-way trips as ‘existing journeys’ making a visit to the restaurant. 54 two-way trips ‘shared’ with the adjacent retail uses. Saturday Peak 34 ‘new’ two-way trips on the network; and 103 two-way trips as ‘existing journeys’ making a visit to the restaurant. 77 two-way trips ‘shared’ with the adjacent retail uses.
Page 85
Transport Assessment Page | 20 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 6.7.14 In the worst-case scenario, 34 new two-way trips would be generated by the proposals, which is approximately one trip every two minutes during the Saturday peak hour. It is not considered that this represents a significant impact, however, for robustness this will be assessed further in Section 7 of this TA. 6.8 DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION AND ASSIGNMENT Additional Trips 6.8.1 It can be assumed that those trips that are new to the network, specifically to visit the site, will come from the local area. It is not envisaged customers will travel a significant distance to access a McDonald’s. Furthermore, the nearest existing McDonald’s to the site, is 26km away in Perth, making the site a lone option for customers in the region. 6.8.2 The distribution of new trips at the site access / A93 junction has used the turning proportions of observed movements from the survey of the main retail park access junction as a proxy given this is the more heavily used junction at present. The average turning proportions across all time periods are shown below. These were applied to new vehicle movements: 65% to/75% from the north 35% to/25% from the south 6.9 PARKING DEMAND 6.9.1 The average parking demand for the proposed McDonald’s (including staff, grill bays and accessible parking) is expected to be as follows based on the demand surveyed at the three comparable sites: Friday – 26 vehicles; and Saturday – 29 vehicles. 6.9.2 It should be noted that any overspill parking was captured within the surveys in order to provide an accurate picture of the parking situation. 6.9.3 The parking proposals for 38 spaces (including two grill bays) is therefore sufficient to accommodate the expected level of demand on site. 6.10 DRIVE-THRU QUEUE 6.10.1 The proposed drive-thru queues are based upon the average queues of the three surveyed restaurant sites which are summarised in Table 6-5. This includes all vehicles waiting in the drive-thru lane back from the collection booth. Table 6-5 Drive Thru Queues Friday PM Peak Saturday Peak Min Q 0 0 Max Q 7 9 Average 4 3 6.10.2 The proposed drive-thru lane has the capacity to accommodate approximately 12 vehicles from the collection point to the entrance from the car park, therefore, is more than suitable to meet anticipated
Page 86
Transport Assessment Page | 21 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 demand during peak times. A further two vehicles can be accommodated within the car park between the drive-thru lane entry and the site access. 6.11 SUMMARY 6.11.1 The trip generation for the proposed restaurant has been derived based on three existing McDonald’s restaurant sites. All three of the McDonald’s sites are considered to be similar in location, being that they are all situated within close proximity to arterial routes and have similar scales to the proposal. 6.11.2 The assumptions behind the proportions of additional, existing and shared trips generated by the development are considered appropriate and robust. 6.11.3 These assumptions have been applied to the future year assessment and the impact of the proposed restaurant on the capacity of the road network is detailed in Section 7.
Page 87
Transport Assessment Page | 22 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 7 FUTURE DEVELOPMENT IMPACTS 7.1 INTRODUCTION 7.1.1 As set out in detail within Section 6 of this TA, the additional new trips have been calculated based on existing McDonald’s Restaurant sites of similar characteristics in terms of location, size and operation, as well as the TRICS database. 7.1.2 The following scenarios have been assessed for the weekday AM and PM peak hours and the Saturday peak hour: 2024 Base (Figure 6); 2029 Future Year (Figure 7) including committed development; and 2029 Future Year + Proposed New Development Traffic (Figure 9). 7.1.3 The detailed modelling outputs are provided in Appendix E and the findings from the scenarios are set out in this section. 7.1.4 JUNCTIONS 9 software has been used to assess the capacity of the existing access junction from the A93 Perth Road. This comprises a standards priority junction arrangement. JUNCTIONS 9 analyses the maximum Ratio of Flow to Capacity (RFC) values for the peak hours and the maximum queue length in passenger car units (PCUs). 7.1.5 The RFC provides the primary measure of junction performance and is reported for each entry arm. An RFC of 0.85 or lower indicates that the specific arm of the junction is operating within its practical capacity; an RFC greater than 1.0 indicates that traffic demand exceeds theoretical capacity. Queue length provides an indication of how the overall junction performance may affect adjacent junctions on the road network. 7.2 ACCESS ROAD / A93 7.2.1 The results of the modelling are summarised in Table 7-1 below, with the full model outputs included at Appendix E. Table 7-1 A93 / Site Access Capacity Assessment Scenario Link AM Peak PM Peak Sat Peak RFC Q RFC Q RFC Q 2024 Base Access Road 0.03 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.01 0.0 A93 North 0.03 0.0 0.01 0.0 0.01 0.0 2029 Base Access Road 0.03 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.01 0.0 A93 North 0.03 0.0 0.01 0.0 0.02 0.0 2029 With Development Access Road 0.12 0.1 0.27 0.4 0.29 0.4 A93 North 0.10 0.2 0.21 0.5 0.23 0.6 7.2.2 The assessment demonstrates that, regardless of the future development scenario, the junction would operate with a significant degree of spare capacity in the modelled assessment scenarios during the AM, PM and Saturday peak hours, with minimal queuing and delay.
Page 88
Transport Assessment Page | 23 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 7.3 SUMMARY 7.3.1 In summary, it can be concluded the site access junction will operate effectively in the base year, and will continue to do so in the future, when background growth and the proposed net development flows are considered. 7.3.2 The trips associated with the proposed development are not expected to lead to an unacceptable impact on operational performance and would thus mee the NPF4 policy test.
Page 89
Transport Assessment Page | 24 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 8 SUMMARY 8.1.1 Andrew Moseley Associates has been commissioned by McDonald’s Restaurants Ltd to prepare this Transport Assessment and an Interim Travel Plan to accompany a planning application for a McDonald’s restaurant with a drive-thru off the A93 Perth Road in Blairgowrie. 8.1.2 The Local Planning Authority and the Local Roads Authority is Perth and Kinross Council. 8.1.3 The proposed site is located approximately 1.4km south of the centre of Blairgowrie and would form part of the wider West Park Retail Park. Currently the site comprises undeveloped land which is bound to the north and west by further undeveloped land, to the east by the A93 Perth Road, and to the south by an unnamed access road associated with the retail park. 8.1.4 Access to the external road network will be from an existing priority junction with the A93. Access into the site will be created with a new priority junction on the northern side off an existing access road. 8.1.5 The current bellmouth serving the development plot will be stopped up. The existing footway to the south of the site will continue into the site, providing safe pedestrian access fronting the site. 8.1.6 The report has shown that the development proposals will be accessible by a range of travel modes and have been developed to accord with current national and local transport policies, including those set out within National Planning Framework 4, Planning Advice Note 75 and the Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan, 8.1.7 It is concluded that the site is accessible on foot and cycle from residential areas that surround the site and benefits from being located adjacent to bus stops and a toucan crossing of the A93. 8.1.8 A review of existing road safety data within the study area returned one slight collision on the A93 to the north of the site. It is therefore concluded there are no extant safety issues on the road network that would be exacerbated by the development proposals. 8.1.9 The development proposals are forecast to generate around 80, 195 and 215 two-way vehicle trips during the AM, PM and Saturday peak hours respectively. However, the proposals only result in 13% to 16% of trips being new additional traffic in the weekday and Saturday network peak periods respectively. The remainder of trips will comprise either ‘pass-by’ trips already on the local road network or shared trips associated with adjacent land uses at the retail park. Therefore, the development would result in a maximum of 34 ‘new’ trips onto the local road network in the Saturday peak period. 8.1.10 A Travel Plan has also been prepared which sets out measures to encourage sustainable travel patterns and reduce the reliance on private car use. 8.1.11 Junction modelling has been undertaken of the existing priority junction with the A93 and demonstrates this would continue to operate with a significant level of spare capacity with the addition of development traffic. 8.1.12 The development proposals are not expected to lead to an unacceptable impact on operational performance of the local road network and would thus meet the NPF4 policy test. Therefore, there are no overriding traffic and transportation reasons preventing the local roads authority from recognising that the proposals are acceptable nor why planning permission could not be granted.
Page 90
FIGURES Figure 1 – Indicative Site Location Plan Figure 2 – 2km Walking Isochrone Figure 3 – Public Rights of Way Map Figure 4 – 5km Cycling Isochrone Figure 5 – Bus Stop Location Plan Figure 6 – 2024 Survey Flows Figure 7 – 2029 Traffic Flows Figure 8 – Development Flows Figure 9 – Committed Development Flows Figure 10 – Additional Trip Distribution (%) Figure 11 – 2029 Do Something Flows
Page 91
Figure 1 Site Location Plan Perth Road, Blairgowrie ECT Title: Figure No.: Drawn By: Key: Site Location
Page 92
Figure 2 2km Walking Catchment Plan Perth Road, Blairgowrie ECT Title: Figure No.: Drawn By: Key: 400m 800m 1200m 1600m 2000m Site Location
Page 93
Figure 3 Public Rights of Way Map Perth Road, Blairgowrie ECT Title: Figure No.: Drawn By: Key: Footpaths Site Location
Page 94
Figure 4 5km Cycling Catchment Plan Perth Road, Blairgowrie ECT Title: Figure No.: Drawn By: Key: 1000m 2000m 3000m 4000m 5000m Site Location
Page 95
Figure 5 Bus Stop Locations Plan Perth Road, Blairgowrie ECT Title: Figure No.: Drawn By: Key: Site Location Bus Stops
Page 96
AM 320 AM 297 PM 438 PM 375 SAT 351 SAT 356 AM 11 286 AM PM SAT PM 2 373 8 3 5 SAT 6 349 5 0 0 AM 6 311 PM 2 434 SAT 6 345 AM 63 227 AM PM SAT PM 90 284 32 101 87 SAT 117 235 33 56 43 AM 26 360 AM 260 PM 28 400 PM 340 SAT 24 264 SAT 278 AM 387 PM 427 SAT 288 Hazelwood Road A93 Essendy Road A93 Site Access Retail Park A93 25/11/2024 55002 Blairgowrie In PCU's 11:00-12:00JH 08:00-09:00 AMA/55002 Drawn by: PM 16:00-17:00 2024 Survey Flows CF Figure 6 Checked: SAT AM
Page 97
AM 1.031 PM 1.027 Saturday 1.028 AM 360 AM 381 PM 521 PM 426 SAT 423 SAT 442 AM 11 370 AM PM SAT PM 2 424 8 3 6 SAT 7 436 5 0 0 AM 6 352 PM 2 518 SAT 6 417 AM 65 309 AM PM SAT PM 92 333 33 104 89 SAT 120 318 34 58 44 AM 27 402 AM 343 PM 28 482 PM 391 SAT 25 333 SAT 362 AM 429 PM 511 SAT 358 Hazelwood Road A93 Essendy Road A93 Site Access Retail Park A93 25/11/2024 55002 Blairgowrie In PCU's 11:00-12:00JH 08:00-09:00 AMA/55002 Drawn by: PM 16:00-17:00 2029 Base CF Figure 7 Checked: SAT AM
Page 98
AM 26 AM 30 PM 64 PM 71 SAT 73 SAT 77 AM 30 AM PM SAT PM 71 26 64 73 SAT 77 14 35 39 AM 10 PM 24 SAT 26 AM 14 AM PM SAT PM 35 SAT 39 AM 10 AM 14 PM 24 PM 35 SAT 26 SAT 39 AM 10 PM 24 SAT 26 Hazelwood Road A93 Essendy Road A93 Site Access Retail Park A93 25/11/2024 55002 Blairgowrie In PCU's 11:00-12:00JH 08:00-09:00 AMA/55002 Drawn by: PM 16:00-17:00 Development Flows CF Figure 8 Checked: SAT AM
Page 99
AM 31 AM 75 PM 72 PM 41 SAT 62 SAT 77 C AM 75 AM PM SAT PM 41 B SAT 77 AM 31 A PM 72 SAT 62 AM 75 AM PM SAT PM 41 SAT 77 AM 31 AM 75 PM 72 PM 41 SAT 62 SAT 77 AM 31 PM 72 SAT 62 11:00-12:00JH 08:00-09:00 AMA/55002 Drawn by: PM 16:00-17:00 Committed Development Flows CF Figure 9 Checked: SAT AM A93 25/11/2024 55002 Blairgowrie In PCU's Hazelwood Road A93 Essendy Road A93 Site Access Retail Park
Page 100
AM AM PM PM SAT SAT AM 75% AM PM SAT PM 75% 65% 65% 65% SAT 75% 35% 35% 35% AM 25% PM 25% SAT 25% AM AM PM SAT PM SAT AM AM PM PM SAT SAT AM PM SAT Hazelwood Road A93 Essendy Road A93 Site Access Retail Park A93 25/11/2024 55002 Blairgowrie In PCU's JH AMA/55002 Drawn by: Trip Distribution CF Figure 10 Checked:
Page 101
AM 386 AM 411 PM 586 PM 496 SAT 495 SAT 519 AM 41 370 AM PM SAT PM 73 424 34 68 78 SAT 83 436 19 35 39 AM 16 352 PM 26 518 SAT 32 417 AM 65 323 AM PM SAT PM 92 368 33 104 89 SAT 120 357 34 58 44 AM 27 412 AM 357 PM 28 506 PM 425 SAT 25 359 SAT 402 AM 439 PM 534 SAT 383 Hazelwood Road A93 Essendy Road A93 Site Access Retail Park A93 25/11/2024 55002 Blairgowrie In PCU's 11:00-12:00JH 08:00-09:00 AMA/55002 Drawn by: PM 16:00-17:00 2029 Do Something CF Figure 11 Checked: SAT AM
Page 102
APPENDICES Appendix A - Proposed Site Layout Appendix B – Swept Path Analysis Appendix C – Site Access Junction and Visibility Splay Appendix D – TRICS Outputs Appendix E – Capacity Modelling Outputs
Page 103
APPENDIX A PROPOSED SITE LAYOUT
Page 104
Starbucks Bespoke McDonald's Restaurant NG50 Entrance CBCB LPLP Bespoke Corral BOL BOL LPLP LPLP DKDK LPLP 2 no. Grill Bays 38no. Car Parking Spaces (Inc. 3no. Accessible Bays) Patio Deliveries LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP 3 2 9 7 5 4 1212 1010 2 no. Grill Bays 38no. Car Parking Spaces (Inc. 3no. Accessible Bays) Patio Deliveries - 13/03/2025 AGAG BSC Initial Issue project client drawing title date scale@A1 drawn checked drawing stage aew architects 0161 214 4370 www.aewarchitects.com Job No Rev Purpose of Issue Drawn by: -Date Checked by: -REV store NOTES · All dimensions and levels are to be checked on site. · Any discrepancies are to be reported to the architect before any work commences. · Whilst information on this sheet is issued to scale, scaling directly from this drawing may result in inaccuracies. For precise measurements, refer to the stated dimensions or contact the Architect. · This drawing shall not be reproduced without express written permission from AEW. · Title overlay drawings and ownership boundaries are produced using all reasonable endeavours. AEW cannot be responsible for the accuracy or scale discrepancy of base plans supplied to them. · All works are to be undertaken in accordance with Building Regulations and the latest British Standards. · All proprietary materials and products are to be used strictly in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. For Information Planning McDonald's Restaurants Ltd 2473Blairgowrie Perth Road Proposed Site Plan 13/03/2025 1:200 AGAG BSC 13638_AEW_2473_1004 D 0 2 4 6 8 10m Scale 1:200 N Planning Proposed Site Plan Project Notes · All drawings to be read in conjunction with all other drawings as noted on issue sheet. Drawing based: · Glanvilles Topographical Survey drawing 4240368/4101 Dated:01/07/24 · Ordnance Survey (c) Crown Copyright 2023. All rights reserved. Licence number 100022432 · Westpark, Blaigowrie Draft Site 7 Disposition drawing DISPOSITION - PLAN 1(30560098.2) (1) Dated: 12/08/24 · LAUK Lighting Layout drawing no. 6279828_CALC_McDonalds Blairgowrie (R1), Dated: 18/06/25 · Existing below ground utilities/services unknown, Intrusive surveys required McDonald's Demise Boundary Indicated: McDonald's Application Boundary Indicated: Extent of No Build Zone: Extent of Landscaping Buffer Zone: General Site Proposal Notes: 'DOT' denotes Department of Transport Signs installed in accordance will all Approved Documents and British Standards. 'DK' denotes location of drop kerbs to be installed. Drop kerbs to be installed: · Along delivery routes · Around Accessible Parking Bays in accordance with AD M · At Pedestrian crossing point Yellow Thermoplastic Material to: · All Drive Thru related road markings · Accessible parking bays in accordance with AD M · Parked order bays White Thermoplastic Material to: · Car park related road markings to be in white thermoplastic material · Standard parking bays to be finished in white thermoplastic material · All junction road markings · All pedestrian crossings Site Plan Scale 1:200 Parking Schedule Bay Type Proposed Accessible Bays 3 Grill Bays 2 General Bays 3333 EVC Bays 0 Total Car Bays 3838 Cycle Spaces 6 Motorcycle Spaces 3 Schedule of Areas Proposed Site Area (Hectares) 0.2885 Building GEA (m²) (exc. Corral) 314.4 Building GEA (m²) (inc. Corral) 373.5 Building GIA (m²) 291.7 Proposed 600mm high Timber Knee Rail Fence Proposed 1100mm high Close Boarded Timber Fence Target Bin Cranked bollards Painted Black Tactile Blister Paving "LP" Denotes Lamppost Site Features Key CBCB LPLP 150mm Diameter stainless steel protective bollard BOL A 20/03/2025 WJB BSC Building moved slightly north and squared off to the south. Patio, Drive Thru and Parking reworked to accommodate change. B 09/05/2025 WJB BSC Building footprint moved south, corral enlarged and patio, drive thru and site reworked to accommodate change. C 06/06/2025 WJB BSC Building footprint updated, cash booth relocated. Site, drive thru, patio and corral layout updated to suit new building footprint Proposed 1500mm high Close Boarded Timber Fence (Subject to Acoustic Specialist Design) D 10/06/2025 WJB BSC Acoustic fence line added. LAUK Lighting layout added.
Page 105
APPENDIX B SWEPT PATH ANALYSIS
Page 106
Bespoke McDonald's Restaurant NG50 Entrance CBCB DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT LPLP DKDK DOT DOT Bespoke Corral Sign 9 Digital Unit Single Sign 12 Height Restriction Goal Post Sign 15 & 16 COD DT Canopy & Order Post Sign 10 Digital Unit Double Sign 15 & 16 COD DT Canopy & Order Post Sign 21 Drive Totem 2 Sign 14 Double Sided Banner Unit BOL BOL DOT DOT DOT LPLP LPLP Sign 14 Double Sided Banner Unit LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP Sign 10 Digital Unit Double 1111 1212 DOT DOT 1 1 1 13.6 6.53 Max 90° Horiz Max 10° Vert 1.88 6.4 1.4 1.4 7.8 1.4 2.52 4.78 1.37 3 1.4 3.7 0.29 Max Legal Length (UK) Articulated Vehicle (16.5m)Overall Length 16.500mOverall Width 2.550mOverall Body Height 3.681mMin Body Ground Clearance 0.411mMax Track Width 2.500mLock to lock time 6.00sKerb to Kerb Turning Radius 6.530m Transport & Infrastructure Consultants 15 St Paul's Street Second Floor Leeds LS1 2JG www.amatp.co.uk Project: PERTH ROAD, BLAIRGOWRIE Client: MCDONALDS RESTAURANTS Drawing: MB ARTICULATED VEHICLE SWEPT PATH ANALYSIS ACCESS AMA-55002-ATR-001 2.6 Drawing No. P02 Rev. Drawn By: Checked: Date: Scale: 26.06.2025CFCF JHJH 1:500 A3A3 P01 Preliminary Issue 27.05.25 OHJ Paper: P02 Updated Site Layout 26.06.25 CFCF
Page 107
Bespoke McDonald's Restaurant NG50 Entrance CBCB DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT LPLP DKDK DOT DOT Bespoke Corral Sign 9 Digital Unit Single Sign 12 Height Restriction Goal Post Sign 15 & 16 COD DT Canopy & Order Post Sign 10 Digital Unit Double Sign 15 & 16 COD DT Canopy & Order Post Sign 21 Drive Totem 2 Sign 14 Double Sided Banner Unit BOL BOL DOT DOT DOT LPLP LPLP Sign 14 Double Sided Banner Unit LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP Sign 10 Digital Unit Double 1111 1212 DOT DOT 5 5 13.6 6.53 Max 90° Horiz Max 10° Vert 1.88 6.4 1.4 1.4 7.8 1.4 2.52 4.78 1.37 3 1.4 3.7 0.29 Max Legal Length (UK) Articulated Vehicle (16.5m)Overall Length 16.500mOverall Width 2.550mOverall Body Height 3.681mMin Body Ground Clearance 0.411mMax Track Width 2.500mLock to lock time 6.00sKerb to Kerb Turning Radius 6.530m Transport & Infrastructure Consultants 15 St Paul's Street Second Floor Leeds LS1 2JG www.amatp.co.uk Project: PERTH ROAD, BLAIRGOWRIE Client: MCDONALDS RESTAURANTS Drawing: MB ARTICULATED VEHICLE SWEPT PATH ANALYSIS AMA-55002-ATR-001 1.6 Drawing No. P02 Rev. Drawn By: Checked: Date: Scale: 26.06.2025CFCF JHJH 1:500 A3A3 P01 Preliminary Issue 27.05.25 OHJ Paper: P02 Updated Site Layout 26.06.25 CFCF
Page 108
9.595 1.665 3.382 1.318 4.7 Phoenix2-18W (with Elite2 6x2MS chassis) Overall Length 9.595m Overall Width 2.530m Overall BodyHeight 3.205m Min BodyGround Clearance 0.410m TrackWidth 2.500m Lockto locktime 4.00s Kerbto KerbTurning Radius 8.950m Bespoke McDonald's Restaurant NG50 Entrance CB DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT LP DOT DOT Bespoke Corral Sign 12 Height Restriction Goal Post Sign 15 & 16 COD DT Canopy & Order Post COD DT Canopy & Order Post Sign 21 Drive Totem 2 BOL BOL DOT DOT DOT LP Sign 14 Double Sided Banner Unit LP LP LP LP LP LP LP LP LP LP 3 1 2 5 DOT DOT Bespoke McDonald's Restaurant NG50 Entrance CB DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT LP DK DOT DOT Bespoke Corral Sign 12 Height Restriction Goal Post Sign 15 & 16 COD DT Canopy & Order Post Sign 21 Drive Totem 2 BOL BOL DOT DOT DOT LP Sign 14 Double Sided Banner Unit DK LP LP LP LP LP LP LP LP LP 1 2 FF 4 DOT DOT Transport & Infrastructure Consultants 15 St Paul's Street Second Floor Leeds LS1 2JG www.amatp.co.uk Project: PERTH ROAD, BLAIRGOWRIE Client: MCDONALD'S RESTAURANT LTD Drawing: 9.595m REFUSE VEHICLE SWEPT PATH ANALYSIS AMA-55002-ATR005-2.5 Drawing No. P02 Rev. Drawn By: Checked: Date: Scale: 26.06.2025CF JH 1:250 A3 P01 Preliminary Issue 13.06.25 JH Paper: P02 Updated Site Layout 26.06.25 CF
Page 109
APPENDIX C SITE ACCESS JUNCTION AND VISIBILITY SPLAY
Page 110
DOT LP 743920N 743900N RS PRS1MH Y001 MH Y001 LP PLP1 GU Y001 MH Y001 LP PLP1 RS PRS1 2.4mBY 43m VISIBILITY SPLAY DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT LP LP DOT Kerb set at 25mm from ground level 1 2 ST04 MH Y001 LP PLP1GU Y001 MH Y001 GU Y001 LP PLP1 GU Y001 RS PRS1 LP PLP1 879K001 2.4m BY 43m VISIBILITY SPLAY Transport & Infrastructure Consultants 15 St Paul's Street Second Floor Leeds LS1 2JG www.amatp.co.uk Project: PERTH ROAD, BLAIRGOWRIE Client: MCDONALD'S RESTAURANT LTD Drawing: SITE ACCESS VISIBILITY SPLAY AMA-55002-SK003 Drawing No. P01 Rev. Drawn By: Checked: Date: Scale: 10.02.2025EP JH 1:250 A3 P01 Preliminary Issue 10.02.2025 EP Paper:
Page 111
APPENDIX D TRICS OUTPUTS
Page 112
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 1 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 Calculation Reference: AUDIT-710001-240816-0842 TRIP RATE CALCULATION SELECTION PARAMETERS: Land Use : 06 - HOTEL, FOOD & DRINK Category : D - FAST FOOD - DRIVE THROUGH TOTAL VEHICLES Selected regions and areas: 04 EAST ANGLIA CA CAMBRIDGESHIRE 1 days 05 EAST MIDLANDS LN LINCOLNSHIRE 2 days NN NORTH NORTHAMPTONSHIRE 1 days 07 YORKSHIRE & NORTH LINCOLNSHIRE BY BARNSLEY 1 days 08 NORTH WEST MS MERSEYSIDE 1 days 09 NORTH TV TEES VALLEY 1 days 10 WALES VG VALE OF GLAMORGAN 1 days 11 SCOTLAND AD ABERDEEN CITY 1 days This section displays the number of survey days per TRICS® sub-region in the selected set
Page 113
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 2 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 Primary Filtering selection: This data displays the chosen trip rate parameter and its selected range. Only sites that fall within the parameter range are included in the trip rate calculation. Parameter: Gross floor area Actual Range: 230 to 690 (units: sqm) Range Selected by User: 182 to 800 (units: sqm) Parking Spaces Range: All Surveys Included Public Transport Provision: Selection by: Include all surveys Date Range: 01/01/16 to 25/05/23 This data displays the range of survey dates selected. Only surveys that were conducted within this date range are included in the trip rate calculation. Selected survey days: Tuesday 3 days Wednesday 1 days Thursday 2 days Friday 3 days This data displays the number of selected surveys by day of the week. Selected survey types: Manual count 9 days Directional ATC Count 0 days This data displays the number of manual classified surveys and the number of unclassified ATC surveys, the total adding up to the overall number of surveys in the selected set. Manual surveys are undertaken using staff, whilst ATC surveys are undertaking using machines. Selected Locations: Edge of Town Centre 4 Suburban Area (PPS6 Out of Centre) 2 Edge of Town 3 This data displays the number of surveys per main location category within the selected set. The main location categories consist of Free Standing, Edge of Town, Suburban Area, Neighbourhood Centre, Edge of Town Centre, Town Centre and Not Known. Selected Location Sub Categories: Industrial Zone 2 Development Zone 1 Residential Zone 1 Retail Zone 2 Built-Up Zone 2 No Sub Category 1 This data displays the number of surveys per location sub-category within the selected set. The location sub-categories consist of Commercial Zone, Industrial Zone, Development Zone, Residential Zone, Retail Zone, Built-Up Zone, Village, Out of Town, High Street and No Sub Category. Inclusion of Servicing Vehicles Counts: Servicing vehicles Included 7 days - Selected Servicing vehicles Excluded 10 days - Selected Secondary Filtering selection: Use Class: Not Known 9 days This data displays the number of surveys per Use Class classification within the selected set. The Use Classes Order (England) 2020 has been used for this purpose, which can be found within the Library module of TRICS®. Population within 500m Range: All Surveys Included
Page 114
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 3 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 Secondary Filtering selection (Cont.): Population within 1 mile: 1,001 to 5,000 1 days 5,001 to 10,000 1 days 10,001 to 15,000 1 days 15,001 to 20,000 2 days 20,001 to 25,000 1 days 25,001 to 50,000 2 days 50,001 to 100,000 1 days This data displays the number of selected surveys within stated 1-mile radii of population. Population within 5 miles: 50,001 to 75,000 1 days 75,001 to 100,000 1 days 100,001 to 125,000 1 days 125,001 to 250,000 5 days 250,001 to 500,000 1 days This data displays the number of selected surveys within stated 5-mile radii of population. Car ownership within 5 miles: 0.6 to 1.0 6 days 1.1 to 1.5 3 days This data displays the number of selected surveys within stated ranges of average cars owned per residential dwelling, within a radius of 5-miles of selected survey sites. Travel Plan: No 9 days This data displays the number of surveys within the selected set that were undertaken at sites with Travel Plans in place, and the number of surveys that were undertaken at sites without Travel Plans. PTAL Rating: No PTAL Present 9 days This data displays the number of selected surveys with PTAL Ratings. Covid-19 Restrictions Yes At least one survey within the selected data set was undertaken at a time of Covid-19 restrictions
Page 115
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 4 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 LIST OF SITES relevant to selection parameters 1 AD-06-D-01 MCDONALD’S ABERDEEN CITY BEDFORD ROAD ABERDEEN KITTYBREWSTER RET. PK Edge of Town Centre Retail Zone Total Gross floor area: 4 7 2 sqm Survey date: TUESDAY 19/11/19 Survey Type: MANUAL 2 BY-06-D-02 MCDONALD'S BARNSLEY UPPER NEW STREET BARNSLEY Edge of Town Centre Built-Up Zone Total Gross floor area: 4 1 5 sqm Survey date: TUESDAY 08/09/20 Survey Type: MANUAL 3 CA-06-D-02 MCDONALD'S CAMBRIDGESHIRE NEWMARKET ROAD CAMBRIDGE Suburban Area (PPS6 Out of Centre) Residential Zone Total Gross floor area: 4 3 5 sqm Survey date: TUESDAY 19/09/17 Survey Type: MANUAL 4 LN-06-D-01 MCDONALD'S LINCOLNSHIRE RUSTON WAY LINCOLN Edge of Town Centre Built-Up Zone Total Gross floor area: 4 3 5 sqm Survey date: FRIDAY 28/06/19 Survey Type: MANUAL 5 LN-06-D-02 MCDONALD'S LINCOLNSHIRE RYHALL ROAD STAMFORD Edge of Town Retail Zone Total Gross floor area: 4 9 0 sqm Survey date: WEDNESDAY 13/10/21 Survey Type: MANUAL 6 MS-06-D-01 MCDONALD'S MERSEYSIDE SAINT HELENS LINKWAY SAINT HELENS Suburban Area (PPS6 Out of Centre) No Sub Category Total Gross floor area: 4 6 3 sqm Survey date: FRIDAY 16/04/21 Survey Type: MANUAL 7 NN-06-D-01 MCDONALD'S NORTH NORTHAMPTONSHIRE LITTLE COLLIERS FIELD CORBY GREAT OAKLEY Edge of Town Development Zone Total Gross floor area: 6 9 0 sqm Survey date: THURSDAY 16/06/22 Survey Type: MANUAL 8 TV-06-D-01 MCDONALD'S TEES VALLEY BURN ROAD HARTLEPOOL Edge of Town Centre Industrial Zone Total Gross floor area: 4 0 0 sqm Survey date: FRIDAY 04/09/20 Survey Type: MANUAL
Page 116
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 5 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 LIST OF SITES relevant to selection parameters (Cont.) 9 VG-06-D-01 MCDONALD'S VALE OF GLAMORGAN CARDIFF ROAD BARRY Edge of Town Industrial Zone Total Gross floor area: 4 0 5 sqm Survey date: THURSDAY 24/09/20 Survey Type: MANUAL This section provides a list of all survey sites and days in the selected set. For each individual survey site, it displays a unique site reference code and site address, the selected trip rate calculation parameter and its value, the day of the week and date of each survey, and whether the survey was a manual classified count or an ATC count. MANUALLY DESELECTED SURVEYS Site Ref Survey Date Reason for Deselection AD-06-D-02 22/11/19 Not McDonalds FI-06-D-02 22/03/16 Not McDonalds HC-06-D-03 23/05/23 Not McDonalds IW-06-D-01 22/05/23 Not McDonalds NS-06-D-01 15/09/22 Not McDonalds WM-06-D-04 19/10/22 Not McDonalds WO-06-D-01 02/10/20 Not McDonalds WS-06-D-02 25/05/23 Not McDonalds
Page 117
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24
Page 6
AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001
TRIP RATE for Land Use 06 - HOTEL, FOOD & DRINK/D - FAST FOOD - DRIVE THROUGH
TOTAL VEHICLES
Calculation factor: 100 sqm
BOLD print indicates peak (busiest) period
ARRIVALS DEPARTURES TOTALS
No. Ave. Trip No. Ave. Trip No. Ave. Trip
Time Range Days GFA Rate Days GFA Rate Days GFA Rate
00:00 - 01:00
01:00 - 02:00
02:00 - 03:00
03:00 - 04:00
04:00 - 05:00
1 490 0.204 1 490 0.000 1 490 0.20405:00 - 06:00
7 476 5.997 7 476 5.217 7 476 11.21406:00 - 07:00
8 471 11.777 8 471 10.398 8 471 22.17507:00 - 08:00
8 471 14.297 8 471 13.501 8 471 27.79808:00 - 09:00
8 471 15.252 8 471 15.146 8 471 30.39809:00 - 10:00
9 467 16.005 9 467 15.743 9 467 31.74810:00 - 11:00
9 467 15.767 9 467 15.006 9 467 30.77311:00 - 12:00
9 467 20.690 9 467 20.095 9 467 40.78512:00 - 13:00
9 467 20.166 9 467 20.690 9 467 40.85613:00 - 14:00
9 467 15.553 9 467 15.981 9 467 31.53414:00 - 15:00
9 467 18.716 9 467 17.836 9 467 36.55215:00 - 16:00
9 467 19.049 9 467 19.881 9 467 38.93016:00 - 17:00
9 467 20.927 9 467 20.951 9 467 41.87817:00 - 18:00
9 467 20.904 9 467 21.879 9 467 42.78318:00 - 19:00
9 467 16.528 9 467 17.551 9 467 34.07919:00 - 20:00
9 467 14.625 9 467 15.458 9 467 30.08320:00 - 21:00
9 467 11.986 9 467 12.152 9 467 24.13821:00 - 22:00
7 471 10.552 7 471 11.128 7 471 21.68022:00 - 23:00
7 471 5.397 7 471 6.155 7 471 11.55223:00 - 24:00
Total Rates: 274.392 274.768 549.160
This section displays the trip rate results based on the selected set of surveys and the selected count type (shown just
above the table). It is split by three main columns, representing arrivals trips, departures trips, and total trips (arrivals
plus departures). Within each of these main columns are three sub-columns. These display the number of survey days
where count data is included (per time period), the average value of the selected trip rate calculation parameter (per
time period), and the trip rate result (per time period). Total trip rates (the sum of the column) are also displayed at the
foot of the table.
To obtain a trip rate, the average (mean) trip rate parameter value (TRP) is first calculated for all selected survey days
that have count data available for the stated time period. The average (mean) number of arrivals, departures or totals
(whichever applies) is also calculated (COUNT) for all selected survey days that have count data available for the stated
time period. Then, the average count is divided by the average trip rate parameter value, and multiplied by the stated
calculation factor (shown just above the table and abbreviated here as FACT). So, the method is: COUNT/TRP*FACT. Trip
rates are then rounded to 3 decimal places.
The survey data, graphs and all associated supporting information, contained within the TRICS Database are published
by TRICS Consortium Limited ("the Company") and the Company claims copyright and database rights in this published
work. The Company authorises those who possess a current TRICS licence to access the TRICS Database and copy the
data contained within the TRICS Database for the licence holders' use only. Any resulting copy must retain all copyrights
and other proprietary notices, and any disclaimer contained thereon.
The Company accepts no responsibility for loss which may arise from reliance on data contained in the TRICS Database.
[No warranty of any kind, express or implied, is made as to the data contained in the TRICS Database.]
Parameter summary
Trip rate parameter range selected: 230 - 690 (units: sqm)
Survey date date range: 01/01/16 - 25/05/23
Number of weekdays (Monday-Friday): 17
Number of Saturdays: 0
Number of Sundays: 0
Surveys automatically removed from selection: 8
Surveys manually removed from selection: 0
This section displays a quick summary of some of the data filtering selections made by the TRICS® user. The trip rate
calculation parameter range of all selected surveys is displayed first, followed by the range of minimum and maximum
survey dates selected by the user. Then, the total number of selected weekdays and weekend days in the selected set of
surveys are show. Finally, the number of survey days that have been manually removed from the selected set outside of
the standard filtering procedure are displayed.Page 118
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 1 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 Calculation Reference: AUDIT-710001-240816-0845 TRIP RATE CALCULATION SELECTION PARAMETERS: Land Use : 06 - HOTEL, FOOD & DRINK Category : D - FAST FOOD - DRIVE THROUGH TOTAL VEHICLES Selected regions and areas: 03 SOUTH WEST GS GLOUCESTERSHIRE 1 days TB TORBAY 1 days This section displays the number of survey days per TRICS® sub-region in the selected set
Page 119
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 2 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 Primary Filtering selection: This data displays the chosen trip rate parameter and its selected range. Only sites that fall within the parameter range are included in the trip rate calculation. Parameter: Gross floor area Actual Range: 225 to 447 (units: sqm) Range Selected by User: 182 to 800 (units: sqm) Parking Spaces Range: All Surveys Included Public Transport Provision: Selection by: Include all surveys Date Range: 01/01/16 to 25/05/23 This data displays the range of survey dates selected. Only surveys that were conducted within this date range are included in the trip rate calculation. Selected survey days: Saturday 2 days This data displays the number of selected surveys by day of the week. Selected survey types: Manual count 2 days Directional ATC Count 0 days This data displays the number of manual classified surveys and the number of unclassified ATC surveys, the total adding up to the overall number of surveys in the selected set. Manual surveys are undertaken using staff, whilst ATC surveys are undertaking using machines. Selected Locations: Suburban Area (PPS6 Out of Centre) 1 Edge of Town 1 This data displays the number of surveys per main location category within the selected set. The main location categories consist of Free Standing, Edge of Town, Suburban Area, Neighbourhood Centre, Edge of Town Centre, Town Centre and Not Known. Selected Location Sub Categories: Retail Zone 1 Out of Town 1 This data displays the number of surveys per location sub-category within the selected set. The location sub-categories consist of Commercial Zone, Industrial Zone, Development Zone, Residential Zone, Retail Zone, Built-Up Zone, Village, Out of Town, High Street and No Sub Category. Inclusion of Servicing Vehicles Counts: Servicing vehicles Included X days - Selected Servicing vehicles Excluded 2 days - Selected Secondary Filtering selection: Use Class: Not Known 2 days This data displays the number of surveys per Use Class classification within the selected set. The Use Classes Order (England) 2020 has been used for this purpose, which can be found within the Library module of TRICS®. Population within 500m Range: All Surveys Included Population within 1 mile: 1,001 to 5,000 1 days 20,001 to 25,000 1 days This data displays the number of selected surveys within stated 1-mile radii of population.
Page 120
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 3 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 Secondary Filtering selection (Cont.): Population within 5 miles: 125,001 to 250,000 2 days This data displays the number of selected surveys within stated 5-mile radii of population. Car ownership within 5 miles: 1.1 to 1.5 2 days This data displays the number of selected surveys within stated ranges of average cars owned per residential dwelling, within a radius of 5-miles of selected survey sites. Travel Plan: No 2 days This data displays the number of surveys within the selected set that were undertaken at sites with Travel Plans in place, and the number of surveys that were undertaken at sites without Travel Plans. PTAL Rating: No PTAL Present 2 days This data displays the number of selected surveys with PTAL Ratings. Covid-19 Restrictions Yes At least one survey within the selected data set was undertaken at a time of Covid-19 restrictions
Page 121
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24 Page 4 AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001 LIST OF SITES relevant to selection parameters 1 GS-06-D-01 MCDONALD'S GLOUCESTERSHIRE BRISTOL ROAD GLOUCESTER HARDWICKE Edge of Town Out of Town Total Gross floor area: 2 2 5 sqm Survey date: SATURDAY 24/04/21 Survey Type: MANUAL 2 TB-06-D-01 MCDONALD'S TORBAY HELE ROAD TORQUAY Suburban Area (PPS6 Out of Centre) Retail Zone Total Gross floor area: 4 4 7 sqm Survey date: SATURDAY 30/03/19 Survey Type: MANUAL This section provides a list of all survey sites and days in the selected set. For each individual survey site, it displays a unique site reference code and site address, the selected trip rate calculation parameter and its value, the day of the week and date of each survey, and whether the survey was a manual classified count or an ATC count.
Page 122
TRICS 7.11.2 150624 B22.0910024229 Database right of TRICS Consortium Ltd, 2024. All rights reserved Friday 16/08/24
Page 5
AMA - Leeds Licence No: 710001
TRIP RATE for Land Use 06 - HOTEL, FOOD & DRINK/D - FAST FOOD - DRIVE THROUGH
TOTAL VEHICLES
Calculation factor: 100 sqm
BOLD print indicates peak (busiest) period
ARRIVALS DEPARTURES TOTALS
No. Ave. Trip No. Ave. Trip No. Ave. Trip
Time Range Days GFA Rate Days GFA Rate Days GFA Rate
00:00 - 01:00
01:00 - 02:00
02:00 - 03:00
03:00 - 04:00
04:00 - 05:00
05:00 - 06:00
1 225 19.111 1 225 17.778 1 225 36.88906:00 - 07:00
2 336 21.875 2 336 21.280 2 336 43.15507:00 - 08:00
2 336 25.000 2 336 23.363 2 336 48.36308:00 - 09:00
2 336 32.292 2 336 30.060 2 336 62.35209:00 - 10:00
2 336 27.083 2 336 29.464 2 336 56.54710:00 - 11:00
2 336 27.232 2 336 24.256 2 336 51.48811:00 - 12:00
2 336 37.946 2 336 36.905 2 336 74.85112:00 - 13:00
2 336 34.970 2 336 35.119 2 336 70.08913:00 - 14:00
2 336 32.292 2 336 34.673 2 336 66.96514:00 - 15:00
2 336 28.423 2 336 29.911 2 336 58.33415:00 - 16:00
2 336 30.208 2 336 28.869 2 336 59.07716:00 - 17:00
2 336 32.589 2 336 33.036 2 336 65.62517:00 - 18:00
2 336 33.333 2 336 33.631 2 336 66.96418:00 - 19:00
2 336 28.274 2 336 31.845 2 336 60.11919:00 - 20:00
2 336 24.107 2 336 23.363 2 336 47.47020:00 - 21:00
2 336 20.238 2 336 20.238 2 336 40.47621:00 - 22:00
2 336 16.071 2 336 15.327 2 336 31.39822:00 - 23:00
2 336 13.542 2 336 13.393 2 336 26.93523:00 - 24:00
Total Rates: 484.586 482.511 967.097
This section displays the trip rate results based on the selected set of surveys and the selected count type (shown just
above the table). It is split by three main columns, representing arrivals trips, departures trips, and total trips (arrivals
plus departures). Within each of these main columns are three sub-columns. These display the number of survey days
where count data is included (per time period), the average value of the selected trip rate calculation parameter (per
time period), and the trip rate result (per time period). Total trip rates (the sum of the column) are also displayed at the
foot of the table.
To obtain a trip rate, the average (mean) trip rate parameter value (TRP) is first calculated for all selected survey days
that have count data available for the stated time period. The average (mean) number of arrivals, departures or totals
(whichever applies) is also calculated (COUNT) for all selected survey days that have count data available for the stated
time period. Then, the average count is divided by the average trip rate parameter value, and multiplied by the stated
calculation factor (shown just above the table and abbreviated here as FACT). So, the method is: COUNT/TRP*FACT. Trip
rates are then rounded to 3 decimal places.
The survey data, graphs and all associated supporting information, contained within the TRICS Database are published
by TRICS Consortium Limited ("the Company") and the Company claims copyright and database rights in this published
work. The Company authorises those who possess a current TRICS licence to access the TRICS Database and copy the
data contained within the TRICS Database for the licence holders' use only. Any resulting copy must retain all copyrights
and other proprietary notices, and any disclaimer contained thereon.
The Company accepts no responsibility for loss which may arise from reliance on data contained in the TRICS Database.
[No warranty of any kind, express or implied, is made as to the data contained in the TRICS Database.]
Parameter summary
Trip rate parameter range selected: 225 - 447 (units: sqm)
Survey date date range: 01/01/16 - 25/05/23
Number of weekdays (Monday-Friday): 0
Number of Saturdays: 2
Number of Sundays: 0
Surveys automatically removed from selection: 0
Surveys manually removed from selection: 0
This section displays a quick summary of some of the data filtering selections made by the TRICS® user. The trip rate
calculation parameter range of all selected surveys is displayed first, followed by the range of minimum and maximum
survey dates selected by the user. Then, the total number of selected weekdays and weekend days in the selected set of
surveys are show. Finally, the number of survey days that have been manually removed from the selected set outside of
the standard filtering procedure are displayed.Page 123
APPENDIX E MODELLING OUTPUTS
Page 124
Filename: A93 North Access Junction.j9 Path: C:\AMA\AMA\AMA - McDonald's\003 - North\55002 - Perth Road, Blairgowie\D Models and Drawings\PICADY Report generation date: 22/11/2024 13:48:33 »2024, AM »2024, PM »2024 , Saturday IP »2029, AM »2029, PM »2029, Saturday IP »2029 Do Something, AM »2029 Do Something, PM »2029 Do Something, Saturday IP Summary of junction performance Junctions 9 PICADY 9 - Priority Intersection Module Version: 9.5.1.7462 © Copyright TRL Limited, 2019 For sales and distribution information, program advice and maintenance, contact TRL: +44 (0)1344 379777 software@trl.co.uk www.trlsoftware.co.uk The users of this computer program for the solution of an engineering problem are in no way relieved of their responsibility for the correctness of the solution AM PM Saturday IP Set ID Queue (PCU) Delay (s) RFC LOS Set ID Queue (PCU) Delay (s) RFC LOS Set ID Queue (PCU) Delay (s) RFC LOS 2024 Stream B-AC D1 0.0 7.59 0.03 A D2 0.0 0.00 0.00 A D3 0.0 6.23 0.01 A Stream C-AB 0.0 5.08 0.03 A 0.0 4.86 0.01 A 0.0 4.88 0.01 A 2029 Stream B-AC D4 0.0 7.92 0.03 A D5 0.0 0.00 0.00 A D6 0.0 6.46 0.01 A Stream C-AB 0.0 4.85 0.03 A 0.0 4.77 0.01 A 0.0 4.68 0.02 A 2029 Do Something Stream B-AC D7 0.1 8.77 0.12 A D8 0.4 11.91 0.27 B D9 0.4 11.50 0.29 B Stream C-AB 0.2 5.10 0.10 A 0.5 5.57 0.21 A 0.6 5.53 0.23 A Values shown are the highest values encountered over all time segments. Delay is the maximum value of average delay per arriving vehicle. Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 1
Page 125
File summary Units Analysis Options Demand Set Summary Analysis Set Details File Description Title Location Site number Date 20/08/2024 Version Status (new file) Identifier Client Jobnumber Enumerator AzureAD\Modellinglaptop Description Distance units Speed units Traffic units input Traffic units results Flow units Average delay units Total delay units Rate of delay units m kph PCU PCU perHour s -Min perMin Calculate Queue Percentiles Calculate residual capacity RFC Threshold Average Delay threshold (s) Queue threshold (PCU) 0.85 36.00 20.00 ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D1 2024 AM ONE HOUR 09:45 11:15 15 D2 2024 PM ONE HOUR 16:45 18:15 15 D3 2024 Saturday IP ONE HOUR 11:45 13:15 15 D4 2029 AM ONE HOUR 09:45 11:15 15 D5 2029 PM ONE HOUR 16:45 18:15 15 D6 2029 Saturday IP ONE HOUR 11:45 13:15 15 D7 2029 Do Something AM ONE HOUR 09:45 11:15 15 D8 2029 Do Something PM ONE HOUR 16:45 18:15 15 D9 2029 Do Something Saturday IP ONE HOUR 11:45 13:15 15 ID Network flow scaling factor (%) A1 100.000 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 2
Page 126
2024, AM Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Arms Arms Major Arm Geometry Geometries for Arm C are measured opposite Arm B. Geometries for Arm A (if relevant) are measured opposite Arm D. Minor Arm Geometry Slope / Intercept / Capacity Priority Intersection Slopes and Intercepts The slopes and intercepts shown above do NOT include any corrections or adjustments. Streams may be combined, in which case capacity will be adjusted. Values are shown for the first time segment only; they may differ for subsequent time segments. Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 0.29 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown Arm Name Description Arm type A A93 South Major B North Access Minor C A93 North Major Arm Width of carriageway (m) Has kerbed central reserve Has right turn bay Visibility for right turn (m) Blocks? Blocking queue (PCU) C 7.11 160.0 ü 0.00 Arm Minor arm type Lane width (m) Visibility to left (m) Visibility to right (m) B One lane 2.80 50 110 Stream Intercept (PCU/hr) Slope for A-B Slope for A-C Slope for C-A Slope for C-B B-A 537 0.093 0.235 0.148 0.336 B-C 679 0.099 0.250 - - C-B 667 0.246 0.246 - - ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D1 2024 AM ONE HOUR 09:45 11:15 15 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 3
Page 127
Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 317 100.000 B ü 13 100.000 C ü 297 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 6 311 B 5 0 8 C 286 11 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.03 7.59 0.0 A C-AB 0.03 5.08 0.0 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 4
Page 128
2024, PM Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 0.02 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D2 2024 PM ONE HOUR 16:45 18:15 15 Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 436 100.000 B ü 3 100.000 C ü 375 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 2 434 B 0 0 3 C 373 2 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 5
Page 129
Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.00 0.00 0.0 A C-AB 0.01 4.86 0.0 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 6
Page 130
2024 , Saturday IP Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 0.11 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D3 2024 Saturday IP ONE HOUR 11:45 13:15 15 Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 351 100.000 B ü 5 100.000 C ü 355 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 6 345 B 0 0 5 C 349 6 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 7
Page 131
Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.01 6.23 0.0 A C-AB 0.01 4.88 0.0 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 8
Page 132
2029, AM Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 0.26 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D4 2029 AM ONE HOUR 09:45 11:15 15 Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 358 100.000 B ü 13 100.000 C ü 381 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 6 352 B 5 0 8 C 370 11 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 9
Page 133
Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.03 7.92 0.0 A C-AB 0.03 4.85 0.0 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 10
Page 134
2029, PM Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 0.02 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D5 2029 PM ONE HOUR 16:45 18:15 15 Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 520 100.000 B ü 3 100.000 C ü 426 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 2 518 B 0 0 3 C 424 2 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 11
Page 135
Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.00 0.00 0.0 A C-AB 0.01 4.77 0.0 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 12
Page 136
2029, Saturday IP Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 0.12 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D6 2029 Saturday IP ONE HOUR 11:45 13:15 15 Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 423 100.000 B ü 6 100.000 C ü 443 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 6 417 B 0 0 6 C 436 7 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 13
Page 137
Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.01 6.46 0.0 A C-AB 0.02 4.68 0.0 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 14
Page 138
2029 Do Something, AM Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 1.00 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D7 2029 Do Something AM ONE HOUR 09:45 11:15 15 Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 368 100.000 B ü 53 100.000 C ü 411 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 16 352 B 19 0 34 C 370 41 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 15
Page 139
Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.12 8.77 0.1 A C-AB 0.10 5.10 0.2 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 16
Page 140
2029 Do Something, PM Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 1.77 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D8 2029 Do Something PM ONE HOUR 16:45 18:15 15 Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 544 100.000 B ü 103 100.000 C ü 497 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 26 518 B 35 0 68 C 424 73 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 17
Page 141
Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.27 11.91 0.4 B C-AB 0.21 5.57 0.5 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 18
Page 142
2029 Do Something, Saturday IP Data Errors and Warnings No errors or warnings Junction Network Junctions Junction Network Options Traffic Demand Demand Set Details Demand overview (Traffic) Origin-Destination Data Vehicle Mix Junction Name Junction type Major road direction Use circulating lanes Junction Delay (s) Junction LOS 1 A93 Perth Road / North Access T-Junction Two-way 2.07 A Driving side Lighting Left Normal/unknown ID Scenario name Time Period name Traffic profile type Start time (HH:mm) Finish time (HH:mm) Time segment length (min) D9 2029 Do Something Saturday IP ONE HOUR 11:45 13:15 15 Vehicle mix source PCU Factor for a HV (PCU) HV Percentages 2.00 Arm Linked arm Use O-D data Average Demand (PCU/hr) Scaling Factor (%) A ü 449 100.000 B ü 117 100.000 C ü 519 100.000 Demand (PCU/hr) To From A B C A 0 32 417 B 39 0 78 C 436 83 0 Heavy Vehicle Percentages To From A B C A 0 6 3 B 9 0 0 C 3 5 0 Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 19
Page 143
Results Results Summary for whole modelled period Stream Max RFC Max Delay (s) Max Queue (PCU) Max LOS B-AC 0.29 11.50 0.4 B C-AB 0.23 5.53 0.6 A C-A A-B A-C Generated on 22/11/2024 13:49:34 using Junctions 9 (9.5.1.7462) 20
Page 144
All rights are reserved. Copyright © 2024 Andrew Moseley Associates, 15 St Paul’s Street, Leeds, LS1 2JG www.amatp.co.uk info@amatp.co.uk
Page 145
REPORT NO 55002-002 PROPOSED MCDONALD’S DRIVE- THRU, PERTH ROAD, BLAIRGOWRIE INTERIM TRAVEL PLAN JUNE 2025
Page 146
Final Issue Project no: 55002-002 Date: June 2025 Andrew Moseley Associates 51A St Paul’s Street Leeds, LS1 2TE www.amatp.co.uk info@amatp.co.uk PROPOSED MCDONALD’S DRIVE-THRU, PERTH ROAD, BLAIRGOWRIE INTERIM TRAVEL PLAN McDonald’s Restaurants Ltd
Page 147
QUALITY MANAGEMENT First Issue Revision 1 Revision 2 Revision 3 Remarks First Issue Date 23.06.25 Prepared ECT Checked JH Authorised JH PRODUCTION TEAM AMA Principal Transport Planner Jonathan Hazell Graduate Transport Planner Elizabeth Theakston
Page 148
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | i Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOREWORD ................................................................................................................................. 1 1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 2 1.1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................. 2 1.2 SITE LOCATION ........................................................................................................ 2 1.3 PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................. 2 1.4 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES ......................................................................................... 2 2 STAFF TRAVEL INFORMATION ..................................................................................... 4 3 TRAVEL PLAN CO-ORDINATOR .................................................................................... 6 4 EXISTING SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT PROVISION ................................................. 7 4.1 INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................... 7 4.2 PEDESTRIAN ACCESSIBILITY ................................................................................ 7 4.3 CYCLING ACCESSIBILITY ....................................................................................... 7 4.4 PUBLIC TRANSPORT ............................................................................................... 8 4.5 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................. 8 5 TRAVEL PLAN MEASURES AND ACTION PLAN ........................................................ 9 5.1 TRAVEL PLAN MEASURES ..................................................................................... 9 5.2 ACTION PLAN ......................................................................................................... 11 6 ATTITUDES TO TRAVEL CHANGE ............................................................................... 12 7 MONITORING AND REVIEW ........................................................................................ 14 7.1 MONITORING ......................................................................................................... 14 7.2 TARGETS .................................................................................................................. 14 7.3 REVIEW DEFINITION ............................................................................................ 14 7.4 REVIEW TIMETABLE ............................................................................................. 15 7.5 REVIEW PROCEDURE ........................................................................................... 15
Page 149
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | ii Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 8 SUMMARY OF TRAVEL PLAN ....................................................................................... 16 TABLES Table 2-1 - Survey Travel Modes to Food Store or Retail Park Restaurants Table 4-1 - Local Bus Services Table 5-1 - Action Plan for Proposed Travel Plan Measures Table 6-1 - Staff Attitudes Survey Results Table 7-1 - Interim Targets FIGURES Figure 1 – Site Location Plan Figure 2 – 2km Walking Isochrone Figure 3 – Public Rights of Way Map Figure 4 – 5km Cycling Isochrone Figure 5 - Bus Stop Location Plan APPENDICES Appendix A – Proposed Site Layout Appendix B – TRICS Output
Page 150
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 1 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 FOREWORD 1.1.1 “If we all can modify our travel habits, even slightly, we can start to make a difference" 1.1.2 We are all aware of the stress that traffic congestion can cause in our everyday personal and working lives. Poor air quality and noise problems caused by road traffic, affect our living environment. Research says it will get worse. 1.1.3 The Government has set clear aims for sustainable development. As McDonald’s Restaurants Ltd continue to develop new and refurbish existing stores, it is an opportunity for a fresh look at the reasons and travel choices behind the journeys we make. 1.1.4 The proposals in our Travel Plan will help us all to make more informed choices about how we travel to work. These ideas should help to reduce the strain associated with traveling as well as helping to encourage a healthier workforce and improving the immediate environment around us. 1.1.5 The key focus of this Travel Plan is to reduce the number of single occupancy car trips made by our staff, whilst increasing awareness of alternative modes of travel that are available. 1.1.6 As part of the preparation for this Travel Plan, we have undertaken surveys of almost 700 staff from across the UK in order to learn about their travel habits, and to determine how we can encourage a shift away from use of the private car. 1.1.7 In order for this Travel Plan to work, it is important to have the commitment of all staff. In most cases, the Travel Plan for each store will be promoted and maintained by the Restaurant Manager and they have the full support of McDonald’s Head Office or their Franchisee. All staff are encouraged to enter fully into the spirit of the Travel Plan so that they can be seen to be making a valuable contribution to the local area. If we all can modify our travel habits, even slightly, we can start to make a difference.
Page 151
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 2 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 OVERVIEW 1.1.1 Andrew Moseley Associates (AMA) has been commissioned by McDonald’s Restaurants Ltd to prepare a Transport Assessment (TA) and Interim Travel Plan (ITP) to accompany a planning application for the development of a McDonald’s restaurant with a drive-thru off the A93 Perth Road in Blairgowrie. 1.1.2 The purpose of this document is to set out McDonald’s Restaurants Ltd intention to encourage and implement proposals, which will result in a reduction in the need for staff to travel by private car to the McDonald’s restaurant. 1.2 SITE LOCATION 1.2.1 The proposed site is located approximately 1km south of the centre of Blairgowrie and currently comprises undeveloped land which is bound to the north and west by further undeveloped land, to the east by the A93 Perth Road, and to the south by an unnamed access road which leads to a small retail park. The location of the site is illustrated indicatively at Figure 1. 1.3 PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT 1.3.1 The development proposals are for a 292sqm Gross Internal Area (GIA) McDonald’s restaurant drive- thru facility, including associated site access, servicing arrangements and parking. It is expected that the restaurant would operate between 06:00 to 24:00 Monday to Sunday. The proposed site layout is attached at Appendix A. 1.3.2 It is expected there would be approximately 55-75 direct full-time equivalent staff employed by the restaurant. Staff work shifts and the number of staff expected to be on shift at any one time would be 20 people. McDonald’s staff work varying shift patterns depending on their needs and the requirements of the restaurant. The minimum core time is four hours. 1.4 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 1.4.1 The aim of the McDonald’s staff Travel Plan is to make staff aware of the alternative means of transport available to them to reduce the number of journeys that are made by private car. 1.4.2 The objectives of the Travel Plan are outlined below: Reduce staff journeys made by private car; Reduce staff demand for parking spaces; Provide clear information on the alternate modes of transport to and from the site; Increase travel choice for staff; and Increase use of walking, cycling and public transport.
Page 152
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 3 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 REPORT STRUCTURE 1.4.3 The structure of the report is set out as follows; Section 2 – provides details on staff travel information and patterns; Section 3 - provides the details of the Travel Plan Co-ordinator and the responsibilities of this role; Section 4 - examines the accessibility of the site by sustainable modes of travel and also considers the accessibility of a range of key services and facilities; Section 5 - describes the measures proposed by the TP and an action plan; Section 6 - provides evidence on attitudes to travel change; Section 7 - sets out the monitoring and review process; and Section 8 - provides a summary of the TP.
Page 153
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 4 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 2 STAFF TRAVEL INFORMATION 2.1.1 McDonald’s Restaurants Limited organised a series of staff questionnaires at the following types of restaurants: Roadside • Typically located on “A” classification roads, these restaurants cater for the needs of passing motorists. Retail Park • Located in retail parks of all scales, these provide a facility for shoppers to purchase a meal whilst they are on an existing shopping trip. Suburban • Sited in or near local shopping centres, to complement the existing retail uses serving a predominantly residential area. 2.1.2 The surveys have been analysed to produce a database, showing how staff at McDonald’s restaurants already utilise a wide range of modes of transport to travel to and from work. For the purposes of this Travel Plan the proposed development has been assessed as a Retail Park restaurant. 2.1.3 Table 2-1 shows an extract from the database outlining the modal split of staff at restaurants located in retail parks. Table 2-1 – Survey Travel Modes to Food Store or Retail Park Restaurants Mode % Requires Car Parking Public Transport, Pedestrian or Cycle Foot 11% - 11% Car Driver (Park at McDonalds) 33% 33% - Bus 25% - 25% Dropped Off 14% - - Cycle (Park at McDonalds) 8% - 8% Motorcycle (Park at McDonalds) 2% - - Car Passenger (Share with another employee) 2% - - Taxi 2% - 2% Train 3% - 3% 100% 33% 49%
Page 154
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 5 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 2.1.4 As shown in Table 2-1, McDonald’s staff already have a low level of car travel at the restaurants surveyed, with just at 33% driving a car and 2% riding a motorcycle. Whilst it is accepted that there may be some minor differences from one site to another, it is reasonable to suggest that around only a third of McDonald’s staff travel to work by car. 2.1.5 47% travel by public transport, foot or bicycle. 18% arrive as a passenger in a car, with the majority (14%) being dropped off, which is likely to form part of a linked trip, rather than a specific visit to drop a friend or colleague at work. 2.1.6 Based upon a daily workforce of 20 people on site would amount to around 7 employees who would drive to work.
Page 155
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 6 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 3 TRAVEL PLAN CO-ORDINATOR 3.1.1 The Travel Plan (TP) Co-ordinator at Perth Road, Blairgowrie will be the Assistant Restaurant Manager and will be appointed upon occupation of the restaurant. They are the most senior member of staff and therefore have sufficient influence amongst other employees to promote the measures within this Travel Plan. 3.1.2 The Travel Plan Co-ordinator retains a copy of this Travel Plan as well as contact details for Andrew Moseley Associates (AMA) Limited to assist in the implementation and monitoring of this Travel Plan. 3.1.3 The TP Co-ordinator will provide staff information on the following: Walking • Approximate distances to and from the site from nearby residential areas; and • The health, financial and environmental benefits associated with walking. Cycling • A map detailing key cycle infrastructure in the local area; • Approximate distances to and from the site from nearby residential areas; and • The health, financial and environmental benefits associated with cycling. Public Transport • A map identifying the location of local bus stops and the services that operate; • Links to up-to-date bus timetables including relevant bus apps; and • Information on Corporate Travel Schemes such as https://www.stagecoachbus.com/promos-and-offers/national/corporate-travel-scheme. Car Sharing • Staff will be made aware of the opportunity for car sharing. 3.1.4 All travel information will be updated annually. 3.1.5 Contact details for the Travel Plan Co-ordinator will be forwarded to Perth and Kinross Council one month prior to first occupation.
Page 156
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 7 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 4 EXISTING SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT PROVISION 4.1 INTRODUCTION 4.1.1 NPF4 states that new developments should be provided in sustainable locations, where the need to travel is minimised and the use of sustainable modes can be maximised. 4.1.2 The site has a good level of accessibility and access to sustainable modes of transport within a reasonable distance of the site. Travel by non-car modes will be encouraged, and the proposals include pedestrian and cycle infrastructure within the site. 4.1.3 This section outlines the existing walking, cycling and public transport facilities within the vicinity of the development site and describes the accessibility of the site in terms of its proximity to key services and destinations. 4.2 PEDESTRIAN ACCESSIBILITY 4.2.1 Walking is considered to be the most important mode of travel at the local level and offers the greatest potential to replace short car trips, particularly under two kilometres. 4.2.2 Figure 2 shows a 2km walking catchment area from the centre of the site. This demonstrates that the entirety of Blairgowrie town centre can be accessed within 2km as well as residential areas to the south and east of the site. 4.2.3 Good quality pedestrian infrastructure surrounds the site. In particular, a lit footway is provided along both sides of the A93 Perth Road carriageway towards Blairgowrie town centre. A toucan crossing is provided across the A93 in the vicinity of the site for access to residential areas to the east. 4.2.4 It is considered that customers and staff residing or working in the local area have good opportunities to travel to the site on foot. 4.3 CYCLING ACCESSIBILITY 4.3.1 In addition to walking, cycling also has potential to substitute for short car trips, particularly those under 5 kilometres, and to form part of a longer journey by public transport. 4.3.2 Figure 4 shows a 5km cycling catchment area from the centre of the site. This shows that the entirety of Blairgowrie and Rattray can be accessed as well as surrounding residential areas to the north, south and east. The areas of Rosemount and Carsie can also be accessed to the east and south of the site respectively. 4.3.3 Cycle parking will be provided to further encourage and facilitate cycling to and from the site in the form of three Sheffield stands which can accommodated six cycles.
Page 157
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 8 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 4.4 PUBLIC TRANSPORT Bus Facilities 4.4.1 The site well located for access by bus as the closest bus stops are located on the A93 Perth Road to approximately 70m walking distance from the development entrance offering northbound services towards Blairgowrie and Rattray and southbound services towards Perth. These bus stops are provided with a shelter and timetable information. The southbound bus stop benefits from an existing toucan crossing of the A93. 4.4.2 The bus stops located within the vicinity of the site are shown in Figure 5 and details of the buses which serve them are provided in Table 4-1. Table 4-1 Local Bus Services Service Route Approximate Frequency Monday – Friday Saturday Sunday 58 Blairgowrie - Perth Up to 6 services per day Up to 6 services per day Every 30 minutes 63 Carsie - Rattray Every 30 minutes Every 30 minutes No service 4.4.3 The services set out within Table 4-1 provide travel to a range of local destinations. Whilst it is less likely that customers will travel to the site by bus, this forms a reasonable travel mode for employees. 4.5 SUMMARY 4.5.1 This section has shown that it is feasible for employees to walk, cycle and possibly use public transport from the surrounding residential areas. Given the nature of the proposed use, it is considered that the location of the site is consistent with national and local policy objectives.
Page 158
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 9 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 5 TRAVEL PLAN MEASURES AND ACTION PLAN 5.1 TRAVEL PLAN MEASURES Promotional Strategy 1: Sustainable Travel Noticeboards 5.1.1 Given the nature of the development, staff are unlikely to be desk based or have regular access to emails. It is, therefore, important to provide information that is readily accessible to encourage employees to commute to work by means other than the private car. To this end, the TPC will provide noticeboards within staff areas, which display up to date travel information including key walking, cycling, public transport and sustainable car use information. Promotional Strategy 2: Offer Personal Journey Plans to Staff 5.1.2 The TPC will offer a ‘personal journey plan’ to all staff to inform them of the journey options available for their commute to and from work. Walking and Cycling 5.1.3 In addition to the measures set out above, a number of initiatives could be implemented to encourage walking and cycling, including: Ensure cycle parking is regularly inspected and maintained; Consider the provision of a bike pump and bike repair kit for use by all staff; The changing rooms will be provided with coat hooks and a seat to enable staff to get changed; Lockers will be provided in the staff room / changing rooms; Promote local / national walking and cycling initiatives via the aforementioned methods of communication; Consider offering staff the cycle to work scheme, allowing them to buy a bike / bike related equipment through a salary sacrifice arrangement via https://www.cycle2work.info/ or similar; Develop walking and cycling user groups if demand arises; and Consider the provision of cycle training through local providers. Public Transport 5.1.4 As set out in previous sections of this TP, travel to the site by bus is both practical and convenient, with regular services operating within a short walk from the site. Travel by rail is less likely but will be promoted as part of a multi-modal journey. The following measures could be implemented to promote travel by public transport: Promote relevant public transport services, timetables, ticketing options and journey planning software (including relevant travel apps); Provision of personalised journey planning; and Consideration of a salary sacrifice scheme for the purchase of bus / rail season tickets. Lifts Home in Emergency Situations 5.1.5 Employees who walk, cycle or use public transport to travel to work will be provided with a free ride home in the event of an emergency at the discretion of the Restaurant Manager.
Page 159
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 10 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 Car Sharing 5.1.6 It is recognised that travelling by car is sometimes the only realistic option for certain journeys, or for those who live in rural locations. 5.1.7 For staff, lift sharing represents a practical and convenient alternative form of travel. As previously mentioned, there would be 75 staff employed at the restaurant. Staff work shifts and the number of staff expected to be on shift at any one time would be 20 people. McDonald’s staff work varying shift patterns depending on their needs and the requirements of the restaurant. 5.1.8 To encourage lift sharing amongst employees, the following measures could be employed at the site: Promote the Liftshare website via liftshare.com/uk, which provides details on car sharing in the region; Provide practical advice on lift sharing via the aforementioned methods of communication; Generate an internal database using staff post code data, which could be used to identify where car sharing may be a feasible option; and Consider allocating the most convenient spaces in the car park for use by those lift sharing. Free Meals 5.1.9 Staff are offered free meals, which reduces the need to undertake car trips during staff breaks to obtain food. Staff also benefit from a crew room to relax in during breaks, which also reduces the need to travel off site during rest periods. Deliveries, Refuse Collection and Recycling 5.1.10 Goods are delivered by articulated lorry, typically 16.5m in length. Larger vehicles are used to enable more stores to be serviced in a single trip, reducing the frequency of returns to the supply centre, distance travelled and carbon emissions. 5.1.11 Multi-temperature vehicles are used, which allows all of the restaurants requirements of frozen, chilled and ambient products to be delivered in one visit, reducing the overall number of deliveries each restaurant receives and further reducing carbon emissions. Waste minimisation and recycling are promoted. 5.1.12 Waste minimisation has been achieved through the redesign of bin tray liners and specifying the use of light-weight bin liners. Food wastage is minimised using a computer system which monitors the amount of food served at given times of day, resulting in more accurate preparation and ordering of stock. This, therefore, reduces the quantum of waste and frequency of collection required. 5.1.13 Service vehicles also collect empty delivery trays and crates which are returned to suppliers for re- use. 5.1.14 Cooking oil from restaurants is recycled into bio diesel and is collected by the delivery vehicle. The bio diesel is used as fuel by all McDonald’s delivery vehicles and results in a carbon saving of 8,200 tonnes per annum.
Page 160
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 11 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 5.2 ACTION PLAN 5.2.1 An Action Plan for the implementation of the measures outlined in the Travel Plan is summarised in Table 5-1. Table 5-1 Action Plan for Proposed Travel Plan Measures Proposed Measures Responsible Party Timescale for Implementation Appointment of Travel Plan Co-ordinator McDonalds Restaurants Ltd Within 3 months of occupation Cycle discount for staff universal cycles McDonalds Restaurants Ltd On-going Cycle parking provision McDonalds Restaurants Ltd From first occupation Changing facilities for staff McDonalds Restaurants Ltd From first occupation Staff travel information Assistant Restaurant Manager Within 3 months of occupation Free meals for staff McDonalds Restaurants Ltd From first occupation Free ride home in emergencies Assistant Restaurant Manager From first occupation Cooking oil to biofuel McDonalds Restaurants Ltd From first occupation Monitoring programme Assistant Restaurant Manager / AMA From first occupation
Page 161
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 12 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 6 ATTITUDES TO TRAVEL CHANGE 6.1.1 The travel survey’s that McDonald’s undertake at other sites around the country sought to understand staff attitudes towards making a modal change to: Walking; Cycling; Car sharing with another employee; and Using public transport. 6.1.2 The results of the survey for restaurants in retail park environments are summarised in Table 6-1. Table 6-1 Staff Attitudes Survey Results Mode Positive Negative Reason for Negative % Walk 45% 55% Too Far 87% Inconvenient 5% Too dark or dangerous 4% Need car for school run/childcare etc 3% Prefer to drive 1% Cycle 45% 55% Too far or too tiring 47% Don’t have a bike 40% Dangerous or unsuitable roads 3% Don’t like cycling in dark/bad weather 3% Don’t like cycling 3% Prefer to drive 2% Need car for school run/childcare etc 2% Car Share 74% 26% Shift clashes / no-one to share with 39% Too far 22% Interferes with other commitments 16% No car or license 11% Prefer driving than being a passenger 6% Lives too close to be worthwhile 6% Public Transport 62% 38% Too expensive 26% Dislike buses 20% Unreliable or inconvenient services 20% No services at all 17% Not considered a viable travel option 11% Health or disability 3% Need car for school run/childcare etc 3% 6.1.3 The survey results show that the primary reason preventing active travel mode choices is distance, although a lack of cycle ownership is clearly also a key barrier to cycling. Cost was a key barrier to staff travelling by public transport, as well as the perceived inconvenience / unreliability of services. 6.1.4 This may be due to retail park restaurants being located further away from residential centres, meaning they will only be served by limited bus routes. If staff need to catch multiple buses, then the perceived (and actual) inconvenience of changing service will considerably affect their willingness to use this mode.
Page 162
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 13 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 6.1.5 However, as has been demonstrated in Section 4, the proposed restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie is located close to bus stops with services of a reasonable frequency, therefore staff at this restaurant may have more positive attitudes to public transport than typically occurs at retail park restaurants.
Page 163
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 14 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 7 MONITORING AND REVIEW 7.1 MONITORING 7.1.1 Ongoing monitoring and reporting is necessary for ensuring the continued effectiveness of this Travel Plan. 7.1.2 A sample copy of the staff travel questionnaire is included in Appendix B. 7.1.3 The TPC will provide survey forms, one for each employee, and will be responsible for printing and distributing the surveys to staff as well as collecting the completed questionnaires. These would then be supplied to AMA for review. 7.1.4 Surveys would be undertaken to inform the review in: Year 1 (baseline) – within 6 months of opening; Year 3; and Year 5 (final survey). 7.2 TARGETS 7.2.1 All targets must be SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Timebound). 7.2.2 The targets will relate to staff only. In terms of customer trips, it is known that the majority of trips to the store are likely to be made using a car. McDonald’s will promote the use of sustainable modes but in reality, they will only be able to have a limited effect on how people travel. For this reason, it is not proposed to set a target for the mode share of customer trips. 7.2.3 Interim targets for years 1, 3 and 5 are set out in Table 7-1. These targets will be subject to review following the results of the baseline survey. Table 7-1 Interim Targets Proposed Measures Year 1 (Baseline Estimate) Year 3 Year 5 Car Driver (Alone) 33% 31% (-2%) 28% (-5%) Alternative Modes 67% 69% (+2%) 72% (+5%) 7.2.4 The process of further periodic monitoring, target evaluation and review would be undertaken for the period of five years from first occupation. Should the targets in year five be met then it is considered that no further assessment will be required. 7.3 REVIEW DEFINITION 7.3.1 A Review shall be a report prepared by Andrew Moseley Associates Limited on behalf of the TPC. The Review will examine the results of the travel surveys and comprehensively assess the effectiveness of the Travel Plan in: Implementing the measures contained within Section 5 of this Travel Plan; and Achieving its aims, objectives and targets.
Page 164
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 15 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 7.3.2 It should also (if necessary) propose further reasonable measures which would improve the effectiveness of the Travel Plan. 7.3.3 The review should validate and suggest adjustments, if necessary, to the targets in the Travel Plan. 7.4 REVIEW TIMETABLE 7.4.1 The timetable for submission of Reviews is as follows: Year 1 review (within 6 months of opening); Year 3 review; and Year 5 final review. 7.5 REVIEW PROCEDURE 7.5.1 The reviews shall be submitted in writing by the TPC / AMA to the Council. 7.5.2 The TPC / AMA shall consult the Council on the content of each Review. 7.5.3 The Council shall respond to the submission within one month of receipt, either recommending approval, or in the event that the submissions are unacceptable the Council will forward the reasons for this, and AMA will address through a revised submission within one month of receipt. 7.5.4 The recommendations of the Review shall be implemented immediately or as soon as possible (as appropriate dependent upon the type of measures) upon completion of an approved review. 7.5.5 Should any meetings between the parties be necessary, to discuss the contents of the submissions, then this shall be arranged.
Page 165
Proposed McDonald’s Drive-Thru Page | 16 Project No 55002 Perth Road, Blairgowrie June 2025 8 SUMMARY OF TRAVEL PLAN 8.1.1 The aim of the McDonald’s staff Travel Plan is to make staff aware of the alternative means of transport that are available in order to travel to and from their place of work and in particular, reduce the number of journeys to work that are made by car. 8.1.2 Travel surveys will be undertaken in years 1, 3 and 5 and the results used to inform the Review process. 8.1.3 New staff will be appraised of the Travel Plan as part of their staff induction so that good practice in terms of modal choice is encouraged from the outset.
Page 166
FIGURES Figure 1 – Site Location Plan Figure 2 – 2km Walking Isochrone Figure 3 – Public Rights of Way Map Figure 4 – 5km Cycling Isochrone Figure 5 – Bus Stop Location Plan
Page 167
APPENDICES Appendix A – Proposed Site Layout Appendix B – Sample Staff Travel Questionnaire
Page 168
Appendix A PROPOSED SITE LAYOUT
Page 169
Starbucks Bespoke McDonald's Restaurant NG50 Entrance CBCB LPLP Bespoke Corral BOL BOL LPLP LPLP DKDK LPLP 2 no. Grill Bays 38no. Car Parking Spaces (Inc. 3no. Accessible Bays) Patio Deliveries LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP 3 2 9 7 5 4 1212 1010 2 no. Grill Bays 38no. Car Parking Spaces (Inc. 3no. Accessible Bays) Patio Deliveries - 13/03/2025 AGAG BSC Initial Issue project client drawing title date scale@A1 drawn checked drawing stage aew architects 0161 214 4370 www.aewarchitects.com Job No Rev Purpose of Issue Drawn by: -Date Checked by: -REV store NOTES · All dimensions and levels are to be checked on site. · Any discrepancies are to be reported to the architect before any work commences. · Whilst information on this sheet is issued to scale, scaling directly from this drawing may result in inaccuracies. For precise measurements, refer to the stated dimensions or contact the Architect. · This drawing shall not be reproduced without express written permission from AEW. · Title overlay drawings and ownership boundaries are produced using all reasonable endeavours. AEW cannot be responsible for the accuracy or scale discrepancy of base plans supplied to them. · All works are to be undertaken in accordance with Building Regulations and the latest British Standards. · All proprietary materials and products are to be used strictly in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. For Information Planning McDonald's Restaurants Ltd 2473Blairgowrie Perth Road Proposed Site Plan 13/03/2025 1:200 AGAG BSC 13638_AEW_2473_1004 D 0 2 4 6 8 10m Scale 1:200 N Planning Proposed Site Plan Project Notes · All drawings to be read in conjunction with all other drawings as noted on issue sheet. Drawing based: · Glanvilles Topographical Survey drawing 4240368/4101 Dated:01/07/24 · Ordnance Survey (c) Crown Copyright 2023. All rights reserved. Licence number 100022432 · Westpark, Blaigowrie Draft Site 7 Disposition drawing DISPOSITION - PLAN 1(30560098.2) (1) Dated: 12/08/24 · LAUK Lighting Layout drawing no. 6279828_CALC_McDonalds Blairgowrie (R1), Dated: 18/06/25 · Existing below ground utilities/services unknown, Intrusive surveys required McDonald's Demise Boundary Indicated: McDonald's Application Boundary Indicated: Extent of No Build Zone: Extent of Landscaping Buffer Zone: General Site Proposal Notes: 'DOT' denotes Department of Transport Signs installed in accordance will all Approved Documents and British Standards. 'DK' denotes location of drop kerbs to be installed. Drop kerbs to be installed: · Along delivery routes · Around Accessible Parking Bays in accordance with AD M · At Pedestrian crossing point Yellow Thermoplastic Material to: · All Drive Thru related road markings · Accessible parking bays in accordance with AD M · Parked order bays White Thermoplastic Material to: · Car park related road markings to be in white thermoplastic material · Standard parking bays to be finished in white thermoplastic material · All junction road markings · All pedestrian crossings Site Plan Scale 1:200 Parking Schedule Bay Type Proposed Accessible Bays 3 Grill Bays 2 General Bays 3333 EVC Bays 0 Total Car Bays 3838 Cycle Spaces 6 Motorcycle Spaces 3 Schedule of Areas Proposed Site Area (Hectares) 0.2885 Building GEA (m²) (exc. Corral) 314.4 Building GEA (m²) (inc. Corral) 373.5 Building GIA (m²) 291.7 Proposed 600mm high Timber Knee Rail Fence Proposed 1100mm high Close Boarded Timber Fence Target Bin Cranked bollards Painted Black Tactile Blister Paving "LP" Denotes Lamppost Site Features Key CBCB LPLP 150mm Diameter stainless steel protective bollard BOL A 20/03/2025 WJB BSC Building moved slightly north and squared off to the south. Patio, Drive Thru and Parking reworked to accommodate change. B 09/05/2025 WJB BSC Building footprint moved south, corral enlarged and patio, drive thru and site reworked to accommodate change. C 06/06/2025 WJB BSC Building footprint updated, cash booth relocated. Site, drive thru, patio and corral layout updated to suit new building footprint Proposed 1500mm high Close Boarded Timber Fence (Subject to Acoustic Specialist Design) D 10/06/2025 WJB BSC Acoustic fence line added. LAUK Lighting layout added.
Page 170
Appendix B SAMPLE STAFF TRAVEL QUESTIONNAIRE
Page 171
STAFF TRAVEL QUESTIONNAIRE RESTAURANT NO: CONFIDENTIAL The following information is required to produce a Travel Plan for McDonald’s Restaurants. Please complete all the sections as accurately as possible – there is no right or wrong answer. Surname Initials Job Title Home postcode e.g. NW10 1NE Gender Male Female Age Under 25 25-34 35-44 45-54 Over 55 Do you work full/part time? (please tick) What are your normal working hours? e.g. 8am – 5pm Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun Part time Full time Which mode of transport do you use most often when travelling to or from work? (please tick one option only) 1. Car 6. Train/Tram 2. Car passenger (shared with another McDonald’s employee) 7. Bus (Numbers if available ……………………..) 3. Car passenger (dropped off by friend/relative) 8. Cycle 4. Motorcycle (parked in McDonald’s car park) 9. Walk 5. Taxi Other (please state) … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. Do you use a car as part of your job? Yes No Not applicable How long does your journey take (please tick box) 0-5 mins 5-10 mins 10-20 mins >20 mins How far do you travel? (please tick box) 0-1 miles 1-3 miles 3-5 miles >5 miles Would you be prepared to: Yes No If No, Please State Reason Walk Cycle Car Share with another employee (as either driver or passenger) Use Public Transport Survey completed – Thank-you!
Page 172
All rights are reserved. Copyright © 2022 Andrew Moseley Associates, 51A St Paul’s Street, Leeds, LS1 2TE www.amatp.co.uk info@amatp.co.uk
Page 173
Ecological Appraisal Proposed Construction of a New Drive-Thru Restaurant Perth Road, Blairgowrie 30th October 2024 Revision C – 13th June 2025 Report Reference Number: A6760
Page 174
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 2 - Document Control Date of first Issue Revision Date of Revision Issued By Checked by 30th October 2024 - - LR MJB A 19th November 2024 AW MJB B 14th February 2025 AW MJB C 13th June 2025 AW MJB
Page 175
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 3 - Executive Summary This ecological appraisal report details the potential ecological effects of the proposed construction of a new drive-through restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie. The site currently comprises an area of previously disturbed grassland habitats, located within a wider development site. Habitats on the site are considered to be of ecological value within the zone of influence only and are unlikely to be used by protected species. The loss of habitats on the site would not have a significant ecological impact. A wildlife-friendly lighting scheme is recommended. The development presents opportunities for ecological enhancements and native shrub, tree and hedgerow planting, nectar-rich planting and wildflower grassland is recommended to benefit birds and urban pollinators. Provided all of the recommended mitigation measures and some of the recommended ecological enhancement measures are implemented, the development would comply with relevant nature conservation legislation and planning policy regarding the protection of biodiversity and the provision of ecological enhancements.
Page 176
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 4 - 1.0 Introduction 1.1 Background This document details the ecological effects of the proposed construction of a proposed new drive-through restaurant on land at Perth Road, Blairgowrie (see Figure 1.1 for the site location). In August 2024, Encon Associates were instructed by McDonald’s to undertake an ecological survey of the site in order to provide information regarding the ecology of the site and inform plans for its development. The proposed site lies within a larger site which has an existing planning permission for a neighbourhood centre incorporating a number of retail units (planning ref: 19/00163/AMM). 1.2 Brief Description of the Proposed Works The proposals entail clearance of the site, followed by the construction of a new McDonald’s drive-through restaurant, with associated car parking, access and landscaping. 1.3 Scope This document aims to assess the likely ecological effects of the proposed development. The scope of this Ecological Assessment is to: • Identify any potential biophysical changes as a result of the proposed development. • Identify and provide a valuation of features of ecological interest on a site (such as habitats and protected species) and recommend further surveys should they be necessary. • Assess the likely ecological effects of the development against relevant legislation and policy. • Recommend avoidance and/or mitigation measures that are likely to be required to reduce the ecological impact of the proposals.
Page 177
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 5 - If no further surveys are recommended, this report can serve as full assessment of the ecological effects of the development in support of any planning application. 1.4 Legislation and Policy Context 1.4.1 Relevant Legislation The Wildlife & Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) (1) is the primary piece of legislation by which biodiversity in the UK is protected. The most relevant areas of the Act to development related activities are: • The identification and subsequent protection of Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs), which prohibits damaging activities • The protection of certain species listed in Schedule 5, which prohibits killing, injury, disturbance, damage and/or destruction of breeding sites and/or resting places and sale (it should be noted that all parts of this protection do not apply to all Scheduled species) • The protection of wild birds and their nests, which prohibits damage or destruction of nests whilst in use. Species listed in Schedule 1 of the act receive additional protection from disturbance whilst they are building a nest or are near a nest containing eggs or young. It also prohibits the disturbance of dependent young. • Measures to prevent the spread of invasive plant species. The Conservation (Natural Habitats &c) Regulations 1994 as amended (known as the ‘Habitats Regulations’) (2), pass two EEC Directives into UK law. The Regulations protect sites and species deemed to be of conservation importance across Europe. The most relevant parts of the Regulations to development related activities are: • The protection of Special Protection Areas (SPAs) and Special Areas of Conservation (SACs)
Page 178
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 6 - • The protection of species listed within Schedule 2 of the Regulations, which prohibits killing, injury, disturbance, damage and/or destruction of breeding sites and/or resting places and sale, this confers some level of habitat protection. In order for activities that would be likely to result in a breach of species protection under the regulations to legally take place, a European Protected Species (EPS) licence must first be obtained from NatureScot. The Protection of Badgers Act 1992 (3), deals solely with the protection of badgers Meles meles in the UK. It prohibits killing, injuring or taking badgers, damaging, destroying or otherwise interfering with a badger sett, disturbing an occupied badger sett and sale of badgers. Within Scotland, the Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 (4) amends several pieces of wildlife legislation, including the Wildlife & Countryside Act. However, most of the amendments are of limited relevance to development activities. The Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 (5) requires that public bodies to have regard to the conservation of biodiversity. This means that Planning Authorities must consider biodiversity when reaching planning decisions. This legislation includes the Scottish Biodiversity List (SBL), which identifies habitats and species considered to be principal importance in Scotland.
Page 179
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 7 - 1.4.2 Planning Policy Scottish Government policy with respect to the protection of biodiversity is laid out in the National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) (6). This includes the following policies relevant to the protection of and enhancement of ecology in relation to development: • Policy 1 Tackling the climate and nature crises requires LDPs to consider the impact of their development plans on climate and biodiversity. • Policy 3 Biodiversity requires development proposals to contribute to the enhancement, restoration and conservation of biodiversity and to minimise any potential adverse impacts. • Policy 4 Natural places protects a variety of identified places and sites, including those designated for biodiversity. • Policy 6 Forestry, woodland and trees gives support to development proposals that enhance, expand and improve woodland and tree cover will be supported. Local planning policy is contained within the Perth & Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (7), which contains policies directly relevant to the protection of the natural environment. Directly relevant policies to ecology and biodiversity include: • Policy 38: Environment and Conservation protects international, national and local designated sites. • Policy 40: Forestry, Woodland and Trees protects trees across Perth & Kinross, including on development sites. • Policy 41: Biodiversity habitats and species of ecological value including EPS and other protected species, as well as priority habitats and species within the Tayside Biodiversity Action Plan. • Policy 42: Green Infrastructure requires development to contribute to green infrastructure.
Page 180
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 8 - The full text of relevant policies is provided in Appendix I. 1.4.3 Other nature conservation policy Biodiversity Action Plans (BAPs) are the UK’s response to the 1992 Convention on Biological Diversity. The UKBAP described the biodiversity of the UK and contains Action Plans for the most threatened habitats and species. It is implemented at a local level through regional and local BAPs. The UK Post 2010 Biodiversity Framework has now superseded the UKBAP (implemented in Scotland via the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy (8), and through Local Biodiversity Partnerships a more local level). Perth & Kinross is covered by the Tayside Local Biodiversity Action Plan 2nd Edition 2016-2026 (TBAP, 9).
Page 181
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 9 - Figure 1.1: Site location. Contains Ordnance Survey data © Crown copyright and database right 2024.
Page 182
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 10 - 2.0 Methodology 2.1 Desk Study Methodology Available online resources such as the MAGIC (Multi-Agency Geographical Information for the Countryside), Sitelink (NatureScot’s mapping system) NBN Scotland (National Biodiversity Network) websites and Perth & Kinross Council’s Local Development Plan map were interrogated for relevant information, including statutory designated sites within 5km of the site. In addition, an Ecological Appraisal covering the existing planning permission was consulted for relevant regarding to the site prior to the adjacent development (10). 2.2 Field Survey Methodology 2.2.1 Ecological Appraisal The Ecological Appraisal survey was carried out by Dr Liam Russell CEcol MCIEEM for and on behalf of Encon Associates Ltd on 29 October 2024. The survey followed the Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (CIEEM) Preliminary Ecological Appraisal guidance (11). The survey consisted of a site walkover (loosely based on the “Phase 1” methodology (12), modified to suit the situation) with all accessible areas of the site and adjacent land (where relevant) covered. Habitats are classified and described in accordance with UKHabs descriptions (13), with attention paid to their potential to support protected species. A general search for evidence of protected species was also undertaken.
Page 183
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 11 - 2.3 Assessment Methodology 2.3.1 Introduction The methodology for the assessment of the likely ecological effects of the proposed development is based on the principles of CIEEM’s Guidelines for Ecological Assessment in the UK, 2nd Edition (14). Although this assessment does not constitute a formal Ecological/ Environmental Impact Assessment, the CIEEM guidelines provide a useful framework for assessing ecological impacts at any level. 2.3.2 Valuation Features of ecological interest are valued on a geographic scale. Value is assigned on the basis of legal protection, national and local biodiversity policy and cultural and/or social significance. 2.3.3 Identification of Potential Ecological Impacts in Absence of Mitigation A development may have ecological effects beyond its site boundaries, therefore the CIEEM guidelines require that the ‘zone of influence’ be identified. Due to the relatively small size of this development, for the majority of ecological features, the zone of influence is considered unlikely to extend beyond the footprint of the works and immediately adjacent habitat. Without mitigation, the proposed development may result in the following biophysical changes during construction and/or operation: • Loss of and damage to habitats within or adjacent to the footprint of the development and construction zone. • Any loss or damage of habitats could result in death and/or injury to protected species should they be present.
Page 184
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 12 - • Disturbance of immediately adjacent habitats and any wildlife using them during construction. 2.4 Limitations This survey comprised a single walkover. As such it is only possible to gain a snapshot of the ecology of the site and it is possible that some seasonal species could be missed, particularly given the timing of the survey. However, given the habitat types present on the site it is considered highly unlikely that any species or features of ecological significance would be missed. The ecology of a site can change quickly over time. Therefore, this survey is considered valid for two years from the date of the report.
Page 185
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 13 - 3.0 Ecological Baseline 3.1 Site Context The proposed development site is located in the southwest of Blairgowrie approximately 1.4km from the town centre (see figure 1.1 for the site location). It lies within an urban fringe area with a mixture of developed and undeveloped land including agricultural land, small woodlands, recreational open space, housing and retail development. The site is part of a former agricultural field within the wider Westpark development site. It is bounded by the A93 Perth Road to the east, beyond which lies a cemetery and areas or residential development. The area to the south is recently developed with retail and food units. Surface water balancing ponds were created as part of the new development and lie immediately to the west of the site. The remainder of the original agricultural field is present to the north and comprises currently unmanaged grassland. An area of broadleaved ancient woodland is present approximately 70m to the west. 3.2 Protected Sites 3.2.1 Statutory sites There are two internationally designated sites within the vicinity of the site: • The River Tay SAC lies approximately 1.25km northeast of the site at its closest point as it passes through Blairgowrie and Rattray. It is designated for its population of Atlantic salmon Salmo salar, with populations of sea lamprey Petromyzon marinus, brook lamprey Lampetra planeri, river lamprey Lampetra fluviatilis and otter Lutra lutra present, as well as standing water habitats with aquatic vegetation.
Page 186
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 14 - • Dunkeld – Blairgowrie Lochs SAC lies approximately 2.5km west of the site and is designated for its oligotrophic to mesotrophic standing water habitat and population of slender naiad Najas flexilis, an aquatic plant. It also supports important bog habitats and a population of otters. The part of the SAC nearest the site is also designated as Lochs Clunie and Marlee SSSI. In addition to the SSSIs also designated as SAC, one further SSSI is present with 2km of the site: • Ardblair and Myreside Fens SSSI lies approximately 700m to the northwest of the site and is designated for its fen habitats. 3.2.2 Non-statutory sites No non-statutory sites were identified within the vicinity of the site. 3.2.3 Protected sites within the Zone of Influence It is possible for ecologically sensitive sites to be affected by development within their vicinity. However, the sites identified here are considered to be outside of the zone of influence of the proposed development. They do not fall within the development site or directly adjacent to it and therefore no direct impacts in terms of habitat loss, damage or disturbance will occur. 3.3 Description of Habitats Within the Zone of Influence 3.3.1 Habitats A map of the habitats on the site with target notes is provided in figure 3.1.
Page 187
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 15 - The site comprises a small section of a former agricultural field. The previous Ecological Assessment covering the site (11) identified this an abandoned pasture containing species- poor grassland, and noted that it had been in continual agricultural use since at least the mid-1800s. Since this survey was undertaken in 2019, the site was almost entirely cleared and used a storage/parking area during the development of the site to the south and online ariel imagery dated July 2021 shows the site as largely bare ground. The habitats present on the site have mostly developed since this time. Most of the site comprises unmanaged grassland dominated by agricultural and coarse grass species (target note 1, photos 1 and 2), such as Yorkshire fog Holcus lanatus, cock’s- foot Dactylis glomerata, common bent Agrostis capillaris and timothy Phleum pratense. A few herb and ruderal species are present in the sward including broad-leaved dock Rumex obtusifolius, hogweed Heracleum sphondylium, cow parsley Anthriscus sylvestris, smooth sow-thistle Sonchus oleraceus, creeping thistle Cirsium arvense, ox-eye daisy Leucanthemum vulgare and creeping buttercup Ranunculus repens. Well-trodden paths cross the site (target note 2), and the disturbance has allowed species such as white clover Trifolium repens, ribwort plantain Plantago lanceolata and dandelion Taraxacum officianale agg. to become established. Due to its low number of species, its agricultural history and recent disturbance, this is classified as g4 Modified grassland. A section of the site was surfaced with crushed aggregate when the site was used as a storage area (target note 3). Part of the area is still used for informal parking and is largely devoid of vegetation (photo 3), however, in other areas is being recolonised by vegetation (photo 4) including grasses such as creeping bent Agrostis stolonifera and common couch Elymus repens, and flowering species such as white clover, creeping buttercup, ribwort plantain, greater plantain Plantago major, spear thistle Cirsium
Page 188
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 16 - vulgare and hairy bittercress Cardamine hirsuta. This habitat is classified as u1 Built-up areas and gardens (82 Vacant or derelict land). Small areas of new tarmac and block paving have been created on the southern edge of the site (target note 4). This is classified as u1b Developed land; sealed surface. Two balancing ponds are present to the west of the site (photos 5 and 6). These were created in 2021 to manage surface water from the large, paved areas of the new development to the south. Since their creation they have become vegetated and area largely covered with reedmace Typha latifolia, although the southern pond had an area of flote-grass Glyceria fluitans in the centre. Very little open water was visible at the time of the survey and the level of water on the southern pond appeared very low despite recent high rainfall. The woodland to the west of the site is considered to be outside of the zone of influence of the development and therefore was not included in the survey. However, the previous Ecological Assessment (11) identified it as broad-leaved ancient woodland of moderate local value. Some mapping sources show a small pond present within woodland, approximately 90m northwest of the site, and the previous Ecological Assessment identified this as a curling pond. This has now largely been lost to succession, overtaken by willow Salix spp. and sedges Carex spp., with open water no longer present. 3.4 Protected or Notable Species 3.4.1 Introduction A large number of protected and/or notable species have been recorded from within the vicinity of the site (information primarily sourced from NBN Scotland). A high proportion of
Page 189
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 17 - these were for species which would not be found in the habitats present within the zone of influence. For example, many were for otter and beaver Castor fiber from the River Tay and other aquatic habitats within the vicinity, and several were of red squirrel Sciurus vulgaris from the nearby woodland and other wooded areas. Due to the habitats present on the site, it is of generally low suitability for protected species, however, species which could occur within the zone of influence are considered in greater detail below. 3.4.2 Amphibians NBN held over 12 records of amphibians within 2km of the site including common frog Rana temporaria, common toad Bufo bufo, palmate newt Lissotriton helveticus and great crested newt Triturus cristatus. The two records for great crested newts were both over 1km from the site and the most recent dated from 1960. The small curling pond in the wood is suitable breeding habitat for common frog and palmate newt, but due to habitat succession is unlikely to be suitable for common toad or great crested newt. The new balancing ponds may be suitable for a variety of species, although it is possible they may not hold water for a sufficient period to allow successful breeding. Parts of the site could be used by amphibians during the terrestrial phase of their lifecycle, but this is restricted to the small area of undisturbed grassland on the northern edge of the site, and this is of relatively low suitability. The previous Ecological Assessment (11) concluded that great crested newts were not present across the whole Westpark site was and no mitigation was implemented during the recent construction, including previous clearance of this site. Although the balancing ponds may be suitable, the lack of great crested newts in the wider landscape means that
Page 190
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 18 - their colonisation is unlikely. Therefore, the likelihood of great crested newts being present on the site remains low. 3.4.3 Bats There are no structures or trees on the site that could be used by roosting bats. The previous ecological report (11) suggested the woodland edges of the wider Westpark site could be used for foraging, however this is some distance from the site. The site itself is relatively exposed and brightly lit due to the adjacent development and busy road. There were very few existing records of bats close to the site, limited to soprano pipistrelle Pipistrellus pygmaeus and brown long-eared bat Plecotus auritus. 3.4.4 Other terrestrial mammals Hedgehogs Erinaceous europaeus have been recorded several times within the vicinity of the site and the habitats there are suitable for their use. Only one record of a badger Meles meles were found within 2km of the site. No evidence of badgers using the site was noted during the survey, or the previous ecological survey (11). 3.5 Ecological Valuation Habitats on the site are of limited ecological value. They are heavily modified, do not support any particularly notable plant species and are commonplace within the local area. It is unlikely to support protected or notable species. Therefore, the site is considered to be of ecological value within the zone of influence only.
Page 191
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 19 - Figure 3.1: Habitats present on the site. See main text for target note descriptions.
Page 192
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 20 - Photo 1: Most of the site comprises recently re- established grassland. Photo 2: A small area of the grassland on the northern edge of the site retains the original agricultural vegetation. Photo 3: Part of the site was surfaced with aggregate. The eastern site of this area is used for informal parking and is largely devoid of vegetation. Photo 4: Where it is less disturbed, the aggregate- surfaced area is beginning to revegetate. Photo 5: Two balancing ponds are present to the west of the site. Photo 6: Water levels in the ponds were low despite recent heavy rainfall.
Page 193
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 21 - 4.0 Assessment of Likely Impacts in Absence of Mitigation 4.1 Introduction The CIEEM guidelines (13) require that the potential impacts of the proposals should be considered in absence of mitigation. In order for a significant adverse effect to occur, the feature being affected must be at least of local value. However, in some cases, features of less than local value may be protected by legislation and/or policy and these are also considered within the assessment. Although significant effects may be identified at this stage of the assessment, it is often possible to provide appropriate mitigation. 4.2 Site Preparation and Construction Activities 4.2.1 Habitats The proposals will result in the loss of areas of low value grassland and other disturbed habitats. These are not considered to be of significant ecological value and therefore there would be no significant impact as a result of this loss. 4.3 Site Operation The proposals would result in an increase in external lighting and human activity around the site at night. This is likely to disrupt the behaviour of nocturnal wildlife such as hedgehogs. Although great crested newts are unlikely to occur on the site, other amphibians, notably palmate newt, common frog and common toad, have been recorded within the vicinity. The new balancing ponds to the west of the development are suitable for these species, and if they have not already been colonised there is a high likelihood of them being colonised in the future. Kerbs and gully pots on the new development have the potential
Page 194
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 22 - to trap amphibians should they use the site, with amphibians being funnelled into drains when following kerbs. Given the availability of higher quality woodland terrestrial habitat immediately adjacent to the ponds and the historical unsuitability of the site for amphibians, this impact is unlikely to be ecologically significant. However, there is a potential animal welfare issue due to the risk of trapping amphibians in drains.
Page 195
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 23 - 5.0 Mitigation, Compensation and Enhancements 5.1 Introduction This chapter contains recommendations for further works needed to fully assess the ecological impacts of the proposals and to mitigate any potential adverse effects. In addition, recommendations for the enhancement of nature conservation and biodiversity on the site are included. 5.2 Further Survey No further surveys are recommended. 5.3 Mitigation Measures 5.3.1 Sensitive lighting New lighting associated with the proposals must be designed to minimse the effects on nocturnal wildlife, particularly bats, and should follow best practice guidance (15). The following principles will minimise the impact of lighting on nocturnal wildlife and should be applied to the lighting design across the site: • Use of low-level bollard lighting to minimise light spill. • Directing lights away from the edges of the site and the use of hoods or similar measures to direct light away from important habitats. • Restriction of UV light frequencies through selection of suitable lighting elements or the use of filters. • Use of warm white spectrum lighting elements.
Page 196
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 24 - 5.3.2 Amphibian protection In order to prevent trapping amphibians in drains on the site, 45° angled kerbs should be used throughout the development. Where this is not possible, recessed wildlife kerbs should be installed adjacent to all gully pots/drains. In addition, gully pot ladders (16) should be installed in all gully pots on the site1. 5.4 Recommendations for Ecological Enhancements 5.4.1 Introduction Due to the nature of the site and the type of development proposed, opportunities for ecological enhancements are limited. However, the following measures would provide some ecological benefit. 5.4.2 Planting to benefit pollinators There is potential to provide ecological enhancements by planting beneficial plant species within landscaped areas of the development itself. Nectar-rich shrub species should be planted which will provide a food source for a variety of pollinator species including bees. Native species are preferred as they will benefit the widest range of species. Species such as heathers Calluna and Erica spp. would be particularly beneficial. However, due to the semi-urban nature of the site, other beneficial species, that provide a nectar source but are not likely to spread into neighbouring areas, such as lavenders Lavendula spp., would also be appropriate. 5.4.3 Native trees and hedgerow Native specimen trees and a native species hedgerow should be planted within the new development. These should reflect species found within the nearby woodland where 1 https://www.thebhs.org/the-bhs-amphibian-gully-pot-ladder
Page 197
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 25 - possible. Additional species which bear fruit or seeds would enhance the value of the site for a variety of bird species, particularly those found in suburban habitats including song thrush Turdus philomelos, dunnock Prunella modularis and house sparrow Passer domesticus which are all DBAP Priority Species and have been recorded within the vicinity of the site. Native tree species would provide the most benefit. Suitable species include willows Salix spp., hazel Corylus avellana, rowan Sorbus aucuparia, wild service tree Sorbus torminalis, wayfaring tree Viburnum lantana, holly Ilex aquifolium, silver birch Betula pendula and downy birch Betula pubescens, dogwood Cornus sanguinea and spindle Euonymus europeaus. Native hedgerows should also be planted at the edges of the site to provide an additional resource for wildlife. 5.4.3 Grassland seeding to benefit wildlife The development includes grass verges within the landscaped areas. These will be sown with a grass mix containing wildflowers that are tolerant of mowing, and these areas will be managed with a reduce mowing frequency. Given the level of disturbance likely and the need to maintain them to a degree, it is unrealistic to create g3c Other neutral grassland (or similar). However, g4 Modified grassland in moderate condition is achievable and this would provide a benefit for urban pollinators. Scotia Seeds Flowering Lawn Mix2 is a suitable locally sourced seed mix. 2 https://www.scotiaseeds.co.uk/shop/flowering-lawn-mix/
Page 198
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 26 - 6.0 Summary and Conclusions 6.1 Summary The site currently contains grassland habitats of low ecological value. Due to the low value of these habitats, site clearance would not have a significant ecological impact. Protected or notable species are unlikely to be present on the site. In order to mitigate the ecological effects of the proposals, a wildlife-friendly lighting design is recommended. There are opportunities to enhance the ecological value of the site post-development, through planting trees shrubs, hedgerows and wildflower grassland which will benefit pollinators, birds and other urban wildlife. 6.2 Residual Impacts In the absence of mitigation, the proposed development is unlikely to result in an adverse ecological impact. Therefore, the proposals would comply with relevant legislation and planning policies that protect biodiversity. Provided the recommended ecological enhancement measures are implemented, the development would comply with relevant planning policy regarding ecological enhancements. Consequently, there would be no residual impacts.
Page 199
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 27 - 7.0 References 1. HMSO. (1981). The Wildlife & Countryside Act 1981. HMSO, London. 2. HMSO. (2017). The Conservation (Natural Habitats &c) Regulations 1994. HMSO. Statutory Instrument 1994 No. 2716. HMSO, London. 3. HMSO. (1992). The Protection of Badgers Act 1992. HMSO, London. 4. HMSO. (2011). Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011. HMSO, London. 5. HMSO. (2004). The Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004. HMSO, London. 6. Scottish Government. (2023). National Planning Framework 4. OGL, Edinburgh. 7. Perth & Kinross Council (2019). Perth & Kinross Local Development Plan 2 – Adopted 29 November 2019. Perth & Kinross Council, Perth. 8. Scottish Executive (2004). Scotland’s Biodiversity, It’s in Your Hands. Scottish Executive, Edinburgh. 9. Anon. (2016). Tayside Local Biodiversity Action Plan – 2nd Edition 2016-2026. Tayside Biodiversity Partnership. 10. Rudd, N. (2019). Westpark Blairgowrie – Ecological Assessment. Report produced by Nigel Rudd Ecology for Westpark Partnership. 11. CIEEM (2013). Guidelines for Preliminary Ecological Appraisal. Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management, Winchester. 12. JNCC (1990). Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey. Joint Nature Conservation Committee, Peterborough. 13. UKHab (2023). UK Habitat Classification – V2.0. (at http://ukhab.org.) 14. CIEEM. (2016). Guidelines for Ecological Assessment in the UK and Ireland – Terrestrial, Freshwater and Coastal, 2nd Edition January 2016. Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management, Winchester. 15. McInroy, C. & Rose, T.A. (2015). Trialling amphibian ladders within roadside gullypots in Angus, Scotland: 2014 impact study. The Herpetological Bulletin. 132: 15-19. 16. Bat Conservation Trust & Institute of Lighting Professionals (2019). Guidance Note 08/18 Bats and artificial lighting in the UK – Bats and the Built Environment series. Institute of Lighting Professionals, Rugby.
Page 200
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 28 - Appendix 1 Relevant planning policy from the Perth & Kinross Local Development Plan 2. Policy 38: Environment and Conservation Policy 38A: International Nature Conservation Sites Development which could have a significant effect on a site designated or proposed under the Habitats or Birds Directive (Special Areas of Conservation and Special Protection Areas) or Ramsar site, will only be permitted where: a) an appropriate assessment has demonstrated that it will not adversely affect the integrity of the site; or b) there are no alternative solutions; and c) there are imperative reasons of overriding public interest, including those of social or economic nature; and d) compensatory measures are provided to ensure that the overall coherence of the Natura network is protected. Policy 38B: National Designations Development which would affect a National Park, National Scenic Area, Site of Special Scientific Interest or National Nature Reserve, will only be permitted where the Council as Planning Authority is satisfied that: a) the proposed development will not adversely affect the integrity of the area or the qualities for which it has been designated; or b) any such adverse effects are clearly outweighed by social, environmental or economic benefits of national importance. Policy 38C: Local Designations Development which would affect an area designated by the Council as being of local conservation or geological interest will not normally be permitted, except where the Council as Planning Authority is satisfied that: a) the objectives of designation and the overall integrity of the designated area would not be compromised; or b) any locally significant adverse effects on the qualities for which the area has been designated are clearly outweighed by social and economic benefits. Policy 40: Forestry, Woodland and Trees Policy 40A: Forest and Woodland Strategy The Council will support proposals which: a) deliver woodlands that meet local priorities as well as maximising benefits for the local economy, communities, sport and recreation and environment; b) protect existing trees/woodland including orchards, especially those with high natural, historic and cultural heritage value;
Page 201
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 29 - c) seek to expand woodland cover in line with the guidance contained in the Perth and Kinross Forest and Woodland Strategy Supplementary Guidance; d) encourage the protection and good management of amenity trees, or groups of trees, important for visual amenity, sport and recreation or because of their cultural or heritage interest; e) ensure the protection and good management of amenity trees, safeguard trees in Conservation Areas and trees on development sites in accordance with BS5837 ‘Trees in Relation to Construction’; f) seek to secure establishment of new woodland in advance of major developments where practicable and secure new tree planting in line with the guidance contained in the Perth and Kinross Forest and Woodland Strategy. The planting of native trees and woodland will be sought where it is appropriate. 40B: Trees, Woodland and Development Tree surveys, undertaken by a suitably qualified professional, should accompany all applications for planning permission where there are existing trees on a site. The scope and nature of such surveys will reflect the known or potential amenity, nature conservation and/or recreational value of the trees in question and should be agreed in advance with the Council. The Council will follow the principles of the Scottish Government Policy on Control of Woodland Removal and developers are expected to fully accord with its requirements. In accordance with that document, there will be a presumption in favour of protecting woodland resources except where the works proposed involve the temporary removal of tree cover in a plantation, which is associated with clear felling and restocking. In exceptional cases where the loss of individual trees or woodland cover is unavoidable, the Council will require mitigation measures to be provided. Policy 41: Biodiversity The Council will seek to protect and enhance all wildlife and wildlife habitats, whether formally designated/protected or not, taking into account the ecosystems and natural processes in the area. The Council will apply the principles of the Planning for Nature: Development Management and Wildlife Guide and will take account of the Tayside Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP) and relevant national and European legislation relating to protected species when making decisions about applications for development. Proposals that have a detrimental impact on the ability to achieve the guidelines and actions identified in these documents will not be supported unless clear evidence can be provided that the ecological impacts can be satisfactorily mitigated. In particular, developers may be required to: a) ensure a detailed survey is undertaken by a qualified specialist where one or more protected or priority species is known or suspected. In accordance with the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2017, development proposals that could have a significant impact on the environment may require an Environmental Impact Assessment; b) demonstrate all adverse effects on species and habitats have been avoided wherever possible. A Landscape Plan may be required to demonstrate the impact of the development and how good design and site layout can enhance the existing biodiversity;
Page 202
Ecological Appraisal Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 November 2024 - 30 - c) include mitigation measures and implementation strategies where adverse effects are unavoidable; d) enter into a Planning Obligation or similar to secure the preparation and implementation of a suitable long- term management plan or a site Biodiversity Action Plan, together with long-term monitoring. European Protected Species Planning permission will not be granted for development that would, either individually or cumulatively, be likely to have an adverse effect upon European protected species (listed in Annex IV of the Habitats Directive (Directive 92/43/EEC)) unless the Council as Planning Authority is satisfied that: a) there is no satisfactory alternative; and b) the development is required for preserving public health or public safety or for other imperative reasons of overriding public interest including those of a social or economic nature and beneficial consequences of primary importance for the environment. In no circumstances can a development be approved which would be detrimental to the maintenance of the population of a European protected species at a favourable conservation status in its natural range. Other Protected Species Planning permission will not be granted for development that would be likely to have an adverse effect on protected species unless it can be justified in accordance with the relevant protected species legislation (Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) and the Protection of Badgers Act (1992)) Policy 42: Green Infrastructure The Council will require all new development to contribute to green infrastructure by: a) creating new multifunctional green infrastructure, particularly where it can be used to mitigate any negative environmental impacts of the development, and/or create linkages to wider green and blue networks; b) incorporating high standards of environmental design; c) ensuring that development does not lead to the fragmentation of existing green and blue networks; d) the protection, enhancement and management of existing green infrastructure within and linked to the site and the incorporation of these into development proposals: i) open spaces and linkages for active travel or recreation, including links between open spaces and the wider countryside and the provision of new connections where required; ii) existing species and habitats and the creation of new habitats and wildlife corridors, including trees, hedgerows and woodlands where appropriate; iii) the water environment which is an important contributor to the network of blue and green corridors for the alleviation of flood risk, wildlife, recreation and the amenity needs of the community. The temporary use of unused or underused land as green infrastructure will be encouraged. The use of a site for temporary green infrastructure will not prevent it from being developed in the longer term.
Page 203
AsphaltGrass RW 0.9mh Asphalt TPS DKDK DKDK Grass Grass GRGR 1.0 mh Unmade TPS DKDK DKDK Asphalt Asphalt Grass Gravel Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass TPS Asphalt Asphalt DKDK DKDK TPS TPS PRF 1.0mh Grass DKDK SWSW 0.7 mh IRF 0.6 mh IRF Asphalt Asphalt Asphalt Asphalt BW 1.0 mh 1.2mh IRF TPTP KDKD KDKD GRGR 1.0 mh Conc CPS CPS DKDK DKDK DKDK DKDK DKDK 0.6mh swsw 0.8mh 70.6m Starbucks Bespoke McDonald's Restaurant NG50 Entrance DOT DOT DOT DOT DOT LPLP DOT DOT BOL DOT DOT DOT LPLP LPLP LPLP LPLP 2 no. Grill Bays 38no. Car Parking Spaces (Inc. 3no. Accessible Bays) Patio 2 no. Grill Bays Patio AcAc ArAr AgAg BpBp LsLs AcAc ArAr AgAg BpBp LsLs AcAc New grass verges established with flowering lawn mix which contains plants which are either low growing or can be cut low. Should be cut to 10cm through out the growing season and left to grow and flower between July and August. Contains 25 wildflower and 4 grass species. New native hedgerow and trees for ecological enhancement LsLs R ArAr ArAr Shrubs and tree planting to Perth Road frontage to soften views of the site KEY TO LANDSCAPE PROPOSALS A 30.10.24 Updated in line with ecology recommedations MJB GMGM Proposed Planting Details Specimen Tree Planting Grassland Verges Areas of grassland to be established in landscaped verges around the site. Cultivate and grade soil, bring top 150mm to a fine tilth, rake and bring to given levels, remove all stones and debris over 50mm, lay turf in stretcher bond, firm turves using wooden turf beater. Shrubs (90m²) Shrubs to be pit planted 4 per m². Planted to provide colourful, groundcover with ecological value. All plants to be 5 litre pot grown stock, planted in random groups of 5, 7 or 9 plants of same species throughout the planting bed. 360 plants in total Euonymus fortunei 'Emerald Gaiety' x 72no. Brachyglottis 'Sunshine' (Senecio) x 72no. Ceanothus 'Blue Mound' (Californian lilac) x 72no. Lavendula angustifolia 'Hidcote' (Lavender) x 72no. Pachysandra terminalis (Green Carpet) x 72no. Ornamental Shrub Planting Areas of shrub planting for ecological enhancement to be planted in groups around the perimeter of the site. Cultivate and grade soil, bring top 150mm to a fine tilth prior to planting. Species Rich Grass Verges (327m²) New areas of grass verge to be established using Scotia Seeds SCM6 flowering lawn mix which is a local Scottish seed house, to increase biodiversity. Contains plants which are either low growing or can be cut low. Should be cut to 10cm through out the growing season and left to grow and flower between July and August. Contains 25 wildflower and 4 grass species. ArAr Specimen trees planted in locations indicated as per the following specification: Excavate tree pit 900mm x 900mm x 900mm deep (or larger to suit root ball), backfill topsoil mixed with 80 litres of peat free compost and secure tree in an upright position with a single timber stake and rubber tie and spacer. Specimen Tree Planting (14 no.) 4.5m high, 18-20 cm girth Extra Heavy Standard root balled trees (supplied by Barcham Trees or similar approved) to be pit planted as per above specification in locations shown 3 x Acer campestre (Field Maple) - Ac 4 X Acer rubrum (Red Maple) - Ar 2 x Alnus gutinosa (Alder) - Ag 2 x Betula pendula (Silver birch) - Bp 3 x Liquidamber styraciflua (Sweet Gum) - Ls Hedge Planting (76 linear metres) 60-80cm high, bareroot transplants, pit planted in double staggered row including organic compost to backfill pits at 5 plants per linear metre. Spiral rabbit guards to each plant. 380 plants in total. 40% Crateagus monogyna (Hawthorn) x 152no. 20% Corylus avellana (Hazel) x 76no. 10% Salix caprea (Goat Willow) x 38no. 10% Cornus sanguinea (Dogwood) x 38no. 10% Sambucus nigra (Elder) x 38no. 10% Prunus spinosa (Blackthorn) x 38no. Native Hedge Planting A new native hedgerow to be established and maintained at 1.5m high. Native species selected to provide ecological enhancement and seasonal All areas of new landscaping to have the existing topsoil and subsoil decompacted by hand digging or rotorvator. If any imported topsoil is required it should be placed to a depth of 450mm minimum in shrub beds and be free of weeds or any detritus/stones larger than 50mm. Planting should take place during the dormant planting season ie 1st October to 28th February. Tree planting shall be implemented as per British Standard 8545 (Trees: from nursery to independence in the landscape – Recommendations. Proposed Surfacing Refer to Architects drawing for full details of all new surfacing Pedestrian Circulation New tarmacadam surfaced footways Pedestrian Circulation New block paving surfaced footways 1 No synthetic tie (100mm below top of stake) 1 No 75mm dia, softwood FSC stake, sharpened and knocked approx 1.0m into the soil until secure Tree Pits & Support 300mm topsoil 600mm subsoil Diameter and depth of tree pit to be dependant on the size of the rootball. Minimum size 900 x 900 x 900 deep Project Title Client DescriptionDateRev Drawn Drawing Status - This drawing isis copyright and shall not bebe reproduced nor used for any other purpose without the written permission ofof Encon Associates - This drawing must bebe read inin conjunction with all other related drawings and documentation - ItIt isis the contractors responsibility toto ensure full compliance with the relevant Regulations - Until technical approval has been obtained from the relevant Authorities itit should bebe understood that all drawings issued are PRELIMINARY and NOT for Construction - Should the contractor start site work prior toto approval been given, itit isis entirely atat his own risk - DoDo not scale from this drawing, use figured dimensions only - ItIt isis the contractors responsibility toto check and verify all dimensions onon site - Any discrepancies toto bebe reported toto Encon Associates immediately - All survey information isis provided byby the surveying company and Encon Associates cannot accept any liability for any discrepancies there inin - All survey information toto bebe verified onon site byby Contractor - For our Standard Terms and Conditions, please visit www.enconassociates.co.uk/terms - Alternatively, a hard copy can be posted to you Encon Associates - DISCLAIMER:c Checked Drawn Checked Date Scale (A1) Job Number RevDrawing Number - BREEAM - Code for Sustainable Homes Assessors - Landscape Architecture - Transportation - Life Cycle Costing - Energy Assessment - SAP - EPC - SBEM - Daylight Calculations Environmental Consultants to the Construction Industry Notes: 10 Chapel Lane Arnold Nottingham NG5 7DR T: 0115 987 55 99 E: enquiries@enconassociates.co.uk W: www.enconassociates.co.uk McDonald's Proposed New Drive Thru Perth Road Blairgowrie PH10 6FW Landscaping Scheme FOR PLANNING APPROVAL MBMB LBLB 23.10.24 1:200 A6760 0101 D This drawing is based on: · Topographical Survey, reference 4240368-4101- Blairgowrie-STTBC by Glanville dated June 2024 · 13638_AEW_2473_1004D_Proposed Site Plan by AEW dated 10.06.25 · Ecological Appraisal by Encon Associates dated October 2024 B 25.02.25 Updated in line with Rev E site plan MJB GMGM C 13.06.25 Updated in line with site plan 1004C MJB GMGM D 27.0625 Updated site plan D plus additional planting MJB GMGM
Page 204
G Landscape Management Plan Proposed Construction of a New McDonald’s Drive Thru Restaurant at: Perth Road, Blairgowrie PH10 6FW 29th October 2024 Revision A – 13th June 2025 Report Reference Number: A6760
Page 205
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |2 Document Control Date of first Issue Revision Date of Revision Author Checked by 29th October 2024 - - MJB LB A 13th June 2025 MJB LB
Page 206
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |3 Contents Executive Summary .................................................................................... 4 1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 5 2 Landscape Maintenance Objectives ............................................................ 7 3 Components with Specific Management Objectives ......................................... 8 4 Maintenance Specification ...................................................................... 10 5 Programming of Maintenance and Management Operations ............................... 17 6 British Standards ................................................................................. 21
Page 207
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |4 Executive Summary This Landscape Management Plan has been produced for the development of a new McDonald’s Drive Thru restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie, in respect to the application for planning consent to the local authority. This document corresponds directly to the landscaping scheme as detailed on the drawing reference A6760-01 (see separate drawing). The plan should also be read in conjunction with the separate Preliminary Ecological Appraisal. The development proposes the construction of a new McDonald’s Drive Thru Restaurant, including the construction of the restaurant, car parking, landscaping and associated works. The landscaping scheme incudes the planting of new trees, new grass verges and a new native hedgerow. Nectar-rich shrubs will be planted to provide a food source for a variety of pollinator species. The aim of the report is to provide appropriate prescriptive management and recommendations to achieve the objective of the landscaping scheme and on-going maintenance. This includes management actions and an annual work schedule for the initial 12 month defects liability period and a further 4 years thereafter.
Page 208
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |5 1 Introduction 1.1 This management plan has been prepared in respect to the application for planning permission submitted to the local authority for a new McDonald’s Drive Thru Restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie. 1.2 This Landscape Management Plan corresponds directly to the landscaping scheme as detailed on the drawing reference A6760-01 (see separate drawing). The plan should also be read in conjunction with the separate Preliminary Ecological Appraisal. 1.3 The Plan is in accordance with BS8545:2014 Trees: from nursery to independence in the landscape – Recommendations. This British Standard gives recommendations for transplanting young trees successfully from the nursery, through to achieving their eventual independence in the landscape, specifically covering the issues of planning, design, production, planting and management. This British Standard applies to trees where a distinct crown has been prepared in the nursery. It does not apply to whips, transplants and seedlings or to other woody material. 1.4 Principles of the Maintenance Schedule This document sets out the principles and quality standards required for the installation of planting and ecological enhancement for the long term management operations. It includes: • Design Intentions • Aims of the management plan • Detailed installation specification • Management objectives • Detailed maintenance specification • Annual schedule of operations 1.5 The report should be read alongside the approved landscaping scheme and used by the maintenance team to produce a detailed priced programme of work for the client. It should also form the basis for annual reviews and evaluation of maintenance works to ensure they continue to meet the needs of the site.
Page 209
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |6 1.6 Long Term Landscape Design Objective The design intention for the landscape and ecological enhancement at this site is to create a coherent environment and attractive setting, not only for the customers of the restaurant but also for the ecological enhancement of the site as a whole. The scheme is sympathetic to the current landscape setting which includes areas of commercial and residential use, as well as a large cemetery, and aims to provide an enhanced external environment and biodiversity. 1.7 Aims of the Landscape Proposals The landscape and its relationship with the new building is important to the success of the scheme. The design successfully integrates the new building into a cohesive external environment within the existing landscape. The overall design aim is for the new building and landscape to be logically linked, mainly influenced by the need for efficient circulation routes and a welcoming frontage. 1.8 For the purposes of management and maintenance of the landscape and biodiversity there are the following main areas: 1) Trees 2) Grass Verges 3) Ornamental Shrubs 4) Native Hedge
Page 210
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |7 2 Landscape Maintenance Objectives 2.1 The Maintenance Period Maintenance is to be undertaken for the next 5 years as a minimum, including the initial 12 months defects liability period which should be built into the implementation contract to cover post-installation maintenance requirements for the whole of the landscape works. During this period the contractor is responsible for all horticultural maintenance operations, including the replacing of planting which has failed to flourish. At the end of the initial one-year aftercare period any defects in soft landscape materials due to materials or workmanship will be rectified and future responsibility will be handed over to the person responsible for grounds maintenance at the site thereafter and any trees or plants which die, are removed or become seriously damaged or diseased, shall be replaced in the next planting season with others, of similar size and species. 2.2 Access For landscape maintenance purposes, vehicular access will be from the access road into the new development linked to Perth Road (A93). 2.3 Facilities The grounds maintenance contractor shall liaise with the site management directly regarding permissions for parking, storage, use of water and any other resources. 2.4 Maintenance Objectives for Soft Landscape • apply good horticultural and ecological practice to all operations • promote healthy growth and establishment of all plants and trees • regularly cut grass areas to maintain a neat, short sward • ensure consistent control of invasive weeds • promote optimum display and flowering periods and stem colour • ensure development of optimum plant form, shape, and planting density provide protection against pests and diseases • promote wildlife value and species diversity where appropriate • ensure long term commitment to replacement of defective plant material
Page 211
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |8 3 Components with Specific Management Objectives 3.1 Grass Verges: Turfed with species rich turf • Ensure sward is maintained so as to create an optimum functional surface • Review requirements for whole or part sward refurbishment • Establish an annual programme of aeration and feeding • Review requirements for whole or part sward refurbishment • Employ cultural techniques which use organic fertilisers and minimize the use of chemicals wherever possible 3.2 Shrub Planting: Ornamental shrubs planted in groups Refer to drawing reference A6760-01 (see separate drawing) for full species list to determine correct management approach to create functioning habitats, for example dense blocks of ground cover species will not require pruning. • Species selected for ecological enhancement including colourful, flowering groundcover to attract bees and invertebrates • Ensure that good horticultural practice is employed to encourage long term health and vitality of all shrub planted areas to ensure they establish • Allow shrubs to establish to provide a dense block of groundcover with a variety of species and various heights for biodiversity 3.3 Tree Planting: Planted as individual specimens • Ensure that good horticultural practice is employed to encourage long term health and vitality of all trees • Ensure well-balanced crowns and natural shape • Remove rubber ties and supporting stakes once the trees area well established enough to support themselves 3.4 Native Hedgerow Planting: Species rich native hedge • Native species selected to provide ecological enhancement including Hawthorn and Hazel (see landscape drawing A6760-01 for exact species list) • The native hedge should be managed for its wildlife interest with only 50% cut annually on rotation, to allow fruits and shelter for birds and insects through the winter
Page 212
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |9 • The hedge should be cut to form an A-frame shape to avoid it becoming leggy and diminishing its biodiversity value • Hedges should be pruned in late winter (February) to prevent destroying berries and seeds vital food for birds, as well as the eggs of overwintering insects • Cutting should not take place during the bird nesting season (March to August) • Good horticultural practice should be employed to encourage long term health and vitality of all hedge planting • Allow shrubs to establish to provide a dense hedge line maintained at 1.5m high
Page 213
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |10 4 Maintenance Specification 4.1 Maintenance Details The following specification items are to be addressed within the long term landscape maintenance contract. Included are performance specifications, quality standards and some detailed operational descriptions. The landscape maintenance contractor will be required to apply their expertise in relating these to the Management Objectives above in producing annual programmes of work. 4.2 Maintenance to accord with requirements of BS 7370:1991 • Duration: Carry out the operations in the following clauses from completion of planting and continue in perpetuity (unless otherwise agreed by the Local Planning Authority) • Frequency of maintenance visits: Monthly during growing season and as per schedule in clause 5.3 4.3 Tree Planting: trees planted as individual specimens Specification for Specimen Tree Planting: • Refer to the landscaping drawing reference A6760-01(see separate drawing) for species and planting locations. • For trees in closer proximity to adjacent paving where the risk of damage caused by future root growth could be an issue, the trees should be planted within a “root deflection” system to be utilised to divert roots downwards to a level where they can safely establish without surface damage. • All trees to be supplied in accordance with Section 8.4 “Root system development and management” within BS8545:2014 Trees: from nursery to independence in the landscape – Recommendations • Specimen trees to be pit planted in accordance with Section 10 “Planting” within BS8545:2014 Trees: from nursery to independence in the landscape - Recommendations. • All trees to be "Extra Heavy Standard" root balled trees, 18-20cm girth, 4.5m high (supplied by Barcham Trees or similar approved)
Page 214
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |11 4.4 Native Hedge Planting: a new native hedgerow to be established to provided ecological enhancement and seasonal interest Specification for Native Hedge Planting: • Plants to be 60-80cm bareroot transplants, pit planted at 5 plants per linear metre in a double staggered row with organic compost • Spiral rabbit guards for each plant with bark mulching between plants to suppress weed growth • Maintain at 1.5m high 4.5 Shrub Planting: Ornamental Shrubs Specification for Shrub Beds: • Refer to the landscaping drawings A6760-01 (see separate drawing) document for species and planting locations. • All plants to be 5 litre pot grown stock, planted in random groups of 5, 7 or 9 plants of same species throughout the planting bed. • Cultivate and grade soil, bring top 150mm to a fine tilth prior to planting • Shrubs to be pit planted at 4 per m2 4.6 Tree, Hedge & Shrub Maintenance: • Trees, hedges and shrubs to be maintained by the landscape contractor appointed by the developer in accordance with Section 11 “Post-planting management and maintenance” within BS8545:2014 Trees: from nursery to independence in the landscape - Recommendations. Watering: • The timing and frequency of irrigation should take into account the prevailing weather conditions, soil moisture release characteristics and the response of the tree species to water deficits or periods of prolonged soil saturation. • Ensure sufficient water is applied to maintain healthy growth; taking into account published meteorological data on rainfall for any given period, in particular in periods of spring and summer drought (April to August)
Page 215
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |12 Quantity: • Standard trees: a general guide would be10 gallons per tree per application. However, the frequency of irrigation is more important than the volume of water given at any one time • Shrubs: Wet soil to full rooting depth • Monitoring should take place if there are 10 consecutive days during the growing season at >250C Weed control: • All planting areas shall be kept clear of weed growth for the first 3 growing seasons during the establishment period • After 3 years, a herb layer can be allowed to return to all planting except the ornamental planting which should be kept weed free • Achieve by a combination of herbicide applications and hand-weeding/hoeing • Ensure that the methods used will cause a minimum of damage to adjacent planted areas Tree and plant stems: • Do not allow nylon filament rotary cutters or other mechanical tools closer than 200mm to the stem of any tree or plant • Maintain a grass & weed-free area around the base of each tree, min diameter 500mm during the first 3 growing seasons during the establishment period • Carry out operations close to stems using hand tools Herbicide application: • A foliar acting translocated or contact herbicide shall be applied to emergent weeds Hand weeding: • Hoe and loosen the soil throughout the planting areas, taking care to avoid disturbance of roots of planted material • Remove weeds entirely, including roots • Remove the minimum of soil and minimise disturbance to plants, bulbs and mulched surfaces
Page 216
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |13 • On completion, rake areas to a neat condition Mulch: • All mulches should be replenished to their original depth of 75mm • The mulched area around the tree should be enlarged, if practicable, as the tree develops to the canopy drip line • Mulch spill on adjacent surfaces to be removed to avoid a build up of mulch around the root flare and the base of the stem • Any weeds and debris to be taken out of the spilled mulch before returning to planted areas • Melcourt ‘Forest BioMulch’ or similar approved to be used • After 5 years any compost created on site should be used if possible Re-firming, check/tidy: • Trees and shrubs shall be maintained in a firm position in the ground and all stakes and ties shall be checked regularly, particularly after strong winds, frost heave and other disturbances • The soil around newly planted trees should be regularly inspected for soil capping or compaction. • All trees should be checked on a regular basis for mammal, human and other external damage • All trees should be checked on a regular basis for pests and diseases • Any significant failures should be reported and remedial action should be taken as necessary Tree stakes and ties: • Inspect all trees twice a year to ensure that the root system remains stable and firm in the ground and that ties are still effective and not causing damage • Adjust fixing to suit stem growth and provide correct and uniform tension. Any stakes and ties that are found to be not fit for purpose should be adjusted, replaced or removed. • If growth is sufficient for tree to be self-supporting, remove fixing and fill holes with lightly compacted soil • Check stakes for looseness, breaks and decay and replace as necessary
Page 217
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |14 • Remove stakes and ties once tree has established sufficiently to support itself or after 3 years establishment whichever is the sooner Hedge Pruning: • Generally to be carried out in accordance with good horticultural and arboricultural practice • In accordance with BS 7370.4, clauses 3.6.3 to 3.6.5 • Before starting work, agree which shrubs and hedges are to be pruned. • 50% of hedges are to be cut annually on a rotational basis, ie 50% cut in year 1, 50% left uncut and then alternated for year 2 and all subsequent years. • Hedges to be cut to an A-frame shape • Trim individual plant appropriate to species, location and season to leave a well- balanced natural shape • All cutting to be done with appropriate clean sharp tools • Clean cuts back to sound wood • Do not use growth retardants, fungicides or sealant unless instructed Pruning of trees: • In accordance with BS 3998 and Forestry and Arboriculture • During pruning protect adjacent structures, plants or trees • Trees to be maintained with a well-balanced natural appearance • Remove any suckers or basal growth • Cut back level with source stem or root • For any chain saw work, operatives must hold a certificate of competence Timing: • Prune between leaf fall and mid winter • After 3 years full growing seasons, selectively thin, re-space and crown raise trees Pruning of shrubs: • At the end of the growing season, check all shrubs and remove all dead foliage, dead wood and broken/damaged branches and stems
Page 218
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |15 • Prunings to be retained on site and either composted or woodier prunings to be utilised in the creation of habitat piles in un-obtrusive areas if possible • Unless otherwise specified or instructed, prune shrubs flowering between March and July immediately after the flowering period and shrubs flowering between July and October back to old wood in winter; Reinstatement: • Remove dead plants as soon as possible and replace in the next scheduled round of replacement planting during the dormant season Maintaining a safe, clean and secure environment: • Litter and dog waste to be collected as necessary to maintain a clean, litter-free environment • Include clear signage against dog fouling and litter at entrances • Report fly tipping 4.7 Grass Verges: areas of grassland to be established in landscaped verges around the site Specification for Grass Verges: • Culitvate and grade the soil, bring top 150mm to a fine tilth, rake and bring to given levels. Remove all stones and debris over 50mm • Lay turf in stretcher bond, firm turves using wooden turf beater Watering and Feeding: • This biodiverse turf is treated in the same way as a conventional lawn and should be regularly watered and fertilised • Newly laid turf for grass verges and existing grass areas which have been re- seeded to be well watered at time of laying/seeding and regular watering thereafter during the first 2 growing seasons to ensure healthy establishment of the grass • Ensure sufficient water is applied to maintain healthy growth; taking into account published meteorological data on rainfall for any given period, in particular in periods of summer drought (June, July & August) • Slow release fertiliser to be spread over grass areas in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions
Page 219
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |16 • Carry out a single application between March and May for the first 3 years after laying Weed control: • All grass to be kept clear of weed growth for the first 3 growing seasons during the establishment period • Achieve by a combination of herbicide applications and hand-weeding • Ensure that the methods used will cause a minimum of damage Mowing: • This biodiverse turf is treated in the same way as a conventional lawn and should be regularly mown to maintain the sward to create an optimum functional surface • Grass verges are to be cut a minimum of 15 times during the growing season usually between March and October, depending on weather conditions • Cut grass should be removed from paved areas at the time the grass is cut • Strimming around obstacles such as trees or furniture to be carried out early in the growing season and then herbicide applied around the base of trees and obstacles in April/May and again in September/October to prevent weed or grass growth
Page 220
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |17 5 Programming of Maintenance and Management Operations 5.1 Monitoring To protect the investment in the quality of soft and hard landscape works, the long term maintenance contractor must provide a high standard of maintenance. The long term success of the scheme is dependent on its maintenance regime. The management plan and maintenance operations included herewith will be reviewed on letting of the long term maintenance contract following the end of the initial contract works defects period and from then on a four yearly basis thereafter. 5.2 Schedule of Maintenance The following is an indicative annual schedule of maintenance visits. This provides a reasonable frequency of the more common operations, and a good indication of the required level of intensity of management required but is not intended to be fully comprehensive or restrictive. The landscape contractor is required to construct a schedule of operations specifying operations and frequency using their own experience and horticultural knowledge. The ongoing programme of maintenance work will also include proposed frequency of visits and operations detailed in the specification, i.e. pruning. It shall also include scheduled dates for: • Infrequent operations such as re-spacing of plants, pruning, topping up of mulch, replacement of plants/restocking of beds etc • Planting review and refurbishment • Monitoring and review; the effectiveness of the management operations is to be closely and continually monitored and reviewed annually against this Specification and Landscape Maintenance Plan, with any resulting changes incorporated into the subsequent years’ programme. 5.3 Schedule of annual maintenance operations The following schedules list the timings for key annual operations for the soft landscape areas as shown on the proposed landscaping plan:
Page 221
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |18 Schedule 1: General Maintenance Month Litter pick Remove leaf fall Check Paving January 1 visit February 1 visit March 1 visit April 1 visit May 1 visit June 1 visit 1 visit July 1 visit August 1 visit September 1 visit October 1 visit 1 visit November 1 visit December 1 visit 1 visit Schedule 2: Specimen Trees & Hedgerows – Establishment Phase (first 3 years) Month Tree inspection Replace dead Weed control Watering Hedge cutting January February 1 visit March April 2 visits 2 visits May 4 visits June 4 visits July 1 visit 2 visits 4 visits August 4 visits September 4 visits October 2 visits 2 visits November December 1 visit
Page 222
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |19 Schedule 3: Specimen Trees & Hedgerow – Continuing Maintenance after 3 years Month Tree inspection Replace dead Weed control Watering Hedge cutting January February 1 visit March April 1 visit 2 visits May 2 visits June 2 visits July 1 visit 1 visit 2 visits August 2 visits September 2 visits October 1 visit 2 visits November December 1 visit Schedule 4: Ornamental Shrubs - Establishment Phase (first 3 years) Month Inspection for dead plants Replace dead Weed control Watering Deadhead flowering plants January February March 1 visit April 1 visit 2 visits 1 visit May 2 visits 4 visits 1 visit June 2 visits 4 visits 1 visit July 2 visits 4 visits 1 visit August 2 visits 4 visits 1 visit September 1 visit 1 visit 4 visits 1 visit October 1 visit 1 visit 2 visits November December
Page 223
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |20 Schedule 5: Ornamental Shrubs - Continuing Maintenance after 3 years Month Inspection for dead plants Replace dead Weed control Watering Deadhead flowering plants January February March 1 visit April 1 visit 2 visits 1 visit May 1 visit 2 visits 1 visit June 1 visit 2 visits 1 visit July 1 visit 2 visits 1 visit August 1 visit 2 visits 1 visit September 1 visit 1 visit 2 visits 1 visit October 1 visit 1 visit 2 visits November December Schedule 6: Grass Verges & Open Spaces Month Weed control Fertilizer Mowing Trim edges Thatch removal Watering January February March 3 visits 1 visit April 1 visit 4 visits 2 visits May 1 visit 4 visits 2 visits 4 visits June 4 visits 2 visits 4 visits July 4 visits 2 visits 4 visits August 4 visits 2 visits 4 visits September 1 visit 1 visit 4 visits 2 visits October 3 visits 2 visits November December
Page 224
Landscape Management Plan McDonald’s Blairgowrie October 2024 Page |21 6 British Standards 6.1 As well as the standards described above the soft landscape works should meet the following British Standards where appropriate: Topsoil handling, stripping and storage: • BS ISO 15799:2022 Soil quality - guidance on ecotoxicological characterization of soils and soil materials • BS 3882:2015 Specification for topsoil • BS 4428:1989 guide of practice for general landscape operations (excluding hard surfaces) AMD 6784 Quality of Trees and Shrubs: • BS 3936-1:1992 Nursery stock specification for trees and shrubs • BS 3936-10:1990 nursery stock specification for ground cover plants • BS 3998:2010 recommendations for tree work and AMD 6549 Horticulture: • BS EN 12579:2013 Soil improvers and growing media – sampling • BS EN 13037:2011 Soil improvers and growing media - determination of pH
Page 225
Odour Assessment New McDonald’s Restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie 28th October 2024 Rev D 2 July 2025 Report Reference Number: A6760
Page 226
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 2 - Document Control Date of first Issue Revision Date of Revision Issued By Checked by 28th October 2024 - - JK MJB A 11th November 2024 JK MJB B 20th February 2025 JK MJB C 13th June 2025 JK MJB D 2nd July JK MJB
Page 227
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 3 - Executive Summary Encon Associates were commissioned by McDonalds to carry out an odour assessment in connection with the proposed new McDonalds restaurant on land off Perth Road, Blairgowrie, Scotland (the ‘Site’). This report has been updated with the new Proposed Site Plan, 13638_AEW_2473_1004C, dated 06.06.25. An assessment of odour from the proposed kitchen facility has been undertaken using the EMAQ+ ‘Guidance on the Control of Odours and Noise from Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Systems’. Based on the risk assessment criteria, the proposed kitchen facility is identified as having a High Risk of producing odour impacts at adjacent receptors. To ensure an adequate level of odour control an extraction system will be installed within the kitchen incorporating the following features: • stainless steel extract canopy; • Electrostatic precipitator (ESP); • Purified Air UV-0 1000 ozone generator units; • Unrestricted high velocity discharge flue with extract rate of 15m/s terminating at least 1m above roof level; • Access doors within ducting system at intervals of at least 1.2m to allow easy access for cleaning. In addition, an effective maintenance program will be implemented including regular cleaning of grill and fryer hoods, ducting, filters, ESP and Ozone units. Based on the above extraction system and maintenance program it is considered that odour emissions will be effectively controlled, and no adverse effects will be experienced at nearby sensitive receptors.
Page 228
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 4 - Table of Contents 1 Introduction .................................................................................... 5 1.1 General ............................................................................................................. 5 1.2 Scope of the Assessment ..................................................................................... 5 2 Site Description ................................................................................ 6 2.1 The Existing Site ................................................................................................. 6 2.2 Proposed Development ........................................................................................ 8 3 Policy Context ................................................................................. 10 3.1 Environmental Protection Act 1990 ...................................................................... 10 3.2 SEPA Odour Guidance ........................................................................................ 10 3.3 IAQM Odour Guidance ....................................................................................... 11 3.4 Guidance on the Control of Odour from Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Systems .......... 11 4 Methodology ................................................................................... 12 4.1 Odour Assessment ............................................................................................ 12 5 Odour Risk Assessment ...................................................................... 15 5.1 Mitigation of Odour ........................................................................................... 16 6 Conclusion ..................................................................................... 18 Appendix A ......................................................................................... 19
Page 229
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 5 - 1 Introduction 1.1 General Encon Associates were commissioned by McDonalds to carry out an odour assessment in connection with the proposed new McDonalds restaurant on land off Perth Road, Blairgowrie, Scotland (the ‘Site’). The Site falls within the district of Perth and Kinross Council (PKC) on the western edge of the town of Blairgowrie, within the Westpark Retail Estate. This report assesses odour impacts associated with the proposed development. Potential sources of emissions are identified and assessed in the context of the nature and location of receptors. 1.2 Scope of the Assessment The application is for the construction of a new McDonalds restaurant with associated drive-thru facility and parking. A commercial kitchen will be included as part of the restaurant facilities. There is the potential for odour emissions to occur during opening times therefore an odour assessment has been undertaken in accordance with the EMAQ+ guidance on the ‘Control of Odour and Noise from Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Systems’1 to assess the potential for odour nuisance at nearby sensitive receptors and ensure odour control measures will meet the requirements of the guidance and prevent odour at adjacent properties. 1 Ricardo EMAQ+ (2022) Control of Odour and Noise from Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Systems, 2nd Edition, 6th May 2022
Page 230
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 6 - 2 Site Description 2.1 The Existing Site The Site is located on the south- western edge of Blairgowrie, within the Westpark Retail Park, west of Perth Road. The Site lies on the northern side of the retail park opposite Starbucks Drive-thru. The Site currently consists of an area of scrub land and is bounded by Perth Road to the east, the wider retail park to the south, scrub land to the north and west with an area of woodland beyond and a residential area to the east which includes the St Stephens RC Primary School and Blairgowrie Community Campus. The nearest residential receptors are approximately 25 m to the east, while the school and surrounding outside space lie approximately 70 m to the east. The location of the Site is shown, bounded in red, in Figure 2.1.
Page 231
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 7 - Figure 2.1: Location of proposed development site
Page 232
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 8 - 2.2 Proposed Development 2.2.1 Site Layout An application is being submitted for the construction of a purpose-built, drive-thru restaurant with drive-thru lane and car park area. Access to the Site will be via the existing access road into the northern part of the retail park to the north of the existing Starbucks Drive-thru. A Drive-thru Lane will be provided running round the boundary of the Site in a clockwise direction and a central car park area. The restaurant building will be located on the eastern side of the Site immediately adjacent to Perth Road. The restaurant will include a front of house seating area and commercial kitchen. An indicative site layout of the Site is shown in Figure 2.2. A high velocity exhaust flue connected to the ventilation and extraction system will terminate 1 m above the roof level, with the kitchen extract system being located above the kitchen area within the roof space or at roof level. Figure 2.2: Layout of Site
Page 233
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 9 - 2.2.2 Kitchen Facilities The kitchen will be located on the south-western side of the building, as detailed in Figure 2.3 and will include the following equipment: • Large kitchen store with freezer and chiller • Commercial counter refrigerator units • VAT friers with associated overhead VAT extraction Hood • Dishwasher and washing machine • Egg cooking equipment • Single chassis grills with 2 x overhead grill hoods • Muffin toasters, bun rack, protein steamer and hash brown trolley • Drinks stations providing hot and cold drinks • Ventilation and extraction system with odour control • Rear coral providing a waste storage area. The kitchen will be fitted with an extraction system with odour control connected to the extract flue.
Page 234
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 10 - 3 Policy Context 3.1 Environmental Protection Act 1990 Part III of the Environmental Protection Act (1990)2 contains the main legislation on statutory nuisance and allows local authorities and individuals to take action to prevent statutory nuisance. Section 79 of the Act defines, amongst other things, dust, steam, smell or other effluvia emitted from industrial, trade or business premises so as to be prejudicial to health or a nuisance. Statutory nuisance is defined as: • ‘fumes or gases emitted from a premises so as to be prejudicial to health or a nuisance; and • ‘any dust, steam, smell or other effluvia arising on industrial, trade or business premises and being prejudicial to health or a nuisance. Statutory nuisance is not intended to secure a high level of amenity but rather to act as a basic safeguard standard that is intended to deal with excessive emissions. The test for considering whether a process presents a statutory nuisance relies upon considering a range of factors including the character of the locality, the frequency, duration and intensity of the impact. Local Authority Environmental Health/Environmental Protection Officers have a duty to inspect their districts from time to time for statutory nuisance. They also have a duty to investigate any complaint of an alleged dust nuisance from the public. Once the authorised officer has formed the view that a statutory nuisance exists, the local authority has a statutory duty to serve an abatement notice on those responsible for the nuisance, requiring the nuisance to be abated. Failure to comply with an abatement notice is an offence and if necessary, the local authority may abate the nuisance and recover expenses. 3.2 SEPA Odour Guidance The odour guidance published by Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA)3 provides guidance on preventing, investigating and managing odours from commercial and industrial facilities. The guidance provides useful information on understanding odours, managing emissions and assessing odour effects, however the guidance has been produced specifically for SEPA officers engaged in regulating odorous activities, setting out the recommended approach to the regulation of odorous substances from activities which fall under the regulatory remit of the agency. 2 Secretary of State, The Environment Act 1990 HMSO 3 SEPA (2010) Odour Guidance 2010, Version 1, January 2010
Page 235
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 11 - Although the guidance provides useful information on understanding and assessing odours it does not provide guidance on assessing odours within the planning process. 3.3 IAQM Odour Guidance On 20th May 2014 the Institute of Air Quality Management (IAQM) released guidance on the assessment of odour for planning4 which was updated in 2018. The guidance is for assessing odour impacts for planning purposes. It provides background information relating to requirements for odour impact assessments and suitable impact criteria and draws from other sources of information such as that described in Environment Agency H4 odour management guidance5. 3.4 Guidance on the Control of Odour from Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Systems Problems associated with nuisance odour from commercial kitchen exhausts are a common problem, particularly in urban areas where housing may be adjacent to a catering premises. The Control of Odour from Commercial Kitchens guidance document published by Ricardo EMAQ+ in May 2022 and which updates the 2005 DEFRA guidance, provides best practice techniques to minimise odour from kitchen exhaust systems. The guidance provides a background into odour, the potential sources and effects of odour from kitchens and the regulatory roles in assessing and controlling odour. The document also sets out the best practice for the design and operation of commercial ventilation systems and the control of grease odour and noise emissions. Appendix 3 of the Guidance sets out a risk assessment that can be used to identify the likelihood of odour nuisance occurring from a commercial kitchen facility and to assist in determining appropriate odour control requirements based on the operations carried out at the selected premises. 4 IAQM (2018) Guidance on the Assessment of Odour for Planning 5 Environment Agency (2011) H4 Odour Management – How to comply with your environmental permit
Page 236
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 12 - 4 Methodology 4.1 Odour Assessment 4.1.1 Introduction A risk assessment of the proposed activities has been carried out to identify the likely potential for odour to arise from the Site following the installation and operation of the restaurant and associated kitchen facilities. Unlike other air pollutants, odour impacts cannot be easily monitored either at the point of emission or at the point of impact. Furthermore, odour impacts are highly subjective; a level of odour which can lead to complaints from one resident may be acceptable to a neighbouring resident. This makes it less straight forward to determine what level of emission is acceptable or what constitutes a significant impact. However, current guidance has been used to undertake the risk assessment and a level of professional judgement used to determine whether the proposed restaurant is likely to cause a significant impact at neighbouring properties. The assessment is based on a desktop review of the proposed restaurant layout (Figure 2.3), the location of the restaurant in relation to nearby sensitive receptors (i.e. residential properties), the type of food being prepared, and any kitchen extract system being proposed. 4.1.2 Methodology Odour Risk Assessment (EMAQ+ Guidance) An odour risk assessment of the on-site catering facilities has been carried out according to the methodology given in the EMAQ+ guidance, as recommended within the IAQM guidance. A simple risk assessment has been undertaken using the criteria set out in Appendix 3 of the guidance, which is reproduced in Table 4.1 below. This provides an indication of the level of odour likely to occur from the on-site kitchen facilities and allows a significance score to be calculated based on the identified level of risk of odour impacts at adjacent receptors. The significance score is used to identify the Impact Risk as set out in Table 4.2. The identified risk has been used to determine an appropriate extraction system to prevent odour effects at nearby receptors.
Page 237
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 13 - Table 4.1: Risk Assessment of Odour from on-site Kitchen Facilities Criteria Descriptive Score Significance Score Details Dispersion Very Poor 20 Low level discharge, discharge into courtyard or restriction on stack Poor 15 Not low level but below eaves, or discharge below 10 m/s Moderate 10 Discharging 1 m above eaves at 10-15 m/s Good 5 Discharging 1 m above ridge at 15 m/s Proximity of receptors Close 10 Closest sensitive receptor less than 20 m from kitchen discharge Medium 5 Closest sensitive receptor between 20 and 100 m from kitchen discharge Far 1 Closest sensitive receptor more than 100 m from kitchen discharge Size of Kitchen Large 5 More than 100 covers or large sized take away. Medium 3 Between 30 and 100 covers or medium sized take away. Small 1 Less than 30 covers or small take away. Cooking type (odour and grease loading) Very high 10 Pub (high level of fried food), fried chicken, burgers or fish & chips. Turkish, Middle Eastern or any premises cooking with solid fuel. High 7 Vietnamese, Thai, Indian, Japanese, Chinese, steakhouse. Medium 4 Cantonese, Italian, French, Pizza (gas fired) Low 1 Most pubs (no fried food, mainly reheating and sandwiches etc), tea rooms
Page 238
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 14 - Table 4.2: Odour Impact Risk and Level of Control Impact Risk Odour Control Requirement Significance Score1 Low to Medium Low level odour control Less than 20 High High level of odour control 20 to 35 Very High Very high level of odour control More than 35 1 based on the sum of contributions from dispersion, proximity of receptors, size of kitchen and cooking type, as set out in Table 4.1
Page 239
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 15 - 5 Odour Risk Assessment It is assumed that the proposed restaurant would provide over 100 covers per day. As shown in the plan set out in Figure 2.3, the kitchen will be located on the eastern side of the building with the extract system terminating at roof height with the discharge flue being approximately 1 m above roof level on the western side of the roof. The nearest residential properties are located approximately 25m to the east of the kitchen area. A risk assessment of the potential for odour to occur from the proposed kitchen facilities, carried out in accordance with the EMAQ guidance, is provided below in Table 5.1. Table 5.1: Risk Assessment for Odour from Proposed Restaurant Criteria Descriptive Score Significance Score Details Dispersion good 5 The kitchen extract flue would be located at least 1m above the roof level and emissions would be discharged vertically allowing for free flow of the emissions plume to disperse without disruption from adjacent structures and without undue disruption as a result of wind turbulence which can be created by an obstruction. Furthermore, the discharge velocity would be at least 15 m/s. Dispersion is therefore considered to be good based on professional judgement. Proximity of receptors Medium 5 The nearest sensitive receptors are 25m from the restaurant to the east of the Site. Note: There is consent for a residential development to the north of the Site which at the time of writing has yet to be built which is approximately 15m from the restaurant with a significance score of 10
Page 240
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 16 - Criteria Descriptive Score Significance Score Details Size of Kitchen Large 5 Assumed that the restaurant would provide more than 100 covers per day. Cooking type (odour and grease loading) Very High 10 The restaurant would serve a high level of fried food (i.e. chips) plus burgers. Total Score High 25 Overall score indicates a high risk of odour at adjacent receptors. Based on the risk assessment criteria (Table 4.1), the proposed kitchen facility is identified as having a High Risk of producing odour impacts at adjacent receptors. This is due to the size of the restaurant, type of food served and the proximity of sensitive receptors. 5.1 Mitigation of Odour As detailed in the EMAQ+ guidance commercial kitchen ventilation systems should meet certain minimum requirements to ensure they meet best practice design. Details of these criteria are set out in Appendix A, including those relating specifically to odour control. Where a high level of odour control is required the extract system should be fitted with fine filtration or ESP followed by either carbon filtration or a UV ozone system with 0.2 – 0.4 second residence times. A comprehensive kitchen extract system will be fitted to include a dedicated canopy fume extract system in conjunction with a general extract system. The dedicated canopy extract system will include the following odour control as a minimum, which meets the requirements of the EMAQ+ guidance for locations requiring a high level of odour control: • stainless steel extract canopy - local fume extraction by means of a low level built-in stainless steel extract canopy with removable and cleanable grease filters which removes 98% of airborne grease at source. The extract air volumes will be set based on tests undertaken by McDonalds to determine the effective grease removal range of the filters. • Electrostatic Precipitator –will be fitted to provide fine filtration for further removal of grease particles. • Ozone Injection – a Purified Air UV-0 1000 ozone generator unit will be fitted immediately after the ESP with a 2-second ozone contact period.
Page 241
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 17 - • Ventilation rates –will be automatically controlled to maximise ambient fresh air free cooling and minimise supply of air heating and cooling energy use. • Removal of extract air will be via an external vertical discharge flue located at roof level, with an unrestricted vertical high velocity discharge flue at of rate of 15 m/s. • Discharge point located 1 m above roof level above kitchen in a location free from obstructions. Effective maintenance is required to ensure any extract system works effectively and continues to remove odours from the extract air. The proposed system will include access doors at intervals of at least 1.2 m within the extract ductwork to allow for cleaning. All air filters will be changed quarterly in conjunction with six monthly cleaning of the ducting and six-monthly servicing. The effectiveness of the extract system will be monitored and the interval between cleaning of filters and ducting will be reduced if considered necessary.
Page 242
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 18 - 6 Conclusion An assessment of odour from the proposed kitchen facility has been undertaken using the EMAQ+ ‘Guidance on the Control of Odours and Noise from Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Systems’. Based on the risk assessment criteria, the proposed kitchen facility is identified as having a High Risk of producing odour impacts at adjacent receptors. To ensure an adequate level of odour control an extraction system will be installed within the kitchen incorporating the following features: • stainless steel extract canopy; • Electrostatic precipitator (ESP); • Purified Air UV-O 1000 ozone generator unit; • Unrestricted high velocity discharge flue with extract rate of 15m/s terminating at least 1m above roof level; • Access doors within ducting system at intervals of at least 1.2m. In addition, an effective maintenance program will be implemented including regular cleaning of grill and fryer hoods, ducting, filters, ESP and Ozone units. Based on the above extraction system and maintenance program it is considered that odour emissions will be effectively controlled, and no adverse effects will be experienced at nearby sensitive receptors.
Page 243
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 19 - Appendix A Best practice for Design and Operation of Commercial Kitchen Ventilation Systems Minimum ventilation rates • An internal ambient air temperature of 260C maximum. • Maximum humidity levels of 65%. • Internal noise level should comply with HSE workplace guidance. • Dedicated make up air system to be approximately 85% of the extract flow rate. • Minimum air change rate of 40 per hour (bases on canopy and general room extraction). • Extract flow rates for a commercial kitchen should be calculated using the thermal convection method, as this overcomes heat and odour variation between different types of cooking appliances. Other methods can be used for setting extraction requirements from other parts of the kitchen. Minimum Requirements For Canopy • Velocity requirements - Light loading – 0.15 m/s (applies to steaming ovens, boiling pans, bains maries and stock pot stoves). - Medium loading – 0.225 m/s (applies to deep fat fryers, bratt pans solid and open top ranges and griddles). - Heavy loading – 0.3 m/s (applies to chargrills, mesquite and specialist broiler units). • Sizing - Ideally, the plan dimensions of the canopy shall always exceed the plan dimensions of the catering equipment with an overhang of 0.3m on each free side. - The overhand should be increased to 0.6m in front of combination steaming ovens to cope with the steam and fumes released when the doors of the
Page 244
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 20 - appliance are opened. Solid fuel appliances must have an overhang measured from the door open position. • Material - To comply with the food hygiene requirements the canopy should be made of stainless steel. • Grease Separation - The grease extracted by the separators shall be collected and removed so that it will not accumulate in either the canopy plenum or the ductwork system, or fall back onto the cooking surface. - The separator shall be constructed so that there are not sharp edges or projections and shall be easily removable for regular cleaning. - Primary filters that retain grease within the filtration matrix until cleaned, shall not be used (not to be confused with those designed with purpose made integral collection reservoirs). Minimum Requirements For Duct Work • All ductwork should be constructed in accordance with industry best practice. • Duct velocities should be between 2.5 and 8 m/s. • All internal surfaces of the ductwork should be accessible for cleaning and inspection. Access panels should be installed suitable intervals and should be leak tight. • Duct work should comply with fire safety regulations. Minimum Requirements For Fans Fans should have the capacity to operate at a margin of over 10% above the design pressure to allow for build-up of material or to account for possible extensions to the original kitchen plan. Fans must be capable of handling hot, grease-laden air. The fan housing should be fitted with plugged drain holes, which should be fitted at the lowest point in the fan housing to remove grease and condensate. The supply and extract fans should be located to ensure that there is sufficient space for regular cleaning and maintenance. There should be no air leakage at any point of the duck work and fan housing. Fans providing extraction to canopies above solid fuel burning appliances, should be designed to accommodate the higher operating temperature (e.g. have their motor of the airstream, use metal impellers blades etc).
Page 245
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 21 - Minimum Requirements For Odour Control Objectives • for new premises or premises covered by planning conditions restricting the impact of odour the system shall be designed to prevent harm to the amenity. • for existing premises not covered by planning conditions restricting the impact of odour, the system shall be designed to avoid statutory nuisance and shall comply with the principles of Best Practical Means. • The design of a control system should recognise that there are two phases of contamination in a kitchen exhaust; particulate (grease, smoke, hydrocarbons/VOC) and gaseous (odour). The particulate phase needs to be removed prior to dealing with the gaseous phase. To achieve these objectives the odour control system shall include an adequate level of: 1. Particulate and odour control; and 2. stack dispersion. The overall performance of the odour abatement system will represent a balance of 1and 2. Discharge stack The discharge stack shall: 1. Discharge the extracted air not less than 1 m above the roof ridge of any building within 15m of the vent serving the commercial kitchen. Additional odour control, measures may still be required depending on the cooking type and frequency. 2. If 1 cannot be complied with for planning reasons, then the extracted air shall be discharged not less than 1 m above the roof eaves or dormer window of the building housing the commercial kitchen. A higher level of odour control measures than those for part 1 may be required. 3. If 1 or 2 cannot be complied with for planning reasons, then a higher level of odour control measures than those required for part 1 or 2 may be required.
Page 246
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 22 - Odour arrestment plant performance Low to medium level control may include: 1. Fine filtration or ESP following by carbon filtration (carbon filters rated with a 0.1 second residence time). 2. Fine filtration followed by counteractant/neutralising system to achieve the same level of control as 1. High level odour control may include: 1. Fine filtration or ESP followed by carbon filtration (carbon filters rated with a 0.2-0.4 second residence time). 2. Fine filtration or ESP followed by UV ozone system to achieve the same level of control as 1. Very high level odour control may include: 1. Fine filtration or ESP followed by carbon filtration (carbon filters rated with a 0.4 – 0.8 second residence time). 2. Fine filtration or ESP followed by carbon filtration and by counteractant/neutralising system to achieve the same level of control as 1. 3. Fine filtration or ESP followed by UV ozone system to achieve the same level of control as 1. In some instances where very high levels of control are required combinations or sacrificial levels of filtration may be employed. Maintenance must be carried out to ensure these performance levels are always achieved. Maintenance Proprietors of commercial kitchens have a duty to ensure that the ventilation system serving the respective premises are maintained and operated effectively. Good maintenance is a prerequisite for ensuring that a system complies with Best Practicable Means under statutory nuisance provision and will form a key element of any scheme designed to minimise harm to the amenity under planning regulation. Good maintenance is required by the food hygiene regulations and will also minimise the risk of fire and minimise noise. The recommended cleaning period for extract ductwork is: • Heavy Use 12-16 Hours Per Day - 3 Monthly cleaning interval • Moderate Use 6-12 Hours Per Day - 6 Monthly cleaning interval • Light Use 2-6 Hours Per Day – Annually cleaning interval
Page 247
Odour Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 August 2024 - 23 - Recommendations for maintenance of odour control system include: • System employing fine filtration and carbon filtration. - Change fine filters every two weeks. - Change carbon filters every 4 to 6 months. • Use a system employing ESP and other in line abatement, typically - ESP systems cleaned, and sump emptied on a four weekly basis. - UV-C systems used in line, cleaned on a four weekly basis. - Side Stream UV-C systems, cleaned every 3 to 6 months. - Carbon filters with ESP pre-treatment change carbon filter every 6 to 12 months. These time frames may increase or reduce for extreme or very light applications.
Page 248
Air Quality Assessment New McDonalds Restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie 28th October 2024 Rev D 27th June 2025 Report Reference Number: A6760
Page 249
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 2 - Document Control Date of first Issue Revision Date of Revision Author Checked by 28 October 2024 - JK MB A 11th November 2024 JK MB B 20th February 2025 JK MB C 13th June 2025 JK MB D 27th June 2025 JK MB
Page 250
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 3 - Executive Summary Encon Associates were commissioned by McDonalds (the ‘Client’) to carry out an air quality assessment in connection with the proposed new McDonalds Drive-Thru and restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie (the ‘Site’). This report has been updated with the new Proposed Site Plan, Proposed Site Plan, 13638_AEW_2473_1004C, dated 06.06.25. The Site falls within the district of Perth and Kinross Council (PKC) on the western edge of the town of Blairgowrie, within the Westpark Retail Estate. Air quality within the brough is generally good and is meeting the relevant air quality limits at locations of relevant exposure within Blairgowrie. The Council have declared two Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) due to exceedances of the annual mean nitrogen dioxide (NO2) objective. The AQMA covers the whole of Perth City (over 14 km to the south-west of Blairgowrie) and the high street corridor through Crieff (0ver 20km to the south-west of Blairgowrie). No AQMA has been declared within Blairgowrie. It is inevitable that with any development, demolition and construction activities will cause some disturbance to those nearby. Dust arising from most construction activities tends to be of a coarse nature, which through dispersion by the wind can lead to soiling of property including windows, cars, external paintwork and laundry. However, as well as giving rise to annoyance due to soiling of surfaces from dust emissions, there is evidence of major construction activities causing increases in long term PM10 concentrations and in the number of days exceeding the short term PM10 objective of 50 µgm-3. The IAQM guidance on assessing impacts on air quality from construction activities and determining the likely significance has been used to determine the risk of impacts occurring during the construction of the development and to identify appropriate mitigation measures to be implemented on site to reduce dust emissions and associated impacts. Due to the proximity of nearby residential receptors the Site is considered to have a low risk of impacts with regards to dust soiling and PM10 concentrations. However, following the implementation of appropriate mitigation measures impacts associated with the construction of the development are likely to be insignificant. The proposals will not generate a significant number of additional vehicle movements on the adjacent road network. Impacts on local air quality associated with operational traffic will be negligible. Furthermore, all energy provision will be provided by low emission or non-combustible sources therefore on-site emissions will be negligible.
Page 251
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 4 - The assessment has also concluded that pollution levels across the borough are well within the relevant air quality limit values therefore impacts associated with exposure will be negligible. The assessment shows that the development proposals will meet the requirements of both national and local planning policy and air quality does not pose a constraint to development of the Site for the proposed uses.
Page 252
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 5 - Table of Contents 1 Introduction .................................................................................... 6 1.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 6 1.2 Scope of Assessment ........................................................................................... 6 2 Site Description ................................................................................ 7 2.1 The Existing Site ................................................................................................. 7 2.2 Proposed Development ........................................................................................ 9 3 Policy Context and Guidance ............................................................... 10 3.1 National Legislation and Policy ............................................................................ 10 3.2 Planning Policy ................................................................................................. 14 3.3 Air Quality Guidance .......................................................................................... 16 4 Methodology ................................................................................... 18 4.1 Baseline Assessment ......................................................................................... 18 4.2 Construction Phase............................................................................................ 18 4.3 Operational Phase ............................................................................................. 19 5 Baseline Assessment ......................................................................... 21 5.1 Perth and Kinross Review and Assessment of Air Quality ........................................ 21 5.2 Air Quality Monitoring ........................................................................................ 21 6 Construction Assessment.................................................................... 24 6.1 Assessing the Risk of Dust Effects ....................................................................... 24 6.2 Determining Appropriate Mitigation ..................................................................... 27 7 Operational Impacts .......................................................................... 29 7.1 Traffic Emissions ............................................................................................... 29 7.2 Energy Plant Emissions ...................................................................................... 29 7.3 On-site Exposure .............................................................................................. 29 7.4 Mitigation ......................................................................................................... 29 8 Conclusion ..................................................................................... 30 Appendix A ......................................................................................... 32 Appendix B ......................................................................................... 34 Appendix C ......................................................................................... 41
Page 253
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 6 - 1 Introduction 1.1 Overview Encon Associates were commissioned by McDonalds (the ‘Client’) to carry out an air quality assessment in connection with the proposed new McDonalds Drive-Thru and restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie (the ‘Site’). The Site falls within the district of Perth and Kinross Council (PKC) on the western edge of the town of Blairgowrie, within the Westpark Retail Estate. Air quality within the borough is generally good and is meeting the relevant air quality limits at locations of relevant exposure within Blairgowrie. The Council have declared two Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) due to exceedances of the annual mean nitrogen dioxide (NO2) objective. The AQMA cover the whole of Perth City (over 14 km to the south-west of Blairgowrie) and the high street corridor through Crieff (0ver 20km to the south-west of Blairgowrie). No AQMA has been declared within Blairgowrie. This report assesses air quality impacts associated with the proposed development. Potential sources of emissions are identified and assessed in the context of existing air quality and emission sources and the nature and location of receptors. A glossary of common air quality terminology is provided in Appendix A. 1.2 Scope of Assessment The application is for the construction of a new McDonalds restaurant and drive-thru on land to the west of Perth Road, on the northern edge of Westpark retail park. The potential impacts of operational traffic have been assessed in accordance with current air quality planning guidance published by the Institute of Air Quality management (IAQM)1, The assessment has concentrated on nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of less than 10 µm and 2.5 µm (PM10 and PM2.,5), the pollutants most associated with traffic emissions and which can be harmful and cause discomfort to humans. An assessment of air quality impacts associated with the demolition and construction activities has also been undertaken to determine measures for inclusion within a Construction Management Plan (CMP). 1 IAQM, Land-use Planning and Development Control: Planning for Air Quality, January 2017
Page 254
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 7 - 2 Site Description 2.1 The Existing Site The Site is located on the south- western edge of Blairgowrie, within the Westpark Retail Park, west of Perth Road. The Site lies on the northern side of the retail park opposite Starbucks Drive-thru. The Site currently consists of an area of scrub land and is bounded by Perth Road to the east, the wider retail park to the south, scrub land to the north and west with an area of woodland beyond and a residential area to the east which includes the St Stephens RC Primary School and Blairgowrie Community Campus. The nearest residential receptors are approximately 25 m to the east, while the school and surrounding outside space lie approximately 70 m to the east. The location of the Site is shown, bounded in red, in Figure 2.1.
Page 255
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 8 - Figure 2.1: Location of proposed development site
Page 256
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 9 - 2.2 Proposed Development An application is being submitted for the construction of a purpose-built, Drive-thru restaurant with Drive-thru lane and car park area. Access to the Site will be via the existing access road into the northern part of the retail park to the north of the existing Starbucks Drive-thru. A Drive-thru Lane will be provided running round the boundary of the Site in a clockwise direction and a central car park area. The restaurant building will be located on the eastern side of the Site immediately adjacent to Perth Road. The restaurant will include a front of house seating area and commercial kitchen. An indicative layout of the Site is shown in Figure 2.2. A high velocity exhaust flue connected to the ventilation and extraction system will terminate 1 m above the roof level, with the kitchen extract system being located above the kitchen area within the roof space or at roof level. Figure 2.2: Layout of Site
Page 257
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 10 - 3 Policy Context and Guidance 3.1 National Legislation and Policy 3.1.1 The Air Quality Regulations The Air Quality (Scotland) Regulations 20002, Air Quality (Scotland) Amendment Regulations 20023 and Air Quality (Scotland) Amendment Regulations 20164 set out a series of air quality objectives for the protection of human health and critical levels for the protection of vegetation. Objectives apply both nationally, where they are the responsibility of national government and locally, where achieving them is the responsibility of the relevant local authority. The air quality objectives are long-term benchmarks for ambient pollutant concentrations which represent negligible or zero risk to health, based on medical and scientific evidence reviewed by the Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards (EPAQS) and the World Health Organisation (WHO). These are general concentration limits, above which sensitive members of the public (e.g. children, the elderly and the unwell) might experience adverse health effects. For some pollutants, there is both a long-term (annual mean) limit and a short-term limit. In the case of NO2, the short-term standard is for a 1-hour averaging period, whereas for PM10 it is for a 24-hour averaging period. These periods reflect the varying impacts on health of differing exposures to pollutants (e.g. temporary exposure on the pavement adjacent to a busy road, compared with the exposure of residential properties adjacent to a road). Of the pollutants included in the regulations, NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 are of particular relevance to this assessment as these are the primary pollutants associated with road traffic. The current limit values for these three pollutants in relation to human health are set out in Table 3.1. 2 The Air Quality (Scotland) Regulations 2000- Scottish Statutory Instrument 2000 No.97 3 The Air Quality (Scotland) Amendment Regulations 2002 – Scottish Statutory Instrument No. 297 4 The Air Quality (Scotland) Amendment Regulations 2016 – Scottish Statutory instrument No. 162
Page 258
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 11 - Table 3.1: Relevant Limit Values set out in the Air Quality Regulations Pollutant Concentrations Measured As Date to be Achieved by Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) 200 µg/m3 not to be exceeded more than 18 times per year 1-hour mean 31 December 2005 40 µg/m3 Annual mean 31 December 2005 Particulate Matter (PM10) 50 µg/m3 not to be exceeded more than 7 times per year 24-hour mean 31 December 2010 18 µg/m3 Annual mean 31 December 2010 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 10 µg/m3 Annual Mean 31 December 2020 The NAQOs apply to external air where there is relevant exposure to the public over the associated averaging periods within each objective. Guidance is provided within Local Air Quality Management Technical Guidance 2022 (LAQM.TG(22))5 issued by the Defra for Local Authorities, on where the NAQOs apply as detailed in Table 3.2. The objectives do not apply in workplace locations, to internal air or where people are unlikely to be regularly exposed (i.e. centre of roadways). It should be noted that the EU Limit Values are numerically the same as the NAQO values but differ in terms of compliance dates, locations where they apply and legal responsibility. The compliance date for the NO2 Limit Values is 1 January 2010, which is five years later than the date for the NAQO. The Limit Values are mandatory, whereas the NAQOs are policy objectives. Local authorities are not required to achieve them but have to work towards their achievement. In addition, the limit Values apply in all locations except where members of the public do not have access and there is no fixed habitation, on factory premises or at industrial installations, and on the carriageway/central reservation of roads except where there is normally pedestrian access. 5 Defra (2022) Local Air Quality Management. Technical Guidance LAQM.TG(22)
Page 259
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 12 - Table 3.2: Locations Where Air Quality Objectives Apply Averaging Period Objectives should apply at: Objectives should generally not apply at: Annual mean All locations where members of the public might be regularly exposed. Building Facades of residential properties, schools, hospitals, care home etc. Building facades of offices or other places of work where members of the public do not have regular access. Hotels, unless people live there as their permanent residence. Gardens of residential properties. Kerbside sites (as opposed to locations at the building facade), or any other location where public exposure is expected to be short term. 24-hour mean All locations where the annual mean objective would apply together with hotels. Gardens of residential properties. Kerbside sites (as opposed to locations at the building façade), or any other location where public exposure is expected to be short term. 1-hour mean All locations where the annual mean and 24 hour mean objectives apply. Kerbside Sites (e.g. pavements of busy shopping streets). Those parts of car parks, bus stations and railway stations etc. which are not fully enclosed, where the public might reasonably be expected to spend 1-hour or more. Any outdoor locations where the public might reasonably be expected to spend 1-hour or longer. Kerbside sites where the public would not be expected to have regular access.
Page 260
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 13 - 3.1.2 Local Air Quality Management Local authorities are seen to play a particularly important role. Section 82 of the Environment Act 1995 requires every local authority to conduct a review of the air quality from time to time within the authority’s area. LAQM.TG(22) and Scotland’s LAQM Policy Guidance ((PG(S)(24))6 describes a streamlined approach to the Local Air Quality Management (LAQM) regime, whereby every authority has to undertake and submit a single Annual Status Report/Annual Progress Report within its area, to identify whether the objectives have been or will be achieved at relevant locations by the applicable date. If the objectives are not being met, the authority must declare an Air Quality Management Area (section 83 of the Act) and prepare an action plan (section 84) which identifies measures that will be introduced in pursuit of the objectives. 3.1.3 Cleaner Air For Scotland 2 – Towards a Better Place for Everyone The Strategy7 sets out how the Scottish Government will continue to deliver air quality improvements across the country based on the recommendations arising from the Cleaner Air for Scotland (CAFS) review8. The Strategy sets out actions the Government will take to reduce emissions and improve air quality, working with local authorities and other organisations to implement measures and actions that benefit air quality, inform future plans and policy making and undertake further research and monitoring of emissions. 3.1.4 Control of Dust and Particulates Associated with Construction Section 79 of the Environmental Protection Act (1990)9 states that where a statutory nuisance is shown to exist, the local authority must serve an abatement notice. Statutory nuisance is defined as: • 'any dust or other effluvia arising on industrial, trade or business premises and being prejudicial to health or a nuisance', and • 'any accumulation or deposit which is prejudicial to health or a nuisance'. Failure to comply with an abatement notice is an offence and if necessary, the local authority may abate the nuisance and recover expenses. In the context of the proposed development, the main potential for nuisance of this nature would arise during the construction phase - potential sources being the clearance, earthworks, construction and landscaping processes. 6 Scottish Government (2024) Local Air Quality management Policy Guidance PG(S) (24), May 2024 7 Scottish Government (2021) Cleaner Air for Scotland – Towards a Better Place for Everyone, July 2021 8 Cleaner Air for Scotland Strategy: Independent Review – www.gov.scot 9 Secretary of State, The Environment Act 1990 HMSO
Page 261
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 14 - There are no statutory limit values for dust deposition above which 'nuisance' is deemed to exist - 'nuisance' is a subjective concept and its perception is highly dependent upon the existing conditions and the change which has occurred. However, research has been undertaken by a number of parties to determine community responses to such impacts and correlate these to dust deposition rates. However, impacts remain subjective and statutory limits have yet to be derived. 3.2 Planning Policy 3.2.1 National Planning Policy The most recent Scottish planning policy, National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) was published in February 2023. The Plan sets out six overarching spatial principles aimed at delivering on the United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals (SDgs) and the Scottish national outcomes. By applying the spatial principles, the Strategy aims to support the planning and delivery of: • Sustainable places – where emissions are reduced, and biodiversity is restored and better connected • Liveable places – where there is better and healthier living • Productive places – where the economy is greener, fairer and more inclusive. Page 76 of the Framework sets out Policy 23 which aims to ‘protect people and places from environmental harm, mitigate risks arising from safety hazards and encourage, promote and facilitate development that improves health and wellbeing’. With specific reference to air quality the Policy sets out the following: ‘…d) Development proposals that are likely to have significant adverse effects on air quality will not be supported. Development proposals will consider opportunities to improve air quality and reduce exposure to poor air quality. An air quality assessment may be required where the nature of the proposal or the air quality in the location suggest significant effects are likely’.
Page 262
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 15 - 3.2.2 Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 The Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 210 sets out the framework for which planning applications will be assessed. In dealing with air quality the Plan sets out the following under Policy 57: ‘The Council has a responsibility to improve air quality. The LDP does this by seeking to prevent the creation of new pollution hotspots, and to prevent introduction of new human exposure where there could be existing poor air quality. The LDP extends support to low emission technologies for both transport and energy production. AS well as aspiring to improve air quality, the policy also aspires to eliminate the gradual worsening in air quality that is caused by the cumulative impact of many small developments. Within or adjacent to designated AQMA, where pollution concentrations are in excess of the national air quality objectives and may pose a risk to human health, development proposal that would adversely affect air quality may not be permitted. There is a presumption against locating development catering for sensitive receptors in areas where they may be expose to elevated pollution levels. Any proposed development that could have a detrimental effect on air quality, through exacerbation of exiting air quality issues or introduction of new sources of pollution (including dust and/or odour), must provide appropriate mitigation measures. The LDP expects that some type of mitigation of air quality impacts will be required for all but the smallest developments. Best practice design measures should therefore be considered early in the design and placemaking process. Proposals and mitigation measures must not conflict with the actions proposed in Air Quality Action Plans. An air quality assessment will usually be requiried where the Council considers that there may be a risk of an air quality impact upon human health. The main ways in which a development may potentially impact upon air quality are as follows: a) Introducing new human exposure at a location with poor air quality (e.g. within an existing AQMA or close to a busy road or junction); b) The development may itself lead to a deterioration in local air quality (e.g. from increased vehicle emissions or flue emissions from heating or energy production plant); and c) If the demolition/construction phase will have an impact upon the local environment (e.g. through fugitive dust and/or exhaust emissions from machinery and vehicles). 10 Perth and Kinross Council (2019) Local Development Plan 2, November 2019
Page 263
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 16 - The cumulative impact of other consented development and of these three criteria will be taken into account. In line with best practice, screening criteria will be used to identify where impacts are significant. Supplementary guidance will set out how air quality will be considered when determining planning applications. The Council keeps an evidence base of air quality and has developed a high-resolution dispersion model for the LDP area.’ 3.2.3 Perth and Kinross Air Quality and Planning Supplementary Document The Perth and Kinross Air Quality SPD11 sets out an approach to assessing air quality in relation to development proposals to provide a consistent approach to the process and provide guidance on how air quality will be considered by the Council when determining an application. Guidance set out within the SPD has been used to determine the scope of this assessment. 3.3 Air Quality Guidance 3.3.1 DEFRA Technical Guidance LAQM.TG(22) sets out detailed guidance on how air quality should be assessed and monitored by local authorities. The document provides useful guidance on how air quality from specific sources should be screened and the approaches that should be used to undertake detailed assessment where potentially significant emissions are identified, including details on model verification and consideration of monitoring data for use in assessments. 3.3.2 IAQM Land Use Planning and Development Control: Planning for Air Quality Institute of Air Quality Management (IAQM) and Environmental Protection UK (EPUK) have published joint guidance on the assessment of air quality impacts for planning purpose. This includes information on when an air quality assessment is required, what should be included in an assessment and criteria for assessing the significance of any impacts. The scope of the operational impact and exposure assessment within this report are based on the guidance set out in this document. 3.3.3 IAQM Guidance on the Assessment of Dust from Demolition and Construction Guidance produced by the IAQM on assessing impacts from construction and demolition activities12 includes a methodology for identifying the risk magnitude of potential dust sources associated with 11 Perth and Kinross Council (2020) Air Quality and Planning, March 2020 12 IAQM (2024) Guidance on the Assessment of Dust from Demolition and Construction, Version 2.2, January 2024
Page 264
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 17 - demolition, construction, earthworks and trackout. This is then used to identify the level of mitigation necessary in order for the impacts to be not significant.
Page 265
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 18 - 4 Methodology 4.1 Baseline Assessment A baseline assessment of air quality in the vicinity of the Site and the surrounding area has been carried out through a review of monitoring data available within the NYC air quality review and assessment reports, most notably the PKC 2023 Air Quality Annual Progress Report (APR)13 Additional data has been obtained from the UK Air Information Resource (UK-AIR) background pollution maps14. The baseline assessment has also been informed by the results of the detailed modelling assessment, the details of which are set out in Section 4.3. 4.2 Construction Phase 4.2.1 Construction Traffic During construction of the proposed development, lorries will require access to the Site to deliver and remove materials; earthmoving plant and other mobile machinery will work on site and generators and cranes will also be in operation. These machines produce exhaust emissions; of particular concern are emissions of NO2 and PM10. It is anticipated that during the construction phase there would be no more than 5-10 heavy duty vehicles (HDV) accessing the Site in any given day. The EPUK & IAQM air quality planning guidance sets out criteria to determine when significant effects are likely to occur, and a more detailed assessment of traffic emissions is required. The criteria indicate that significant impacts on air quality are unlikely to occur where a development results in less than 25 HDV movements per day in locations within or adjacent to an AQMA and less than 100 HDV outside of an AQMA. It is therefore anticipated that as the Site does not fall within an AQMA, construction traffic generated by the proposed development would result in a negligible impact on local NO2 and PM concentrations and has not been considered any further in this assessment. 13 PKC (2023) 2023 Air Quality Annual Progress Report for Perth & Kinross Council, July 2023 14 https://uk-air.defra.gov.uk/data/laqm-background-home
Page 266
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 19 - 4.2.2 Construction/Fugitive Dust Construction phase activities associated with the Proposed Development may result in the generation of fugitive dust emissions (i.e. dust emissions generated by site-specific activities that disperse beyond the construction site boundaries). If transported beyond the site boundary, dust can have an adverse impact on local air quality. The IAQM guidance considers the potential for dust nuisance and impacts to human health and ecosystems to occur due to activities carried out during the following stages of construction: • Demolition (removal of existing structures). • Earthworks (soil-stripping, ground-levelling, excavation and landscaping). • Construction (activities involved in the provision of a new structure); and • Trackout (the transport of dust and dirt from the construction site onto the public road network where it may be deposited and then re-suspended by vehicles using the network). A qualitative assessment of air quality impacts due to the release of fugitive dust and particulates (PM10) during the construction phase was undertaken in accordance with the methodology detailed in the IAQM guidance. The assessment takes into account the nature and scale of the activities undertaken for each source and the sensitivity of the area to an increase in dust and PM10 levels, thus enabling a level of risk to be assigned. Risks are described in terms of there being a low, medium or high risk of dust impacts. Once the level of risk has been ascertained, then site specific mitigation proportionate to the level of risk is identified, and the significance of residual effects determined. A summary of the IAQM assessment methodology is provided in Appendix B. 4.3 Operational Phase 4.3.1 Traffic Emissions The screening criteria set out in the EPUK & IAQM has been used to determine whether the trip generation from the operational development is likely to result in a significant impact on local air quality. The guidance states that where the following criteria are exceeded a more detailed assessment is required:
Page 267
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 20 - • An increase in LGV or more than 100 vehicles per day within or adjacent of an AQMA, an increase of more than 500 per day elsewhere; • An increase in HGV or more than 25 vehicles per day or adjacent to an AQMA, an increase of more than 100 per day. Anticipated trip generation from the operational development has assessed against the above criteria. Where this criterion is exceeded then a detailed assessment of operational impacts may be required.
Page 268
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 21 - 5 Baseline Assessment 5.1 Perth and Kinross Review and Assessment of Air Quality PKC has carried out detailed assessments of air quality in the borough and as a result has declared two AQMA within the district due to exceedances of the annual mean NO2 objective at locations of relevant exposure. However, both AQMA are over 14km from the Site. The Site does not fall within an AQMA and air quality within Blairgowrie has been found to be meeting the relevant air quality objective limits at locations of relevant exposure. Furthermore, monitoring across the district has shown that for the fourth year running, the air quality objective limits have not been exceeded at any location within the district, including within the AQMA. 5.2 Air Quality Monitoring 5.2.1 NO2 Concentrations PKC monitors NO2 concentrations extensively across the borough using both automatic and non- automatic (diffusion tubes) monitoring sites at a mix of background, roadside and kerbside sites. Only one of these is located in Blairgowrie, located at the junction of Balmoral Road (A93) and Boat Brae (A926) (Monitoring Site P108), approximately 1.6 km to the north-east of the Site. Annual mean NO2 concentrations recorded at all monitoring sites within the district have been below the limit value of 40 µg/m3 since 2019, based on data set out within the PKC 2023 APR. Concentrations recorded at Site P108 on Balmoral Road have been at less than 70% of the objective (well below) since 2018. Furthermore, data from across the district shows a consistent downward trend in concentrations since 2018. During 2022 an annual mean concentration of 17.3 µg/m3 was recorded at monitoring site P108 in Blairgowrie. Diffusion tubes cannot monitor short-term NO2 concentrations, however, research15 has concluded that exceedences of the 1-hour mean objective are generally unlikely to occur where annual mean concentrations do not exceed 60 µg/m3. Based on monitoring data presented in the 2023 APR, which shows at all locations annual mean concentrations are less than 30 µg/m3, it is unlikely that the short-term objective is being exceeded at any of the monitoring sites. 15 D Laxen and B Marner: Analysis of the relationship between 1-hour and annual mean nitrogen dioxide at UK roadside and kerbside monitoring sites (July 2003).
Page 269
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 22 - 5.2.2 PM Concentrations PM10 concentrations are measured at four location within the district, three within Perth and one in Crieff. Annual mean concentrations recorded at all three sites have been less than 18 µg/m3 since 2018 although there has been little change in concentrations over the five year period. All three sites have recorded exceedances of the 24-hour limit value since 2018, however, only at one site, located on Atholl Street in Perth, has the number of exceedances exceeded 7, indicating a an exceedance of the 24-hour objective which allows for up to 7 exceedances in any given year. PM2.5 concentrations are also measured at the three automatic sites. Data recorded since 2018 indicates that PM2.5 concentrations have been below the objective of 10 µg/m3 over the monitoring period, again with little change in concentrations over the 5 year period. 5.2.3 Defra Background Maps Additional information on estimated background pollutant concentrations has been obtained from the Scottish Government Air Quality website (https://www.scottishairquality.scot/data/mapping/data) background mapping data. Estimated air pollution concentrations for oxides of nitrogen (NOx), NO2 and PM10 have been extracted from the 2018 based background pollution maps for Scotland. These maps are available in 1 km x 1 km grid squares and provide an estimate of concentrations between 2018 and 2030. The average concentrations for the grid square representing the Site (OS317500, 743500) have been extracted for the 2024 base year. The data is provided in Table 4.1. No data is currently available within the Scottish maps for PM2.5. Background data for this pollutant has therefore been obtained from the Defra background maps provided on the UK-AIR, the Air Quality Information Resource (http://uk-air.defra.gov.uk/). 2024 data is provided in Table 4.1.
Page 270
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 23 - Table 4.1: Annual Mean Background Air Pollution Concentrations in 2023 Location (OS Grid Square) Annual mean concentrations (µgm-3) Nitrogen dioxide PM10 PM2.5 317500, 743500 2.7 8.2 4.6 The data indicates that existing background concentrations are currently meeting the NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 objectives in the vicinity of the Site.
Page 271
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 24 - 6 Construction Assessment 6.1 Assessing the Risk of Dust Effects 6.1.1 Site and Surroundings A summary of the proposed development is provided in Section 2 of this report. There are residential properties located to the east of the Site within 50 m. An assessment of construction related impacts in relation to human receptors is therefore considered necessary. Significant impacts on ecologically sensitive receptors are unlikely to occur beyond 50 m from any construction activities. A review of data held on the Defra MAGIC website16 shows no sites designated as important for wildlife within 50 m of the Site therefore impacts on ecological receptors has not been considered any further within this assessment. A review of background data published by the Scottish Government and Defra within the 2024 background maps, indicates background concentrations of PM10 at the Site in the region of 8-9 µg/m3, at 50% of the annual mean objective. It is therefore expected, based on professional judgement, that concentrations at roadside locations are unlikely to be higher than 14 µg/m3, making the surrounding area low in sensitivity to human health impacts. The precise behaviour of the dust, its residence time in the atmosphere, and the distance it may travel before being deposited would depend upon a number of factors. These include wind direction and strength, local topography and the presence of intervening structures (buildings, etc.) that may intercept dust before it reaches sensitive locations. Furthermore, dust would be naturally suppressed by rainfall. A windrose from the Dundee Meteorological Station for 2022 is provided below in Figure 6.1, which shows that the prevailing wind is from the west-southwest. Receptors located to the east-northeast of the Site are therefore most at risk of experiencing impacts. There are residential properties located to the east-northeast, with the school/education campus beyond, all of which will be of high sensitivity to dust effects. Figure 6.1: Windrose from Dundee Meteorological Site (2022) 16 http://magic.defra.gov.uk/
Page 272
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 25 - 0 0 3 1.5 6 3.1 10 5.1 16 8.2 (knots) (m/s) Wind speed 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170°180°190° 200° 210° 220° 230° 240° 250° 260° 270° 280° 290° 300° 310° 320° 330° 340° 350° 300 600 900 1200 6.1.2 Risk Assessment of Dust Impacts Defining the Dust Emission Magnitude With reference to the criteria detailed in Appendix B, the dust emission magnitude for each of the categories demolition, earthworks, construction and trackout have been determined. These have been summarised in Table 6.1. Table 6.1: Dust Emission Magnitude for each Activity Activity Criteria Magnitude Demolition No demolition required n/a Earthworks Site area approx. 2,909 m², 1-2 HDV on site, storage bunds no more than <3m in height Small Construction Total build volume <1,500 m3 although brick and concrete will be main building materials Small Trackout <20 HDV per day Small
Page 273
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 26 - 6.1.3 Sensitivity of Surrounding Area Using the criteria set out in Tables B1 to B3, Appendix B, the sensitivity of the surrounding area to impacts from dust emissions has been determined and are set out in Table 6.2. Dust Soiling The nearest residential properties are approximately 25-30m to the east of the Site, although the garden areas lie within 20 m of the Site. There are only three residential gardens within 20m of the Site and 6 properties within 50 m of the Site. The sensitivity of the surrounding area in relation to dust soiling effects is therefore considered to be medium. It is expected that there will be no more than 5-10 HDV (>3.5t) movements per day during the construction phase which are expected to travel to and from the Site along Perth Road. As a general guide, significant impacts from trackout may occur up to 500 m from large sites, 250 m from medium sites and 50 m from small sites, as measured from the site exit. There are >10 residential properties within 20 m of the roadside within 250 m of the Site along Perth Road. Furthermore, the car parking areas of the retail park would be of medium sensitivity to dust effects and lie within 20 m of the roadside. The sensitivity of the area to dust soiling effects from trackout is therefore considered to be high. PM10 Effects As previously discussed, annual mean PM10 concentrations in the vicinity of the Site are expected to be below 24 µg/m3. Based on the proximity of sensitive receptors to the site boundary and the local concentrations of PM10 the sensitivity of the surrounding area is considered to be low with regards human health impacts.
Page 274
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 27 - Table 6.2: Sensitivity of Surrounding Area Source Dust Soiling Human health Demolition n/a n/a Earthworks Medium Low Construction Medium Low Trackout High Low 6.1.4 Defining the Risk of Impacts The dust emission magnitude as set out in Table 6.1 is combined with the sensitivity of the area (Table 6.2) to determine the risk of both dust soiling and human health impacts, assuming no mitigation measures applied at site. The risk of impacts associated with each activity is provided in Table 6.3 below and has been used to identify site-specific mitigation measures, which are discussed in Section 6.2 and set out in Appendix C. Table 6.3: Summary of Risk Effects to Define Site Specific Mitigation Source Dust Soiling Human health Demolition n/a n/a Earthworks Low Risk Negligible Risk Construction Low Risk Negligible Risk Trackout Low Risk Negligible Risk 6.2 Determining Appropriate Mitigation The control of dust emissions from construction site activities relies upon management provisions and mitigation techniques to reduce emissions of dust and limit dispersion. Where dust emission controls have been used effectively, large-scale operations have been successfully undertaken without impacts to nearby properties. An overall medium risk of impacts is predicted at adjacent receptors during construction of the proposed development. Appropriate mitigation measures for the Site have been identified following the IAQM guidance and based on the risk effects presented in Table 6.3. It is recommended that the
Page 275
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 28 - measures set out in Appendix C are incorporated into a DMP and approved by PKC prior to commencement of any work on site. Based on the risk effects identified during each of the four types of activities and following implementation of the recommended mitigation measures, the significance of residual impacts during construction of the proposed development will be negligible.
Page 276
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 29 - 7 Operational Impacts 7.1 Traffic Emissions The proposals will create a new drive-thru restaurant on the Site. Traffic data provided by the transport consultants, Andrew Moseley Associates (AMA) indicates that the majority of trips associated with the new restaurant will be already existing pass-by trips and therefore are already on the network, making us of the wider retail park or using the A93 and a through road on their existing journey. In terms of new trips on the network, the restaurant is estimated to create an additional 225 vehicle movements to the north of the Site on the A93 and 116 movements travelling to the south on the A93. This is significantly below the IAQM screening criteria set out in section 4.3.1 for locations outside of an AQMA. Impacts on local air quality as a result of the operational development are concluded as being negligible. 7.2 Energy Plant Emissions All energy for the new building will be through a combination of photovoltaic cells located at roof level and either non-combustible sources such as Air Source Heat Pumps (ASHP) or low NOx boilers. Emissions associated with on-site energy sources will therefore be negligible. 7.3 On-site Exposure The proposed development would not provide any sensitive receptors (i.e. residential, educational or health receptors). Due to the transient nature of users of the Site the annual mean and 24-hour objective limits do not apply. However, the short-term objective limits such as the 1-hour NO2 objective are considered relevant to the Site. Exposure at the Site should therefore be considered in relation to the 1-hour NO2 objective but not in relation to the PM objective limits. The baseline review set out in Section 5 concludes that concentrations of all pollutants are well within the relevant air quality limit values across the district therefore the development would not introduce new employment use into a location of poor air quality, the impact of the proposals in terms of new exposure is therefore negligible. 7.4 Mitigation The development would have a negligible impact on local air quality, no mitigation is therefore required. .
Page 277
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 30 - 8 Conclusion Encon Associates were commissioned by McDonalds (the ‘Client’) to carry out an air quality assessment in connection with the proposed new McDonalds Drive-Thru and restaurant at Perth Road, Blairgowrie. The development once operational, would have a negligible impact on local air quality, no mitigation is therefore required. However, i t is inevitable that with any development, demolition and construction activities will cause some disturbance to those nearby. Dust arising from most construction activities tends to be of a coarse nature, which through dispersion by the wind can lead to soiling of property including windows, cars, external paintwork and laundry. However, as well as giving rise to annoyance due to soiling of surfaces from dust emissions, there is evidence of major construction activities causing increases in long term PM10 concentrations and in the number of days exceeding the short term PM10 objective of 50 µgm-3.
Page 278
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 31 - The IAQM guidance on assessing impacts on air quality from construction activities and determining the likely significance has been used to determine the risk of impacts occurring during the construction of the development and to identify appropriate mitigation measures to be implemented on site to reduce dust emissions and associated impacts. Due to the proximity of nearby residential receptors the Site is considered to have a low risk of impacts with regards to dust soiling and PM10 concentrations. However, following the implementation of appropriate mitigation measures impacts associated with the construction of the development are likely to be insignificant. The proposals will not generate a significant number of additional vehicle movements on the adjacent road network. Impacts on local air quality associated with operational traffic will be negligible. Furthermore, all energy provision will be provided by low emission or non-combustible sources therefore on-site emissions will be negligible. The assessment has concluded that pollution levels across the borough are well within the relevant air quality limit values therefore impacts associated with exposure within the Site will be negligible. The assessment shows that the development proposals will meet the requirements of both national and local planning policy and air quality does not pose a constraint to development of the Site for the proposed uses.
Page 279
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 32 - Appendix A Glossary of Terminology Term Definition Accuracy A measure of how well a set of data fits the true value. Air quality objective Policy target generally expressed as a maximum ambient concentration to be achieved, either without exception or with a permitted number of exceedences within a specific timescale (see also air quality standard). Air quality standard The concentrations of pollutants in the atmosphere which can broadly be taken to achieve a certain level of environmental quality. The standards are based on the assessment of the effects of each pollutant on human health including the effects on sensitive sub groups (see also air quality objective). Ambient air Outdoor air in the troposphere, excluding workplace air. Annual mean The average (mean) of the concentrations measured for each pollutant for one year. Usually this is for a calendar year, but some species are reported for the period April to March, known as a pollution year. This period avoids splitting winter season between 2 years, which is useful for pollutants that have higher concentrations during the winter months. AQMA Air Quality Management Area. DEFRA Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs. Exceedance A period of time where the concentrations of a pollutant is greater than, or equal to, the appropriate air quality standard. Fugitive emissions Emissions arising from the passage of vehicles that do not arise from the exhaust system. LAQM Local Air Quality Management. NO Nitrogen monoxide, a.k.a. nitric oxide. NO2 Nitrogen dioxide. NOx Nitrogen oxides. O3 Ozone. Percentile The percentage of results below a given value. PM10 Particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of less than 10 micrometres. Ratification (Monitoring) Involves a critical review of all information relating to a data set, in order to amend or reject the data. When the data have been ratified they represent the final data to be used (see also validation). µgm-3 micrograms per cubic metre A measure of concentration in terms of mass per unit volume. A concentration of 1ug/m3 means that one cubic metre of air contains one microgram (millionth of a gram) of pollutant. UKAS United Kingdom Accreditation Service. Uncertainty A measure, associated with the result of a measurement, which characterizes the range of values within which the true value is expected to lie. Uncertainty is usually expressed as the range within which the true value is expected to lie with a 95% probability, where standard statistical and other procedures have been used to evaluate this figure. Uncertainty is more clearly defined than the
Page 280
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 33 - closely related parameter 'accuracy', and has replaced it on recent European legislation. USA Updating and Screening Assessment. Validation (modelling) Refers to the general comparison of modelled results against monitoring data carried out by model developers. Validation (monitoring) Screening monitoring data by visual examination to check for spurious and unusual measurements (see also ratification). Verification (modelling) Comparison of modelled results versus any local monitoring data at relevant locations.
Page 281
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 34 - Appendix B IAQM Construction Impact Assessment Procedure In order to assess the potential impacts, the activities on construction sites are divided into four categories. These are: • demolition (removal of existing structures). • earthworks (soil-stripping, ground-levelling, excavation and landscaping). • construction (activities involved in the provision of a new structure); and • trackout (the transport of dust and dirt from the construction site onto the public road network where it may be deposited and then re-suspended by vehicles using the network). For each activity, the risk of dust annoyance, health and ecological impact is determined using three risk categories: low, medium and high risk. The risk category may be different for each of the four activities. The risk magnitude identified for each of the construction activities is then compared to the number of sensitive receptors in the near vicinity of the site in order to determine the risks posed by the construction activities to these receptors. Step 1: Screen the Need for an Assessment The first step is to screen the requirement for a more detailed assessment. An assessment is required where there is: • a ‘human receptor’ within 350m of the boundary of the site or 50m of the route(s) used by construction vehicles on the public highway, up to 500m from the site entrance(s); and/or • an ‘ecological receptor’ within 50m of the boundary of the site; or 50m of the route(s) used by the construction vehicles on the public highway, up to 500m from the site entrance(s). Step 2A: Define the Potential Dust Emission Magnitude This is based on the scale of the anticipated works and the proximity of nearby receptors. The risk is classified as small, medium or large for each of the four categories. Demolition: The potential dust emission classes for demolition are: • Large: Total building volume >50,000m3, potentially dusty construction material (e.g. Concrete), on site crushing and screening, demolition activities >20m above ground level. • Medium: total building volume 20,000m3 – 50,000m3, potentially dusty construction material, demolition activities 10-20 m above ground level; and
Page 282
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 35 - • Small: total building volume <20,000m3, construction material with low potential for dust release (e.g. metal cladding or timber), demolition activities <10m above ground, demolition during wetter months. Earthworks: This involves excavating material, haulage, tipping and stockpiling. The potential dust emission classes for earthworks are: • Large: Total site area >10,000m2, potentially dusty soil type (e.g. clay, which will be prone to suspension when dry due to small particle size), >10 heavy earth moving vehicles active at any one time, formation of bunds >8 m in height, total material moved >100,000 tonnes; • Medium: Total site area 2,500 m2 – 10,000m2, moderately dusty soil (e.g. silt), 5 – 10 heavy earth moving vehicles active at any one time, formation of bunds 4m – 8m in height, total material moved 20,000 tonnes- 100,000 tonnes; and • Small: Total site area <2,500m2, soil type with large grain size (e.g. sand), <5 heavy earth moving vehicles active at any one time, formation of bunds <4 m in height, total material moved <20,000 tonnes, earthworks during wetter months. Construction: The important issues here when determining the potential dust emission magnitude include the size of the building(s)/infrastructure, method of construction, construction materials, and duration of build. The categories are: • Large: Total building volume >100,000m3, on site concrete batching, sandblasting. • Medium: Total building volume 25,000m3 – 100,000m3, potentially dusty construction material (e.g. concrete), on site concrete batching; and • Small: Total building volume <25,000m3, construction material with low potential for dust release (e.g. metal cladding or timber). Trackout: The risk of impacts occurring during trackout is predominantly dependent on the number of vehicles accessing the Site on a daily basis. However, vehicle size and speed, the duration of activities and local geology are also factors which are used to determine the emission class of the Site as a result of trackout. The categories are: • Large: >50 HDV (>3.5t) outward movements in any one day, potentially dusty surface material (e.g. high clay content), unpaved road length > 100m. • Medium: 10-50 HDV (>3.5t) outward movements in any one day, moderately dusty surface material (e.g. high clay content, unpaved road length 50-100m; and
Page 283
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 36 - • Small: <10 HDV (>3.5t) outward movements in any one day, surface material with low potential for dust release, unpaved road length >50m. Step 2B: Defining the Sensitivity of the Area The sensitivity of the area is defined for dust soiling, human health (PM10) and ecological receptors. The sensitivity of the area takes into account the following factors: • the specific sensitivities of receptors in the area. • the proximity and number of receptors. • in the case of PM10, the local background concentration; and • site specific factors, such as whether there are natural shelters, such as trees, to reduce the risk of wind-blown dust. Table B1 is used to define the sensitivity of different types of receptors to dust soiling, health effects and ecological effects. Based on the sensitivities assigned to the different receptors surrounding the site and numbers of receptors within certain distances of the site, a sensitivity classification can be defined for each. Tables B2 to B4 indicate the criteria used to determine the sensitivity of the area to dust soiling, human health and ecological impacts.
Page 284
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 37 - Table B1: Examples of Factors Defining Sensitivity of an Area Sensitivity of Area Dust Soiling Human Receptors Ecological Receptors High Users can reasonably expect enjoyment of a high level of amenity The appearance, aesthetics or value of their property would be diminished by soiling’ The people or property would reasonably be expected to be present continuously, or at least regularly for extended periods, as part of the normal pattern of use of the land. E.g. dwellings, museums and other important collections, medium and long term car parks and car showrooms. 10 – 100 dwellings within 20 m of site. Local PM10 concentrations close to the objective (e.g. annual mean 36 -40 μg/m3). E.g. residential properties, hospitals, schools and residential care homes. Locations with an international or national designation and the designated features may be affected by dust soiling. Locations where there is a community of a particularly dust sensitive species such as vascular species included in the Red List for Great Britain. E.g. A Special Area of Conservation (SAC). Medium Users would expect to enjoy a reasonable level of amenity, but would not reasonably expect to enjoy the same level of amenity as in their home. The appearance, aesthetics or value of their property could be diminished by soiling The people or property wouldn’t reasonably be expected to be present here continuously or regularly for extended periods as part of the normal pattern of use of the land. E.g. parks and places of work. Less than 10 receptors within 20 m. Local PM10 concentrations below the objective (e.g. annual mean 30-36 μg/m3). E.g. office and shop workers but will generally not include workers occupationally exposed to PM10 as protection is covered by the Health and Safety at Work legislation. Locations where there is a particularly important plant species, where its dust sensitivity is uncertain or unknown. Locations with a national designation where the features may be affected by dust deposition E.g. A Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) with dust sensitive features. Low The enjoyment of amenity would not reasonably be expected. Property would not reasonably be expected to be diminished in appearance, aesthetics or value by soiling. There is transient exposure, where the people or property would reasonably be expected to be present only for limited periods of time as part of the Locations where human exposure is transient. No receptors within 20 m. Local PM10 concentrations well below the objectives (less than 75%). E.g. public footpaths, playing fields, parks and shopping streets. Locations with a local designation where the features may be affected by dust deposition. E.g. Local Nature Reserve with dust sensitive features.
Page 285
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 38 - Table B1: Examples of Factors Defining Sensitivity of an Area Sensitivity of Area Dust Soiling Human Receptors Ecological Receptors normal pattern of use of the land. E.g. playing fields, farmland unless commercially sensitive horticultural, footpaths, short lived car [parks and roads. Table B2: Sensitivity of the Area to Dust Soiling on People and Property Receptor Sensitivity Number of Receptors Distance from the Source (m) <20 <50 <100 <350 High >100 High High Medium Low 10-100 High Medium Low Low 1-10 Medium Low Low Low Medium >1 Medium Low Low Low Low >1 Low Low Low Low Table B3: Sensitivity of the Area to Human Health Impacts Receptor Sensitivity Annual Mean PM10 Concentration Number of Receptors Distance from Source (m) <20 <50 <100 <200 <350 High >32 μg/m3 >100 High High High Medium Low 10-100 High High Medium Low Low 1-10 High Medium Low Low Low 28-32 μg/m3 >100 High High Medium Low Low 10-100 High Medium Low Low Low 1-10 High Medium Low Low Low 24-28 μg/m3 >100 High Medium Low Low Low 10-100 High Medium Low Low Low 1-10 Medium Low Low Low Low <24 μg/m3 >100 Medium Low Low Low Low 10-100 Low Low Low Low Low 1-10 Low Low Low Low Low
Page 286
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 39 - Table B3: Sensitivity of the Area to Human Health Impacts Receptor Sensitivity Annual Mean PM10 Concentration Number of Receptors Distance from Source (m) <20 <50 <100 <200 <350 Medium >32 μg/m3 >10 High Medium Low Low Low 1-10 Medium Low Low Low Low 28-32 μg/m3 >10 Medium Low Low Low Low 1-10 Low Low Low Low Low 24-28 μg/m3 >10 Low Low Low Low Low 1-10 Low Low Low Low Low <24 μg/m3 >10 Low Low Low Low Low 1-10 Low Low Low Low Low Low - >1 Low Low Low Low Low Table B4: Sensitivity of the Area to Ecological Impacts Receptor Sensitivity Distance from the Source (m) <20 <50 High High Medium Medium Medium Low Low Low Low Define the Risk of Impacts The final step is to combine the dust emission magnitude determined in step 2A with the sensitivity of the area determined in step 2B to determine the risk of impacts with no mitigation applied. Tables B5 to B7 indicate the method used to assign the level of risk for each construction activity. The identified level of risk is then used to determine measures for inclusion within a site-specific Construction Management Plan (CMP) aimed at reducing dust emissions and hence reducing the impact of the construction phase on nearby receptors. The mitigation measures are drawn from detailed mitigation set out within the IAQM guidance document.
Page 287
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 40 - Table B5: Risk of Dust Impacts from Demolition Sensitivity of Area Large Medium Small High High Risk Medium Risk Medium Risk Medium High Risk Medium Risk Low Risk Low Medium Risk Low Risk Negligible Table B6: Risk of Dust Impacts from Earthworks/ Construction Sensitivity of Area Large Medium Small High High Risk Medium Risk Low Risk Medium Medium Risk Medium Risk Low Risk Low Low Risk Low Risk Negligible Table B7: Risk of Dust Impacts from Trackout Sensitivity of Area Large Medium Small High High Risk Medium Risk Low Risk Medium Medium Risk Low Risk Negligible Low Low Risk Low Risk Negligible
Page 288
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 41 - Appendix C Construction Mitigation Measures It is recommended that the following measures are incorporated into a DMP and approved by PKC prior to commencement of any work on site. The measures set out below summaries the measures set out within the IAQM guidance. This guidance should be read in conjunction with this report to obtain full details of all the measures that should be applied on site. It is recommended that the following preferred measures are implemented during the construction phase: • display the name and contact details of the person accountable for air quality and dust issues on the site boundary (i.e. the environment manager/engineer or site manager); • display the head or regional office contact information on the site boundary; • record all dust and air quality complaints, identify cause, take appropriate measures to reduce emissions in a timely manner and record the measures taken; • make the complaints log available to the local authority when asked; • record any exceptional incidents that cause dust and/or air emissions, either on- or off- site and the action taken to resolve the situation in the log book; • carry out regular site inspections to monitor compliance with the DMP, record inspection results and make inspection log available to PKC when asked; • increase frequency of site inspection by the person accountable for air quality and dust issues on site when activities with a high potential to produce dust are being carried out and during prolonged periods of dry or windy conditions; • plan site layout so that machinery and dust causing activities are located away from receptors, as far as is possible; • erect solid screens or barriers around dusty activities or the site boundary that are at least as high as any stockpiles; • avoid site runoff of water or mud; • ensure all vehicles switch off engines when stationary - no idling vehicles; • avoid the use of diesel or petrol powered generators and use mains electricity or battery powered equipment where practicable; produce a Construction Logistics Plan to manage the sustainable delivery of goods and materials;
Page 289
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 42 - • only use cutting, grinding or sawing equipment fitted or in conjunction with suitable dust suppression techniques such as water sprays or local extraction e.g. suitable local exhaust ventilation systems; • ensure an adequate water supply on site for effective dust/particulate matter suppression/mitigation, using non-potable water where possible and appropriate; • use enclosed chutes and conveyors and covered skips; • minimise drop heights from conveyors, loading shovels, hoppers and other loading or handling equipment and use fine water sprays on such equipment wherever appropriate; • avoid bonfires and burning of waste materials; The following desirable measures should also be considered for inclusion to further reduce emissions: • undertake daily on-site and off-site inspections, where receptors (including roads) are nearby, to monitor dust, record inspection results and make the log available to the local authority when asked. This should include regular dust soiling checks of surfaces such as street furniture, cars, window sills within 100 m of site boundary, with cleaning to be provided if necessary; • fully enclose site or specific operations where there is a high potential for dust production and the activities are being undertaken for an extensive period; • keep site fencing, barriers and scaffolding clean using wet methods; • remove materials that have a potential to produce dust from site as soon as possible, unless being re-used on site. If being re-used on site, cover as detailed below; • cover, seed or fence stockpiles to prevent wind whipping; • ensure equipment is readily available on site to clean any dry spillages, and clean up spillages as soon as reasonably practicable after the event using wet cleaning methods; • avoid scabbling where possible; • ensure sand and other aggregates are stored in bunded areas and are not allowed to dry out, unless this is required for a particular process, in which case ensure that appropriate additional control measures are in place; • use water-assisted dust sweepers on the access and local roads, to remove, as necessary, any material tracked out of the site; • avoid dry sweeping of large areas; • ensure vehicles entering and leaving the site are covered to prevent the escape of materials during transport.
Page 290
Air Quality Assessment Perth Road, Blairgowrie A6760 October 2024 - 43 - • use water-assisted dust sweepers on the access and local roads, to remove, as necessary, any material tracked out of the site; • avoid dry sweeping of large areas; • ensure vehicles entering and leaving the site are covered to prevent the escape of materials during transport; • record all inspections of haul routes and any subsequent action in a site log book; • implement a wheel washing system (with rumble grids to dislodge accumulated dust and mud); • ensure there is adequate area of hard surfaced road between the wheel wash facility and the site exit where ever site size and layout permits.
Page 291
Noise Impact Assessment Proposed McDonald’s Restaurant, Perth Road, Blairgowrie 6th November 2024 Rev A 11th November 2024, Rev B 27th June 2025, Rev C 7th July 2025, Rev D 8th July 2025, Rev E 25th July 2025, Rev F 1st August 2025 Report Reference Number: A6760
Page 292
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |2 Document Control Date of first Issue Revision Date of Revision Authored By Reviewed by 6th October 2024 - - Ben Phipps BSc, AMIOA MJB A 11th November 2024 Ben Phipps BSc, AMIOA MJB B 27th June 2025 Ben Phipps BSc, AMIOA MJB C 7th July 2025 Ben Phipps BSc, AMIOA MJB D 8th July 2025 Ben Phipps BSc, AMIOA MJB E 25th July 2025 Ben Phipps BSc, AMIOA MJB F 1st August 2025 Ben Phipps BSc, AMIOA MJB
Page 293
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |3 Contents Executive Summary .......................................................................... 5 1 Introduction .............................................................................. 7 1.1 Overview .......................................................................................... 7 2 Site Description & Background Information ......................................... 8 2.1 Site & Surrounding Area ........................................................................ 8 2.2 Background ....................................................................................... 8 3 Legislation, Policy and Guidance ...................................................... 9 3.1 BS4142: 2014 ‘Methods for rating and assessing industrial and commercial sound .... 9 4 Environmental Noise Survey ......................................................... 11 4.1 Measurement Methodology .................................................................... 11 4.2 Instrumentation ................................................................................. 11 4.3 Weather Conditions ............................................................................ 12 4.4 Survey Results ................................................................................... 12 5 Specific Sound Sources ............................................................... 14 5.1 Customer Vehicle Noise ........................................................................ 14 5.2 Customer Order Display ........................................................................ 16 5.3 Fixed Plant Installations ....................................................................... 18 5.4 Delivery Noise ................................................................................... 18 5.5 Waste Collection ................................................................................ 19 5.6 Determining the Specific Sound Level ....................................................... 21 6 BS 4142:2014 Assessments ........................................................... 23 6.1 BS 4142 Assessment Tables .................................................................... 23 6.2 Discussion ............................................................................... 50 6.2.1 Overview .................................................................................. 50 6.2.2 Context .................................................................................... 50 6.2.3 Rating Level Assessment ................................................................ 51 6.2.4 On-time Impact ........................................................................... 52 6.2.5 Uncertainty ............................................................................... 52 7 Assessment of Impacts ................................................................ 53 8 Night-time Plant Noise Impact Assessment ........................................ 54 9 Conclusions ............................................................................. 63 Appendix A – Acoustic Terminology & Definitions ..................................... 65 Appendix B – Carpark and Drive-Thru Vehicle Movement Noise Emissions Tables 67 Appendix C – Customer Order Display Noise Emission Tables ........................ 94 Appendix D – Fixed Plant Installations Noise Emissions ............................... 98 Appendix E – Delivery Noise Emissions Tables ......................................... 107 Appendix F – Waste Collection Noise Emissions Tables .............................. 112 Appendix G – Specific Sound Levels Tables ............................................ 114 Appendix H – Predicted Vehicle Movements ........................................... 123 Appendix I – Proposed Site Plan ......................................................... 124
Page 294
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |4 Appendix J – Proposed 1.8m Fence Line ............................................... 125 Appendix K – Fixed Plant Noise Levels (Including Mitigation Measures) ........... 126
Page 295
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |5 Executive Summary A sound survey was undertaken to inform the assessment of the likelihood of adverse impact from the proposed McDonald’s restaurant with associated car park and drive-thru facility Westpark Retail Park, off Perth Road, Blairgowrie. The sound survey was carried out in compliance with BS 4142 as detailed in this report. The sound survey considers the impacts at nine noise-sensitive receptors including four existing receptors on the opposite side of Perth Road to the site, Lodge, Ardlui, Langdale and Kinvaid. The other five receptors are approved future dwellings that are to built immediately to the north of the site. Sound measurements were taken at one location representing the most exposed noise-sensitive receptors. Noise measurements were taken from other sites to represent noise sources that will be associated with the proposed site, such as car park vehicle movements and deliveries. Sound levels associated with noise sources such as mechanical plant and refuse collections have been established from British Standards and Manufacturer datasheets. The initial assessment of the typical worst-case daytime period indicates that adverse impact is not likely at any of the nearby noise-sensitive receptors. The contextual considerations required by BS 4142, particularly the nature of the source within the residual environment and acoustic design measures being incorporated at the most-exposed noise-sensitive receptors suggest that the impact is likely to be lower than predicted by the initial BS 4142 assessment. The initial assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period, where waste collections are taking place in the same one-hour period as when the car park and drive-thru are at their busiest indicates that adverse impact is not likely at Lodge, Ardlui, Langdale, Kinvaid and proposed dwelling 1. The contextual considerations required by BS 4142, particularly the nature of the source within the residual environment and acoustic design measures being incorporated at the most-exposed noise-sensitive receptors suggest that the impact is likely to be lower than predicted by the initial BS 4142 assessment. The initial assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period, where waste collections are taking place in the same one-hour period as when the car park and drive-thru are at their busiest indicates that adverse impact is likely at proposed dwelling 2. The contextual considerations required by BS 4142, particularly the nature of the source within the residual environment and acoustic design measures being incorporated at the most-exposed noise-sensitive receptors suggest that the impact is likely to be lower than predicted by the initial BS 4142 assessment. The initial assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period predicts that significant adverse impact is likely at Proposed Dwellings 3, 4 and 5. Considering that the rating sound level is only just above the level difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact at all three receptors, close consideration should be given to contextual factors. The contextual considerations
Page 296
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |6 required by BS 4142, particularly the nature of the source within the residual environment and acoustic design measures being incorporated at the most-exposed noise-sensitive receptors suggest that the impact is likely to be lower than predicted by the initial BS 4142 assessment. Additionally, waste collections which are likely to be required regardless of the development that would be built on the plot, occur sparingly, meaning that this assessment is not a representation of typical site operation. The initial assessment of the worst-case night-time period when the restaurant is open and the carpark and drive-thru are in use indicates that significant adverse impact is likely. The difference between the specific sound level and the background sound level is substantial, meaning that there is a high degree of confidence and uncertainty is diminished, and the relevance of contextual considerations in this instance is reduced. It is recommended that the proposed 1.1m surrounding the drive-thru lane be upgraded to an acoustic fence with a minimum height of 1.8m. The fence should have a minimum mass of 10kg/m2 and not have holes or gaps present. Some items of fixed mechanical plant are to continue running if the facility stops trading during the night-time period. Although the calculations suggest that the cumulative plant noise level will exceed the prevailing background sound level by 8dB – 11dB, which indicates adverse or significant adverse impact, plant noise levels inside are still expected to comply with the internal ambient noise level outlined in BS 8233:2014 in all of the receptors considering that the attenuation that can be achieved with a partially open window should result in plant noise level that is well below the indoor ambient noise level target for the night-time inside a bedroom. If windows were at the dwellings were to be closed the plant noise level would fall even further below the internal ambient noise level target as specified in BS 8233:2014 inside the bedrooms, as a standard double glazing system typically provides at least 24 dB of attenuation.
Page 297
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |7 1 Introduction 1.1 Overview Encon Associates Ltd have been commissioned to prepare an environmental noise impact assessment for a proposed McDonald’s Restaurant with an associated car park and drive-thru facility on Westpark Retail Park, off Perth Road, Blairgowrie. The following report has been produced to accompany a planning application that is to be submitted to Perth and Kinross Council. This report details existing background sound levels at the noise-sensitive receptors considered as the worst affected, as well as noise emissions associated with the operations that are to take place. Due to the necessary technical nature of the report, a glossary of terms can be found in Appendix A to assist the reader.
Page 298
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |8 2 Site Description & Background Information 2.1 Site & Surrounding Area The site is located on Westpark Retail Park off Perth Road, Blairgowrie. Immediately to the north of the site is currently arable land which has been approved for housing development. Immediately to the east is Perth Road, which facilitates regular traffic flow during daytime hours. Directly opposite the site on the other side of Perth Road are no.4 residential dwellings, The Lodge, Ardlui, Langdale and Kinvaid. Immediately to the south of the south of the site is a Starbucks café with a car park and drive-thru facility. The opening hours of the Starbucks are believed to be 07:00-21:00 daily. Home Bargains and Lidl, also associated with Westpark Retail Park, are situated to the south of Starbucks. Home Bargains operates between 08:00 and 20:00 from Monday to Saturday and 08:00 and 18:00 on Sundays. Lidl is believed to be open 08:00-22:00 daily. Figure 1.0 – Site and Surrounding Area 2.2 Background It is proposed that a McDonald’s Restaurant with an associated car park and drive-thru facility with side-by-side customer order displays (CODs) be erected at Westpark Retail Park off Perth Road, Blairgowrie. McDonald’s are seeking permission to trade 24/7 from this new facility. Consequently, a noise impact assessment was required to determine the likelihood of adverse impact upon nearby residents. The existing acoustic environment is dominated by road traffic along Perth Road. The assessment considers the four existing residential dwellings on the opposite side of Perth Road, as well the five closest dwellings from the Approved Housing Development to be the most exposed noise-sensitive receptors. Perth Road Lidl Approx. Site Boundary Ardlui Home Bargains The Lodge Starbucks Westpark Retail Park St Stephens Primary School/Blairgowrie Community Campus Langdale Kinvaid Approved Housing Development
Page 299
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |9 3 Legislation, Policy and Guidance This report is based on the following policy, guidance and legislation. 3.1 BS4142: 2014 ‘Methods for rating and assessing industrial and commercial sound British Standard 4142: 2014 describes methods for rating and assessing sound of an industrial and/or commercial nature, which includes: • Sound from industrial and manufacturing processes; • Sound from fixed installations which comprise mechanical and electrical plant and equipment; • Sound from the loading and unloading of goods and materials and/or commercial premises; and • Sound from mobile plant and vehicles that is an intrinsic part of the overall sound emanating from premises or processes, such as the from fork-lift trucks, or that from train or ship movements on or around an industrial and/or commercial site. The methods described in the standard use outdoor sound levels to assess the likely effects of sound on people who might be inside or outside a dwelling or premises used for residential purposes upon which sound is incident. The standard presents methods to measure and determine ambient, background and residual sound levels, and the rating levels of industrial/commercial sound. BS4142:2014requires consideration of the level of uncertainty in the data and associated calculations. The determination of noise amounting to a nuisance is beyond the scope of BS4142. The standard stipulates that it not intended to be applied to the rating and assessment of sound from the passage of vehicles of vehicles on public roads and railway systems, recreational activities, music and entertainment, shooting grounds, construction and demolition, domestic animals, public address systems and other sources not specified within the document. The Reference Time Interval, T, is defined in the standard as the “specified interval over which the specific sound level is determined”, which is 1 hour during the daytime (07:00 to 23:00 hours) and 15 minutes during the night (23:00 to 07:00 hours). Ambient sound is defined as "totally encompassing sound in a given situation at a given time, usually composed of sound from many sources near and far". It comprises the residual sound and the specific sound when present. Residual sound is defined as "ambient sound remaining at the assessment location when the specific sound source is suppressed to such a degree that it does not contribute to the ambient sound". The background sound level is the LA90, T of the residual sound level, and is the underlying level of sound. Measurements of background sound level should be undertaken at the assessment location where possible or at a comparable location. The measurement time interval should be sufficient to obtain a representative value (normally not less than 15 minutes) and the monitoring duration should reflect the range of background sound levels across the assessment period. The background sound level used for the assessment should be representative of the period being assessed. The specific sound level is the LAeq,T of the sound source being assessed over the reference time interval, Tr. BS 4142: 2014 advises that Tr should be 1 hour during the day and 15 minutes at night.
Page 300
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |10 The rating level is the specific sound level plus any adjustment for the characteristics that are present with the sound including tonality, impulsivity, intermittency or other acoustic characteristics. The standard describes subjective and objective methods to establish the appropriate adjustment. The characteristics and coinciding adjustments are defined as: • Tonality: A rating penalty of + 2dB is applicable for a tone which I “just perceptible”, +4 dB where a tone is “clearly perceptible”, and +6 dB where a tone is “highly perceptible”. • Impulsivity: A rating penalty of +3 dB is applicable for impulsivity which is “just perceptible”, +6 dB where it is “clearly perceptible”, and +9 dB where it is “highly perceptible”. • Intermittency: When the specific sound has identifiable on/off conditions, the specific sound level ought to be representative of the time period of length equal to the reference time interval which contains the greatest total amount of on-time if the intermittency is readily distinctive against the residual acoustic environment, a penalty of +3dB can be applied.” • Other Sound Characteristics: Where the specific sound features that are neither tonal nor impulsive but are otherwise readily distinctive against the residual acoustic environment, a 3 dB penalty can be applied. The level of impact is assessed by comparing the rating level with the background sound level. Typically the greater the difference between the rating level and background sound level the greater the magnitude of impact, depending on context. A difference of +5 dB is likely to indicate an adverse impact and a difference of +10 dB is likely is likely to indicate a significant adverse impact, depending on context.
Page 301
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |11 4 Environmental Noise Survey To characterise the acoustic environment of the area, an unattended noise survey was carried out on the 6th and 7th of August 2024. Additional measurements were also taken on the 25th and 26th of February 2025. 4.1 Measurement Methodology Attended monitoring was carried out at one measurement position (MP1). The sound level meter was positioned approximately 15m from the edge of Perth Road, an equal distance from the edge of Perth Road as the properties opposite. The microphone was mounted onto a tripod 1.5m above the ground in free-field conditions (more than 3.5m from any reflective surfaces apart from the ground). On the 6th and 7th of August 2024, measurements were taken during the daytime period between 10:00 and 17:00 using a method similar to the shortened CRTN measurement method to obtain background sound levels that are representative of the daytime period, and between 00:00 and 02:00 during the night-time to represent the most sensitive night-time period. This measurement position was chosen to obtain background sound levels that are representative of the most exposed noise-sensitive receptor. Additional measurements were taken on the 25th and 26th of February 2025 at the same monitoring location to obtain measurements of the late evening period and the end of the night-time period to the beginning of the daytime period (06:00 – 08:30). Figure 2.0 – Measurement Positions 4.2 Instrumentation Equipment Serial No. Laboratory Calibration Rion NL52 Class 1 Sound Level Meter 0034848 10/01/2023 Table 1.0 – Instrumentation MP1 NSR NSR 1 2 3 4 5
Page 302
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |12 All sound level meters were field calibrated immediately before and after the measurement period and no significant drift (≤0.5 dB) occurred. Laboratory calibration by a third-party is carried out on all sound level meters every twenty-four months with all calibrators being calibrated every twelve months. All microphones were fitted with a protective windshield. 4.3 Weather Conditions Meteorological conditions from 6th – 7th August 2024 and 25th – 26th February 2025 were considered suitable i.e. in accordance with those laid out in BS 7445-2:1991 and provided no significant uncertainty to the measured data. 4.4 Survey Results The following tables show the results of the attended noise survey. These tables display the 15- minute LA90, LA10 LAeq, and LAFmax sound levels at Measurement Position 1 during the daytime and night-time periods. Daytime (07:00 – 23:00) LAeq LAmax LA10 LA90 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (11:44:13 – 11:59:13) 62.1 75.3 65.7 47.2 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (11:59:13 – 12:14:13) 62.1 70.8 66.0 46.8 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (12:14:13 – 12:29:13) 61.6 71.8 65.5 47.4 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (12:29:13 – 12:44:13) 62.0 73.5 65.7 48.4 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (12:44:13 – 12:59:13) 62.3 74.2 65.9 50.7 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (12:59:13 – 13:14:13) 61.9 73.9 65.7 46.9 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (13:14:13 – 13:29:13) 62.5 77.2 65.8 51.8 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (13:29:13 – 13:44:13) 62.1 73.3 65.9 51.5 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (13:59:13 – 14:14:13) 61.6 71.7 65.2 49.9 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (14:14:13 – 14:29:13) 61.9 74.7 65.6 50.1 Tuesday 6th August 2024 (14:29:13 – 14:44:13) 61.8 72.7 65.6 48.7 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (19:45:00 – 20:00:00) 58.2 71.1 60.8 42.4 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (20:00:00 – 20:15:00) 56.0 71.0 60.9 40.7 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (20:15:00 – 20:30:00) 53.1 65.7 58.0 40.2 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (20:30:00 – 20:45:00) 53.8 65.9 58.6 39.3 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (20:45:00 – 21:00:00) 54.9 75.8 58.4 40.8 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (21:00:00 – 21:15:00) 54.0 69.7 58.6 40.8 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (21:15:00 – 21:30:00) 53.5 68.9 58.1 36.7 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (21:30:00 – 21:45:00) 53.7 67.7 58.3 37.5
Page 303
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |13 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (21:45:00 – 22:00:00) 53.4 68.0 56.6 36.4 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (22:00:00 – 22:15:00) 52.4 66.5 54.4 34.1 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (22:15:00 – 22:30:00) 51.9 65.3 53.9 33.7 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (22:30:00 – 22:45:00) 49.8 62.3 52.8 33.1 Tuesday 25th February 2025 (22:45:00 – 23:00:00) 47.6 61.1 52.2 32.8 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (07:00:00 – 07:15:00) 54.9 67.5 58.0 35.6 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (07:15:00 – 07:30:00) 56.3 68.3 59.6 39.7 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (07:30:00 – 07:45:00) 57.1 68.5 60.3 40.1 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (07:45:00 – 08:00:00) 59.7 69.2 62.7 41.1 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (08:00:00 – 08:15:00) 60.7 70.3 63.8 42.5 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (08:15:00 – 08:30:00) 61.8 70.5 65.0 43.5 Table 2.0 – Daytime Environmental Noise Survey Results – MP1 Night-time (23:00 – 07:00) LAeq LAmax LA10 LA90 Wednesday 7th August 2024 (00:43:10 – 00:58:10) 48.9 74.3 34.4 22.1 Wednesday 7th August 2024 (00:58:10 – 01:13:10) 38.1 60.7 30.6 18.3 Wednesday 7th August 2024 (01:13:10 – 01:28:10) 25.5 43.1 26.7 19.9 Wednesday 7th August 2024 (01:28:10 – 01:43:10) 29.4 61.7 23.4 18.1 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (06:00:00 – 06:15:00) 49.1 61.6 51.1 26.8 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (06:15:00 – 06:30:00) 50.2 62.0 52.9 27.6 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (06:30:00 – 06:45:00) 51.7 62.9 54.3 28.9 Wednesday 26th February 2025 (06:45:00 – 07:00:00) 53.1 64.1 56.9 31.1 Table 3.0 – Night-time Environmental Survey Results – MP1 Tables 2 and 3 demonstrate the range of background sound levels at the noise-sensitive receptors. Considering that the background sound levels have not been influenced by on-site activity, the LA90, 15min measured sound levels during the same periods that activities are taking place are to be used for the assessment.
Page 304
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |14 5 Specific Sound Sources 5.1 Customer Vehicle Noise To assess whether noise from the car park will have an impact on nearby residents, secondary data has been used from a survey carried out at an existing McDonald’s site. The following table shows sound levels associated with car park and drive-thru vehicle movements. Source Measurement Distance (m) Time (s) Sound Level dB LAeq, T Sound Exposure Level (LAE) Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 10 65 75 Engine Idling – Making Order 5 63 58 76 Drive to Pay Point 7 6 67 75 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 20 58 71 Drive to Collection Point 5 8 67 77 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 20 58 71 Car Driving off from Collection Point 5 9 71 81 Car Pulling Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 9 71 81 Car Pulling into Car Park 6 6 67 75 Car Pulling off onto street 8 7 64 72 Car Reversing 7 10 56 66 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 6 63 70 Car Engine Starting 5 6 62 68 Car Passage 3 6 65 73 Car Door Slam 1 6 81 90 Table 4.0 – Individual Noise Sources from Vehicle Movements Using this data, it is possible to predict the noise levels from the car park during the busiest period. The following table predicts the noise levels from the car park over the busiest one-hour daytime period at the noise-sensitive receptor based on a table of comings and goings provided by Andrew Moseley Associates (Appendix B). The transport assessment predicts that the busiest one-hour period consists of 115 vehicles coming onto the site. Of the inbound vehicles, 77 vehicles will use the drive- thru, whilst the other 38 vehicles will use the customer carpark. The table does not provide the number of outgoings from the carpark. Therefore, the assumption has been made that all 77 vehicles using the drive-thru and half those using the carpark will leave within the same hour.
Page 305
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |15 Where there is no line of sight between the source and receptor a -10 dB screening correction has been applied (BS 5228: 2009). Where the source is partly visible, a -5 dB screening correction has been applied (BS 5228: 2009). It is understood that a 1.1m high close-boarded timber fence is to be installed around the drive-thru part of the site. However, the receptors are elevated above the carpark/drive-thru, and it is assumed that a fence of this height will not remove the line of sight between the vehicle movements and the dwellings. Initial calculations indicated that during the busiest hour daytime period, noise levels from the associated carpark and drive-thru will be well above the measured daytime background sound levels at the noise-sensitive receptors. Therefore, it is highly recommended that the height of the close-boarded fence be extended from 1.1m to a minimum of 1.8m to remove the line of sight between the source and the receptors. The fence should have a minimum mass of 10kg/m2 and no gaps or holes present. The restaurant building itself should also provide screening from vehicle movements taking place in the middle of the carpark. The following table shows the predicted noise emissions for Cark Park and Drive-Thru movements at all of the considered receptors during the daytime. A detailed breakdown of the cumulative 1-hour figures can be found in Appendix B. Receptor dB LAeq, 1hour Lodge 44 Ardlui 45 Langdale 42 Kinvaid 41 Proposed Dwelling 1 43 Proposed Dwelling 2 47 Proposed Dwelling 3 49 Proposed Dwelling 4 47 Proposed Dwelling 5 48 Table 5.0 – Car Park and Drive-Thru Movement Noise Emissions at Receptors – Daytime The following table shows the predicted noise emissions for Cark Park and Drive-Thru movements during the night-time period at all considered receptors. The transport assessment predicts that the busiest one-hour night-time period consists of 31 vehicles coming onto the site. Of the inbound vehicles, it is predicted that 15 vehicles will use the drive-thru, whilst the other 16 vehicles will use the customer carpark. These values have been divided by four to represent a 15-minute period. The assumption has been made that all 4 vehicles using the drive-thru will leave site within the same 15-minute period. It is assumed that two of the vehicles using the car park will leave within the same 15-minute period. The assessments at the proposed new dwellings consider the first-floor bedrooms consider he first-floor bedrooms as the receptors during the night-time. A detailed breakdown of the cumulative 15-minute figures can be found in Appendix H.
Page 306
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |16 Receptor dB LAeq, 15min Lodge 39 Ardlui 38 Langdale 36 Kinvaid 34 Proposed Dwelling 1 43 Proposed Dwelling 2 46 Proposed Dwelling 3 47 Proposed Dwelling 4 46 Proposed Dwelling 5 46 Table 6.0 – Car Park and Drive-Thru Movement Noise Emissions at Receptors – Night-time 5.2 Customer Order Display There are two customer order display units in the drive-thru facility where customers place their orders. Sound measurements were taken of the member of staff conversing with a customer which was emitted from the speaker of the customer order display at a McDonald’s in Arnold, Nottingham. The table below shows the associated sound levels. Source Measurement Distance (m) Time (s) Sound Level dB LAeq, T Sound Exposure Level (LAE) Customer Order Display 0.5 7 79 87 Table 7.0 – Individual Noise Source – Customer Order Display The following table shows the predicted noise emissions for Customer Order Displays at all of the considered receptors during the daytime. A detailed breakdown of the cumulative 1-hour figures can be found in Appendix C.
Page 307
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |17 Receptor dB LAeq, 1hour Lodge 28 Ardlui 31 Langdale 33 Kinvaid 32 Proposed Dwelling 1 23 Proposed Dwelling 2 32 Proposed Dwelling 3 30 Proposed Dwelling 4 32 Proposed Dwelling 5 33 Table 8.0 – Customer Order Displays Noise Emissions at Receptors – Daytime The following table shows the predicted noise emissions for Customer Order Displays at all of the considered receptors during the daytime. A detailed breakdown of the cumulative 15-minute figures can be found in Appendix C. Receptor dB LAeq, 15min Lodge 12 Ardlui 15 Langdale 17 Kinvaid 16 Proposed Dwelling 1 21 Proposed Dwelling 2 30 Proposed Dwelling 3 28 Proposed Dwelling 4 30 Proposed Dwelling 5 31 Table 9.0 – Customer Order Displays Noise Emissions at Receptors – Night-time
Page 308
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |18 5.3 Fixed Plant Installations Items of mechanical plant are scheduled to be installed on the roof of the main building. Sound level data has been obtained from manufacturer datasheets quoted as either A-weighted sound pressure level at 1m or as a sound power level. The following table shows the sound levels associated with all items of mechanical plant associated with the development and predict cumulative A- weighted sound pressure levels at the closest noise sensitive receptors with all plant running simultaneously. It is understood that the items of plant will be shielded by a parapet, meaning that there should be no line of sight between the plant and the receptors. Subsequently, a -10dB screening correction has been applied (BS 5228:2009). Receptor dB LAeq, 1hour Lodge 39 Ardlui 39 Langdale 37 Kinvaid 35 Proposed Dwelling 1 33 Proposed Dwelling 2 37 Proposed Dwelling 3 38 Proposed Dwelling 4 38 Proposed Dwelling 5 38 Table 10.0 – Customer Order Displays Noise Emissions at Receptors – Daytime and Night-time 5.4 Delivery Noise It is understood that the restaurant will require three deliveries per week, which will be made on a tail lift HGV. The deliveries shall take place within the hours of 07:00 – 21:00 Monday – Friday and 09:00 – 19:00 Sunday. The delivery vehicle will enter the site and will park in front of the Corral. The goods will be transported manually on trolleys into the Corral. Once the delivery has been completed, the HGV will drive around the carpark to the exit and will pull out of the carpark. Sound Measurements were taken of a HGV delivery being made at a McDonald’s restaurant in Arnold, Nottingham. The table below shows sound levels associated with the loading and unloading of goods from the HGV.
Page 309
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |19 Source Measurement Distance (m) Time (mm:ss) Sound Level dB LAeq, T Sound Exposure Level (LAE) Goods Loading and Unloading 6 13:10 71 100 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 00:20 76 89 HGV Pulling Off 7 00:13 76 88 HGV Passage 5 00:11 73 83 Table 11.0 – Individual Noise Sources – Delivery The following table shows the predicted noise emissions from Deliveries at all of the considered receptors during the daytime. A detailed breakdown of the cumulative 1-hour figures can be found in Appendix E. Recptor dB LAeq, 1hour Lodge 35 Ardlui 36 Langdale 42 Kinvaid 35 Proposed Dwelling 1 42 Proposed Dwelling 2 46 Proposed Dwelling 3 41 Proposed Dwelling 4 46 Proposed Dwelling 5 44 Table 12.0 – Delivery Noise Emissions at Receptors – Daytime 5.5 Waste Collection It is understood that waste from McDonald’s restaurants is stored in bins provided by a private contractor employed by the franchisee. Subsequently, the company making the waste collections is currently unknown, meaning that sound level data which relates specifically to waste collections at this particular McDonald’s site cannot be obtained due to the potential difference in vehicles, bins and the method of collection. It is understood that waste collections will take place on four occasions per week during daytime hours. BS 5228:2009 provides sound level data for a refuse wagon quoted at 10m, as shown in the following table.
Page 310
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |20 Source Octave Band Sound Pressure Levels @10m (Hz) A-weighted sound pressure level LAeq, T @10m 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k Refuse Wagon 88 81 79 76 72 70 64 60 78 Table 13.0 – Refuse Wagon Sound Levels It is assumed that each waste collection will take place over a 5-minute period. Therefore, the activity on-time correction has been applied based on a 1-hour reference period. It is assumed that the refuse wagon will pull into the same space as the delivery vehicle. The following tables show the sound levels associated with the refuse wagon at the noise-sensitive receptors after the on-time correction has been applied. The following table shows the predicted noise emissions from Waste Collections at all of the considered receptors during the daytime. A detailed breakdown of the cumulative 1-hour figures can be found in Appendix F. Receptor dB LAeq, 1hour Lodge 42 Ardlui 43 Langdale 42 Kinvaid 42 Proposed Dwelling 1 46 Proposed Dwelling 2 52 Proposed Dwelling 3 53 Proposed Dwelling 4 53 Proposed Dwelling 5 51 Table 14.0 – Refuse Wagon at Receptors – Daytime
Page 311
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |21 5.6 Determining the Specific Sound Level In order to carry out the BS 4142 assessments, the specific sound level must be determined. Assuming that the site will be operating during both daytime and night-time hours, the specific sound level must be determined for both daytime and night-time assessments based on the activities that are likely to take place. BS 4142 stipulates a 1-hour daytime reference period. Vehicle movements associated with the customer carpark and drive-thru facility are one of the main sources of noise impact from the proposed development. As such, the worst-case daytime 1-hour period considers the hour where the carpark and drive-thru are predicted to be at their busiest. The following table shows the specific sound level for the typical worst-case 1-hour daytime period at all of the considered noise sensitive receptors. Tables demonstrating how the specific sound levels have been calculated are shown Appendix G. Receptor dB LAeq, 1hour Lodge 45 Ardlui 46 Langdale 44 Kinvaid 43 Proposed Dwelling 1 43 Proposed Dwelling 2 48 Proposed Dwelling 3 49 Proposed Dwelling 4 48 Proposed Dwelling 5 48 Table 15.0 – Specific Sound Levels at Receptors – Typical Worst-Case Daytime It is understood that deliveries and waste collections will only take place during daytime hours. It is highly unlikely that waste collections and goods deliveries will take place within the same hour as when the carpark and drive-thru are at their busiest. Therefore, an ‘absolute worst-case’ scenario considers a waste collection taking place during the same hour as when the carpark and drive-thru are predicted to be at their busiest. This ensures that the assessment is robust, as the noise levels from waste collections are predicted to be greater than from deliveries at the noise sensitive receptors. The operator should schedule delivery and waste collections where possible to ensure that both events do not take place within the same 1-hour period. The following table shows the specific sound level for the absolute worst-case 1-hour daytime period at all of the considered noise sensitive receptors. Tables demonstrating how the specific sound levels have been calculated are shown Appendix G.
Page 312
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |22 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Lodge 47 Ardlui 48 Langdale 46 Kinvaid 45 Proposed Dwelling 1 48 Proposed Dwelling 2 53 Proposed Dwelling 3 55 Proposed Dwelling 4 54 Proposed Dwelling 5 53 Table 16.0 – Specific Sound Levels at Receptors – Absolute Worst-Case Daytime Considering that deliveries and waste collections shall not take place between the hours of 23:00 and 07:00, these noise sources are not included in the specific sound level for the night-time assessment. The worst-case night-time period considers the worst-case scenario in terms of vehicle comings and goings. The following table shows the specific sound level for the worst-case 15-minute night-time period at all of the considered noise sensitive receptors. Tables demonstrating how the specific sound levels have been calculated are shown Appendix G. Source dB LAeq, 15min Lodge 42 Ardlui 42 Langdale 40 Kinvaid 39 Proposed Dwelling 1 43 Proposed Dwelling 2 46 Proposed Dwelling 3 48 Proposed Dwelling 4 47 Proposed Dwelling 5 47 Table 17.0 – Specific Sound Levels at Receptors – Night-time
Page 313
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |23 6 BS 4142:2014 Assessments 6.1 BS 4142 Assessment Tables Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Lodge Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 45 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 37.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The typical lowest background LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 45 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (45 – 47) = -2 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is - 2dBA, which is 7dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 18.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Lodge
Page 314
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |24 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Lodge Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 47 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well as the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 38.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The typical lowest background LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 50 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (50 – 47) = +3 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +3dBA, which is 2dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 19.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Lodge
Page 315
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |25 Night-time Assessment – Lodge Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 42 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 39.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The typical lowest background LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 45 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (45 – 22) = +23 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +23dBA, which is 13dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 20.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Lodge
Page 316
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |26 Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Ardlui Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 46 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 40.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 46 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (46 – 47) = -1 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is -1dBA, which is 6dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 21.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Ardlui
Page 317
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |27 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Ardlui Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 48 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 41.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 51 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (51 – 77) = +4 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +4dBA, which is 1dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 22.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Ardlui
Page 318
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |28 Night-time Assessment – Ardlui Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 42 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 30.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 45 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (45 – 22) = +23 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +23dBA, which is 13dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 23.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Ardlui
Page 319
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |29 Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Langdale Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 44 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 43.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 44 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (44 – 47) = -3 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is -3dBA, which is 8dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 24.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Langdale
Page 320
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |30 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Langdale Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 46 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 44.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 49 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (49 – 47) = +2 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +2dBA, which is 3dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 25.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Langdale
Page 321
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |31 Night-time Assessment – Langdale Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 40 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 45.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 43 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (43 – 22) = +21 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +21dBA, which is 11dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 26.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Langdale
Page 322
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |32 Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Kinvaid Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 43 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 46.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 47 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (43 – 47) = -4 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is -4dBA, which is 9dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 27.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Kinvaid
Page 323
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |33 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Kinvaid Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 45 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 47.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 48 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (48 – 47) = +1 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +1dBA, which is 4dBA level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 28.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Kinvaid
Page 324
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |34 Night-time Assessment – Kinvaid Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 39 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 48.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 42 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (42 – 22) = +20 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +20dBA, which is 10dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 29.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Kinvaid
Page 325
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |35 Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 1 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 43 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 46.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 47 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (43 – 47) = -4 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is -4dBA, which is 9dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 30.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 1
Page 326
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |36 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 1 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 48 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 47.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 51 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (51 – 47) = +4 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +4dBA, which is 1dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 31.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 1
Page 327
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |37 Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 1 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 43 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 48.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 46 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (46 – 22) = +24 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +24dBA, which is 10dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 32.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 1
Page 328
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |38 Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 2 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 48 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 46.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 48 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (48 – 47) = +1 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +1dBA, which is 4dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 33.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 2
Page 329
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |39 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 2 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 53 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 47.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 56 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (56 – 47) = +9 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +9dBA, which is 4dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 34.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 2
Page 330
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |40 Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 2 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 46 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 48.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 49 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (49 – 22) = +27 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +27dBA, which is 17dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 35.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 2
Page 331
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |41 Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 3 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 49 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 46.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 48 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (49 – 47) = +2 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +2dBA, which is 3dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 36.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 3
Page 332
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |42 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 3 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 55 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 47.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 58 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (58 – 47) = +11 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +11dBA, which is 1dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 37.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 3
Page 333
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |43 Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 3 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 48 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 48.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 51 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (51 – 22) = +29 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +29dBA, which is 19dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 38.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 3
Page 334
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |44 Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 4 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 48 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 46.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 48 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (48 – 47) = +1 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +1dBA, which is 4dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 39.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 4
Page 335
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |45 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 4 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 54 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 47.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 58 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (57 – 47) = +10 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +10dBA, which is the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 40.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 4
Page 336
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |46 Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 4 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 47 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 48.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 50 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (50 – 22) = +28 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +28dBA, which is 18dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 41.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 4
Page 337
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |47 Daytime Assessment – Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 5 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 49 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 46.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: 0 dB 9.2 No perceptible tones, intermittency or impulsivity. Rating Level at Receiver 49 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (49 – 47) = +2 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +2dBA, which is 3dBA below the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 42.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment - Typical Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 5
Page 338
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |48 Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 5 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 53 dBLAeq,1hour Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru, noise emissions from fixed plant installations as well the contribution of stock deliveries and waste collections. Table 47.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 47 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the daytime period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of waste collections can be impulsive in nature. However, the presence of 1.8m barrier and the substantial physical distance between the activities and the receptor mean that the effect of impulsivity is likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 56 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (56 – 47) = +9 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +9dBA, which is 4dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context Table 43.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Daytime Assessment – Absolute Worst-Case – Proposed Dwelling 5
Page 339
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |49 Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 5 Assessment Relevant Clause Commentary Specific Sound Level 47 dBLAeq,15min Calculated based on predicted vehicle movements from the associated car park and drive- thru as well as noise emissions from fixed plant installations. Table 48.0 for determination of specific sound level. Background Sound Level 22 dBLA90,15min 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.2 8.6 The statistically most-repeated LA90,15min value for the night-time period. Barrier Attenuation 0 dBA Barrier Attenuation already applied in tables for each source Acoustic Character Correction: Impulsivity: Just Perceptible +3 dB 9.2 The sound of car doors closing is impulsive in nature and the background sound level is lower during this period, meaning that it is likely to be more noticeable than during the daytime period. However, it is predicted that there will be far fewer instances of doors being slammed relative to the reference period. Therefore, the effect of impulsivity is considered likely to be ‘just’ perceptible. No perceptible tones or intermittency. Rating Level at Receiver 50 dBA 9.1 Excess of rating level over background level (50 – 22) = +28 dBA 11 Impact The Assessment indicates that significant adverse impact is likely, depending on context 11 The excess of rating level over background sound level is +28dBA, which is 18dBA above the level of difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact, depending on context Table 44.0 - BS 4142: 2014 Assessment – Night-time Assessment – Proposed Dwelling 5
Page 340
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |50 6.2 Discussion 6.2.1 Overview The assessment of adverse impact at the noise sensitive receptors considered to be the worst affected has been employed by the measured sound levels from the environmental noise survey. The measurement and subsequent assessment have been carried out in accordance with methodology outlined in BS 4142:2014. BS 4142 requires that human response to activity sound is rated via numerical values as well as careful consideration for the context in which the sound exists. The assessments of the typical worst-case 1-hour daytime periods indicate that adverse impact is not likely, subject to context. The assessments of the absolute worst-case 1-hour daytime period indicate that adverse impact is likely at Proposed Dwelling 2, subject to context. The assessments of the absolute worst-case 1-hour daytime period indicate that significant adverse impact is likely at Proposed Dwellings 3, 4 and 5, subject to context. Although it is unlikely that waste collections will commonly take place during the period where the carpark and drive-thru are at their busiest, arrangements should be made to ensure that waste collections do not take place during periods where the carpark and drive-thru are at their busiest, if possible. The night-time assessments indicate that significant adverse impact is likely. The excess of the specific sound level over the background sound level is substantial and therefore, contextual considerations do not alter the assessment outcome. 6.2.2 Context It is stated in section 11 of BS 4142: 2014 that “where the initial estimate of the impact needs to be modified due to context, take all pertinent factors into consideration, including the following.” 1) The character and level of the residual sound compared to the character and level of the specific sound. Considering that the specific sound will exist within proximity of a main road and a retail park, it is reasonable to expect that the nearby residents would expect an acoustic climate which includes noise from vehicle movements. The sound of vehicle movements, which is the greatest source of noise impact associated with the proposed restaurant is likely to be masked by road traffic noise and is not distinguishable from the residual sound environment. Noise associated with fixed plant installations is unlikely to contain impulsive elements and is not likely to be readily distinguished considering the steady residual environment which is dominated by road traffic noise during the daytime period. 2) The sensitivity of the receptor and whether the dwellings will already incorporate design measures that secure good internal and/or another acoustic conditions, such as: i) Façade insulation treatment. The attenuation provided by the façade treatment at the receptors should ensure that the rating levels from the assessments should be well below the internal ambient noise level criteria of BS 8233:2014 during the daytime period. It is likely that windows at the existing noise-sensitive receptors comprise secondary glazing. Additionally, secondary glazing is also likely to be installed at the approved new dwellings. Typically, even the most basic double-glazing systems provide at least 24dB of attenuation when closed.
Page 341
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |51 ii) Ventilation and/or cooling that will reduce the need to have windows open. It should be considered that BS 8233:2014 suggests that 15dB of attenuation can be achieved with a partially opened window. This amount of attenuation should ensure that the rating level itself should fall below the internal ambient noise level criteria of BS 8233:2014 during the typical worst-case period daytime period with the window partially open. It is also considered likely, based on the Road Traffic Sound report issued by Charlie Fleming Associates for Westpark, Blairgowrie, that alternative ventilation in the form of trickle vents is to be installed at the approved new dwellings, which should reduce the need to have open windows. 6.2.3 Rating Level Assessment BS 4142 requires the assessment of acoustic features. Considering that the specific sound is currently not present, feature corrections have been applied based on observations which were made when taking sound measurements which would be used for the specific sound, as well as information gathered from an existing McDonald’s restaurant. The sound of car engines from vehicles using the associated carpark and drive-thru facility is likely to be masked by road traffic from the surrounding road networks. Engine noise generally does not contain tonal elements and is not impulsive in nature. Subsequently, no rating penalty has been applied for the vehicle movements during the daytime period. External mechanical plant may contain tonal elements. However, the cumulative noise level from the plant is below the background sound level during the daytime. Additionally, if the restaurant is closed during the night-time period, fewer items of plant will be running during this period. Therefore, it is considered that tones are unlikely to be perceptible. The sound of waste being dumped into the back of a wagon from a height as well as bin lids slamming is impulsive in nature, however, due to the physical distance to the receptors, the presence of barriers as well as refuse collections only taking place for a fraction of the 1-hour reference period, the impact of impulsivity from the loading and unloading of goods is not considered ‘just’ perceptible against the background. Subsequently, a 3dB penalty for impulsivity has been applied. The sources associated with the McDonald’s restaurant do not contain perceivable on/off characteristics and therefore, no penalty has been applied for intermittency. The noise sources from the site also do not possess other characteristics that are particularly discernible from the residual noise environment.
Page 342
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |52 6.2.4 On-time Impact BS 4142:2014 uses a reference period of 1-hour during the daytime and 15-minutes assess the likelihood of adverse impact. The activities within these periods are required to be typical of the operation under investigation both in terms of level and duration. This identifies whether the sounds associated with the activity have the likelihood of adverse impact, depending on context. The proportion of time the activity takes place within extended periods of time greater than the one- hour reference period provides part of the acoustic context that the BS 4142:2014 assessment is subject to. This assessment assumes that the McDonald’s restaurant will operate 24/7. While this is unlikely to be the case, there will be periods where the site will be busier, as predicted by the transport assessment of vehicle arrivals. The assessment has been based on the likely worst-case 1-hour daytime period, as well as the worst-case 15-minute night-time period. It is therefore considered that the assessment accurately represents the impact of site activity during the busiest 1-hour period and the worst-case 15-minute night-time period, therefore the noise environment will be improved during all other time periods. It should be considered the assessment of the absolute worst-case includes waste collections. These collections usually occur fewer than three times a week and therefore, do not represent the level of impact over the wider period. 6.2.5 Uncertainty Reasonable steps have been undertaken to reduce uncertainty in both measurement and assessment in line with section 10 of BS 4142:2014. These steps include the use of class 1 instrumentation, measurements being taken in suitable weather conditions, the measurement locations chosen to obtain background sound levels being representative of the assessment locations and the number of measurements taken. Considering that the assessment has been carried out for a proposed site, uncertainty has been reduced by taking measurements of a comparable car park with the same road surface, as well as observations made of a similar existing McDonald’s restaurant. Uncertainty has been reduced by the inclusion of considered and supported contextual issues, as they provide a greater understanding of the residual acoustic environment and the level of variability in sound emission from the source.
Page 343
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |53 7 Assessment of Impacts The significance of sound of a commercial nature depends upon both the margin by which the rating level of the specific sound source exceeds the background sound level and the context in which the sound occurs. An effective assessment cannot be conducted without an understanding of the reason(s) for the assessment and the context in which the sound occurs/will occur. When making assessments and arriving at decisions, therefore, it is essential to place the sound in context. An initial estimate of the impact of the specific sound is made by subtracting the background level. a) Typically, the greater this difference, the greater the magnitude of the impact. b) A difference of around +10 dB or more is likely to be an indication of a significant adverse impact, depending on the context. c) A difference of around +5 dB is likely to be an indication of an adverse impact, depending on the context. d) The lower the rating level is relative to the measured background sound level, the less likely it is that the specific sound source will have an adverse impact or a significant adverse impact. Where the rating level does not exceed the background sound level, this is an indication of the specific sound having a low impact, depending on the context. Based on the above, the assessment indicates that adverse impact is not likely to occur during the typical worst-case daytime period at any of the noise sensitive receptors. The contextual considerations such as the noise from vehicle movements blending into the residual environment and the closest receptors incorporating acoustic design measures means that the level of impact is likely to be lower than indicated by the initial assessment. The assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period at the noise sensitive receptors indicates that adverse effect is not likely at Lodge, Ardlui, Langdale, Kinvaid and proposed dwelling 1. The contextual considerations such as the noise from vehicle movements blending into the residual environment and the closest receptors incorporating acoustic design measures means that the level of impact is likely to be lower than indicated by the initial assessment. The assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period at the noise sensitive receptors indicates that adverse effect is likely at proposed dwelling 2. The contextual considerations such as the noise from vehicle movements blending into the residual environment and the closest receptors incorporating acoustic design measures means that the level of impact is likely to be lower than indicated by the initial assessment. The assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period at the noise sensitive receptors indicates that significant adverse effect is likely at proposed dwellings 3, 4 and 5. Considering that the rating sound level is only just above the level difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact at all three receptors, close consideration should be given to contextual factors. The contextual considerations such as the noise from vehicle movements blending into the residual environment and the closest receptors incorporating acoustic design measures means that the level of impact is likely to be lower than indicated by the initial assessment. It should also be noted that the dominant sound source driving the up the specific sound level is from waste collections. Waste collections occur sparingly, meaning that this assessment is not a representation of typical site operation. Additionally, waste collections are likely to be required regardless of the development that would be built on the plot of land.
Page 344
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |54 8 Night-time Plant Noise Impact Assessment It is understood that if the restaurant is closed during night-time hours, the HVAC and kitchen extract will not run apart from until an hour after closure when the crew are cleaning up. The following table shows the predicted sound pressure level from all other items of plant running simultaneously at Lodge. Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 29 Table 45.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Lodge (Night-time)
Page 345
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |55 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 18 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 9 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 29 Table 46.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Ardlui (Night-time)
Page 346
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |56 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 9 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 28 Table 47.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Langdale (Night-time)
Page 347
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |57 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 26 Table 48.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Kinvaid (Night-time)
Page 348
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |58 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 57 - -10 17 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 57 - -10 17 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 63 - -10 16 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 63 - -10 16 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 63 - -10 16 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 59 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 57 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 14 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 57 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 13 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 52 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 HWS fRY013pI - 59 52 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 7 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 25 Table 49.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 1 (Night-time)
Page 349
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |59 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 37 - -10 20 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 40 - -10 20 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 28 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 4 AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 30 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 19 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 27 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 19 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 21 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 23 HWS fRY013pI - 59 21 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 30 Table 50.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 2 (Night-time)
Page 350
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |60 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 34 - -10 21 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 23 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 6 AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 24 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 22 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 18 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 24 HWS fRY013pI - 59 18 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 31 Table 51.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 3 (Night-time)
Page 351
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |61 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 38 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 37 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 27 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 4 AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 25 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 24 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 20 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 18 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 24 HWS fRY013pI - 59 18 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 31 Table 52.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 4 (Night-time)
Page 352
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |62 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 34 - -10 21 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 23 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 6 AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 24 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 22 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 16 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 25 HWS fRY013pI - 59 16 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 31 Table 53.0 – Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 5 (Night-time) Tables 45.0 – 53.0 predict that during the night-time hours, the plant noise level will be 8dB – 11dB greater than the prevailing background sound level depending on the noise-sensitive receptor. An initial noise impact assessment would suggest that adverse or significant adverse impact would be likely, subject to context. However, the plant noise level outside of all of the receptors is predicted to be below 30dB, which is the Indoor ambient noise level target for dwellings. Considering that 15dB of attenuation (BS 8233:2014) can be achieved with a partially open window, the plant noise level inside the dwellings is likely to be well below the indoor ambient noise level target with a partially open window. As stated in section 6.2.2 of this report, the approved new dwellings are also likely to incorporate alternative ventilation, which should reduce the need for the windows to be open. If windows at the dwellings were to be closed, the plant noise level would be even further below the indoor ambient noise level.
Page 353
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |63 9 Conclusions A sound survey was undertaken to inform the assessment of the likelihood of adverse impact from the proposed McDonald’s restaurant with associated car park and drive-thru facility Westpark Retail Park, off Perth Road, Blairgowrie. The sound survey was carried out in compliance with BS 4142 as detailed in this report. The sound survey considers the impacts at nine noise-sensitive receptors including four existing receptors on the opposite side of Perth Road to the site, Lodge, Ardlui, Langdale and Kinvaid. The other five receptors are approved future dwellings that are to built immediately to the north of the site. Sound measurements were taken at one location representing the most exposed noise-sensitive receptors. Noise measurements were taken from other sites to represent noise sources that will be associated with the proposed site, such as car park vehicle movements and deliveries. Sound levels associated with noise sources such as mechanical plant and refuse collections have been established from British Standards and Manufacturer datasheets. The initial assessment of the typical worst-case daytime period indicates that adverse impact is not likely at any of the nearby noise-sensitive receptors. The contextual considerations required by BS 4142, particularly the nature of the source within the residual environment and acoustic design measures being incorporated at the most-exposed noise-sensitive receptors suggest that the impact is likely to be lower than predicted by the initial BS 4142 assessment. The initial assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period, where waste collections are taking place in the same one-hour period as when the car park and drive-thru are at their busiest indicates that adverse impact is not likely at Lodge, Ardlui, Langdale, Kinvaid and proposed dwelling 1. The contextual considerations required by BS 4142, particularly the nature of the source within the residual environment and acoustic design measures being incorporated at the most-exposed noise-sensitive receptors suggest that the impact is likely to be lower than predicted by the initial BS 4142 assessment. The initial assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period, where waste collections are taking place in the same one-hour period as when the car park and drive-thru are at their busiest indicates that adverse impact is likely at proposed dwelling 2. The contextual considerations required by BS 4142, particularly the nature of the source within the residual environment and acoustic design measures being incorporated at the most-exposed noise-sensitive receptors suggest that the impact is likely to be lower than predicted by the initial BS 4142 assessment. The initial assessment of the absolute worst-case daytime period predicts that significant adverse impact is likely at Proposed Dwellings 3, 4 and 5. Considering that the rating sound level is only just above the level difference that indicates likelihood of significant adverse impact at all three receptors, close consideration should be given to contextual factors. The contextual considerations required by BS 4142, particularly the nature of the source within the residual environment and acoustic design measures being incorporated at the most-exposed noise-sensitive receptors suggest that the impact is likely to be lower than predicted by the initial BS 4142 assessment. Additionally, waste collections which are likely to be required regardless of the development that would be built on the plot, occur sparingly, meaning that this assessment is not a representation of typical site operation. The initial assessment of the worst-case night-time period when the restaurant is open and the carpark and drive-thru are in use indicates that significant adverse impact is likely. The difference between the specific sound level and the background sound level is substantial, meaning that there is a high degree of confidence and uncertainty is diminished, and the relevance of contextual considerations in this instance is reduced.
Page 354
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |64 It is recommended that the proposed 1.1m surrounding the drive-thru lane be upgraded to an acoustic fence with a minimum height of 1.8m. The fence should have a minimum mass of 10kg/m2 and not have holes or gaps present. Some items of fixed mechanical plant are to continue running if the facility stops trading during the night-time period. Although the calculations suggest that the cumulative plant noise level will exceed the prevailing background sound level by 8dB – 11dB, which indicates adverse or significant adverse impact, plant noise levels inside are still expected to comply with the internal ambient noise level outlined in BS 8233:2014 in all of the receptors considering that the attenuation that can be achieved with a partially open window should result in plant noise level that is well below the indoor ambient noise level target for the night-time inside a bedroom. If windows were at the dwellings were to be closed the plant noise level would fall even further below the internal ambient noise level target as specified in BS 8233:2014 inside the bedrooms, as a standard double glazing system typically provides at least 24 dB of attenuation. This Report has been prepared by: Encon Associates Limited 10 Chapel Lane Arnold Nottingham NG5 7DR Tel: 0115 987 55 99 Email: ben@enconassociates.com Signed for and on behalf of Encon Associates Limited Ben Phipps BSc (Hons), AMIOA Acoustic Consultant Date: 1st August 2025
Page 355
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |65 Appendix A – Acoustic Terminology & Definitions Sound Pressure The fluctuations in air pressure, from the steady atmospheric pressure, created by sound, measured in pascals (Pa). Sound Pressure Level (SPL) The sound pressure measured on a decibel scale relative to a standard reference pressure of 20μPa (20x10-6 Pascals). Decibel (dB) A scale for comparing the ratios of two quantities, including sound pressure and sound power. The difference in level between two sounds s1 and s2 is given by 20 log10 ( s1 / s2 ). The decibel can also be used to measure absolute quantities by specifying a reference value that fixes one point on the scale. For sound pressure, the reference value is 20μPa. Frequency (Hz) The pitch of the sound, measured in Herts (Hz) Integrating Sound Level Meter An instrument used for measuring sound levels with the capacity to perform calculations to derive other parameters. Calibration A check of the function of a sound level meter by comparing the meter reading with a known sound pressure level. This is performed in the field before and after measurement and by a laboratory every year calibrators and every two years for Sound Level Meters. A-Weighting, dB(A) A frequency waiting devised to attempt to take the fact that human response to sound is not equally sensitive at all frequencies into account. Z-Weighting A zero frequency weighting (often referred to as unweighted). Attenuation Noise reduction, measured in decibels. Ambient Sound Level LAeq.T The total encompassing sound in a given situation, at a given time. Usually composed of sounds from many sources, near and far. Residual Sound Level LAeq.T The ambient sound remaining when the specific sound source is suppressed to a degree it does not contribute to the ambient sound. Specific Sound Level LAeq.T The equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level produced by the specific sound source at the assessment location over a given reference time interval, Tr. Rating Level LAr, tr The specific sound level plus any adjustment for the characteristic features of the sound. Background Sound Level LA90.T A-weighted sound pressure level that is exceeded by the residual sound at the assessment location for 90% of a given time interval, T, measured using time weighting F and quoted to the nearest whole number of decibels. Sound Exposure Level , SEL (LAE) A measure of A-weighted sound energy used to describe noise events such as the passing of trains; it is the A-weighted sound pressure level which, is occurring over a period of one second, would contain the same amount of A- weighted sound energy as the event. Frequency Analysis Analysis of a sound into its frequency components. Commonly 1/1 or 1/3 octave bands Frequency Spectrum A graph resulting from frequency analysis and showing different levels of the signal in the various frequency bands. Octave-bands A division of the frequency range into bands, the upper frequency limit of each band being twice the lower frequency limit. Noise Index A method of evaluating or rating a noise, usually by assigning a single number to it, based on some combination of its physical parameters (sound pressure level, frequency, duration) and other factors such as time of day, tonal characteristics and impulsive characteristics. Leq, T Otherwise referred to as the ‘continuous equivalent noise level’ of a period of time (T). This is the steady noise level which contains the same amount of energy as the time varying sound level that was recorded. Lmax,T The maximum RMS sound pressure level that occurs within a specified time period. It is used often to describe occasional loud noise events that may have little influence on the Leq but will have an effect on the overall acoustic environment. The time weighting (Fast or Slow) is usually specified.
Page 356
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |66 L90, T The noise level exceeded for 90% of the specified time period (T). It is often used to characterise the background noise. L10, T The noise level exceeded for 10% of the specified time period (T). It is often used to characterise road traffic noise. Free-Field A situation where the radiation from a sound source is completely unaffected by the presence of reflective surfaces. In terms of environmental noise measurement, it is usually taken to mean at least 3.5m away from 3.5m away from reflective surfaces with the exception of the ground. Façade Noise Level A noise level measured within 3m of a building façade, which contains a contribution arising from reflection of sound at the façade. The difference between the façade level and free-field level is described as the façade correction factor. Noise Sensitive Receptor Premises that are used for purposes sensitive to noise and that require protection. Line Source A source of sound that as distance increases away from the source it still appears large in one dimension. Attenuation of this form of source occurs at a distance of (a/𝜋) where a is the largest dimension of the source. Point Source A source of sound that as distance increases away from the source it appears as a point in space. Attenuation of this form of source occurs at a distance of (b/𝜋) where b is the smallest dimension of the source. Time Weighting One of the standard averaging times (Fast, Slow or Impulsive) used for the measurement of RMS sound pressure level in sound level meters, specified in ISO 61671-1. Rw Single number quantity which characterises the airborne the airborne sound insulation of a material or building element over a range of frequencies, based on laboratory measurements. DnT,w + Ctr A single value that characterises the airborne sound insulation performance using the Ctr: spectrum adaption terms described in BS EN ISO 717-1. The value is based on field measurements and the value represents total sound transmission including flanking sound, not just the partition. The table below presents an indication of sound levels associated with the environment starting from 0dB (the threshold of hearing) to 140dB (The threshold of pain). Sound Level Location/Activity 0 dB(A) Threshold of Hearing 20 – 30 dB(A) Inside Quiet Bedroom at Night 30 – 40 dB(A) Inside a Living Room During the Day 40 – 50 dB(A) Inside Typical Office 50 – 60 dB(A) Inside a Car 60 – 70 dB(A) Typical High Street 70 – 90 dB(A) Inside Factory 100 – 110 dB(A) Burglar Alarm at 1m 110 – 130 dB(A) Jet Aircraft on Take Off 140 dB(A) Threshold of Pain The ‘A’ denotes the A-weighting scale used to replicate the frequency response of the human ear.
Page 357
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |67 Appendix B – Carpark and Drive-Thru Vehicle Movement Noise Emissions Tables Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Lodge – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 74 0 52 77 35 Car Passage 3 83 -10 44 77 17 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 82 -10 51 77 24 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 63 -10 57 77 30 Drive to Pay Point 5 51 -10 55 77 28 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 42 -10 58 77 31 Drive to Collection Point 5 36 -10 59 77 32 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 34 -10 59 77 33 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 28 -10 66 77 39 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 49 -10 61 77 34 Car Passage 3 61 -10 47 77 20 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 74 -10 53 77 26 Car Passage 3 83 0 44 57 26 Car Passage 3 65 -10 46 57 18 Car Passage 3 54 -10 48 57 20 Car Passage 3 61 -10 47 57 19 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 73 0 53 57 35 Car Reversing 7 83 -10 45 19 12 Car Reversing 7 65 -10 47 19 14
Page 358
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |68 Car Reversing 7 54 -10 48 19 15 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 83 -10 44 19 11 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 65 -10 46 19 13 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 54 -10 47 19 15 Car Engine Starting 5 83 -10 44 6 6 Car Engine Starting 5 65 -10 46 6 8 Car Engine Starting 5 54 -10 47 7 10 Car Door Slam 1 83 -10 52 38 22 Car Door Slam 1 65 -10 54 38 24 Car Door Slam 1 54 -10 55 38 26 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 44 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Lodge - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 74 0 52 4 28 Car Passage 3 83 0 44 4 21 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 82 -10 51 4 17 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 63 -10 57 4 23 Drive to Pay Point 5 51 -10 55 4 21 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 42 -10 58 4 24 Drive to Collection Point 5 36 -10 59 4 25 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 34 -10 59 4 26 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 28 -10 66 4 33
Page 359
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |69 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 49 -10 61 4 28 Car Passage 3 61 -10 47 4 13 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 74 0 53 4 29 Car Passage 3 83 -10 44 6 12 Car Passage 3 65 -10 46 6 15 Car Passage 3 54 -10 48 6 16 Car Passage 3 61 -10 47 6 15 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 73 0 53 6 31 Car Reversing 7 83 -10 45 3 10 Car Reversing 7 65 -10 47 3 12 Car Reversing 7 54 -10 48 3 13 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 83 -10 44 3 9 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 65 -10 46 3 11 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 54 -10 47 3 13 Car Engine Starting 5 83 -10 44 2 7 Car Engine Starting 5 65 -10 46 2 9 Car Engine Starting 5 54 -10 47 2 11 Car Door Slam 1 83 -10 52 4 18 Car Door Slam 1 65 -10 54 4 20 Car Door Slam 1 54 -10 55 4 22 Total dBLAeq, 15min 39
Page 360
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |70 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Ardlui – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 78 0 51 77 34 Car Passage 3 85 -10 44 77 17 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 79 -10 51 77 24 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 58 -10 58 77 31 Drive to Pay Point 5 43 -10 56 77 30 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 34 -10 59 77 33 Drive to Collection Point 5 33 -10 60 77 33 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 31 -10 60 77 33 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 29 -10 66 77 39 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 52 -10 61 77 34 Car Passage 3 64 -10 46 77 20 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 78 0 52 77 36 Car Passage 3 85 -10 44 57 16 Car Passage 3 64 -10 46 57 18 Car Passage 3 54 -10 48 57 20 Car Passage 3 64 -10 46 57 18 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 78 0 52 57 34 Car Reversing 7 84 -10 44 19 12 Car Reversing 7 54 -10 48 19 15 Car Reversing 7 64 -10 47 19 14
Page 361
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |71 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 84 -10 44 19 11 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 54 -10 47 19 15 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 64 -10 46 19 13 Car Engine Starting 5 84 -10 43 6 6 Car Engine Starting 5 54 -10 47 6 10 Car Engine Starting 5 64 -10 46 7 9 Car Door Slam 1 84 -10 52 38 22 Car Door Slam 1 54 -10 55 38 26 Car Door Slam 1 64 -10 54 38 24 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 45 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Ardlui - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 78 0 52 4 28 Car Passage 3 85 -10 44 4 10 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 79 -10 51 4 18 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 58 -10 57 4 24 Drive to Pay Point 5 43 -10 55 4 23 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 34 -10 58 4 26 Drive to Collection Point 5 33 -10 59 4 26 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 31 -10 59 4 27 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 29 -10 66 4 32
Page 362
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |72 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 52 -10 61 4 27 Car Passage 3 64 -10 47 4 13 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 78 0 53 4 29 Car Passage 3 85 -10 44 6 12 Car Passage 3 64 -10 46 6 15 Car Passage 3 54 -10 48 6 16 Car Passage 3 64 -10 47 6 15 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 78 0 53 6 30 Car Reversing 7 84 -10 45 3 10 Car Reversing 7 54 -10 47 3 13 Car Reversing 7 64 -10 48 3 12 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 84 -10 44 3 9 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 54 -10 46 3 13 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 64 -10 47 3 11 Car Engine Starting 5 84 -10 44 2 7 Car Engine Starting 5 54 -10 46 2 11 Car Engine Starting 5 64 -10 47 2 9 Car Door Slam 1 84 -10 52 4 18 Car Door Slam 1 54 -10 54 4 22 Car Door Slam 1 64 -10 55 4 20 Total dBLAeq, 15min 38
Page 363
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |73 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Langdale – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 97 -10 49 77 23 Car Passage 3 90 -10 43 77 17 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 80 -10 51 77 24 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 60 -10 57 77 31 Drive to Pay Point 5 43 -10 56 77 30 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 35 -10 59 77 32 Drive to Collection Point 5 35 -10 59 77 32 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 35 -10 59 77 32 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 37 -10 64 77 37 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 59 -10 60 77 33 Car Passage 3 70 -10 46 77 19 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 87 -10 51 77 25 Car Passage 3 90 -10 43 57 15 Car Passage 3 67 -10 46 57 18 Car Passage 3 58 -10 47 57 19 Car Passage 3 70 -10 46 57 18 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 97 -10 50 57 22 Car Reversing 7 65 -10 47 19 14 Car Reversing 7 67 -10 46 19 14 Car Reversing 7 70 -10 46 19 13
Page 364
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |74 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 65 -10 46 19 13 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 67 -10 46 19 13 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 70 -10 45 19 12 Car Engine Starting 5 65 -10 46 6 8 Car Engine Starting 5 67 -10 45 6 8 Car Engine Starting 5 70 -10 45 7 8 Car Door Slam 1 65 -10 54 38 24 Car Door Slam 1 67 -10 53 38 24 Car Door Slam 1 70 -10 53 38 23 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 42 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Langdale - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 97 -10 49 4 16 Car Passage 3 90 -10 43 4 10 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 80 -10 51 4 17 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 60 -10 57 4 24 Drive to Pay Point 5 43 -10 56 4 23 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 35 -10 59 4 26 Drive to Collection Point 5 35 -10 59 4 26 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 35 -10 59 4 26 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 37 -10 64 4 30
Page 365
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |75 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 59 -10 60 4 26 Car Passage 3 70 -10 46 4 12 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 87 -10 51 4 18 Car Passage 3 90 -10 43 6 12 Car Passage 3 67 -10 46 6 14 Car Passage 3 58 -10 47 6 16 Car Passage 3 70 -10 46 6 14 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 97 -10 50 6 19 Car Reversing 7 65 -10 47 3 12 Car Reversing 7 67 -10 46 3 12 Car Reversing 7 70 -10 46 3 11 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 65 -10 46 3 11 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 67 -10 46 3 11 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 70 -10 45 3 10 Car Engine Starting 5 65 -10 46 2 9 Car Engine Starting 5 67 -10 45 2 9 Car Engine Starting 5 70 -10 45 2 9 Car Door Slam 1 65 -10 54 4 20 Car Door Slam 1 67 -10 53 4 20 Car Door Slam 1 70 -10 53 4 20 Total dBLAeq, 15min 36
Page 366
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |76 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Kinvaid – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 106 -10 48 77 22 Car Passage 3 96 -10 43 77 16 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 82 -10 51 77 24 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 61 -10 57 77 31 Drive to Pay Point 5 43 -10 56 77 30 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 40 -10 58 77 31 Drive to Collection Point 5 40 -10 58 77 31 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 44 -10 57 77 30 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 47 -10 62 77 35 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 68 -10 58 77 32 Car Passage 3 78 -10 45 77 18 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 106 -10 50 77 23 Car Passage 3 96 -10 43 57 15 Car Passage 3 71 -10 46 57 18 Car Passage 3 66 -10 46 57 18 Car Passage 3 78 -10 45 57 17 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 106 -10 50 57 22 Car Reversing 7 96 -10 43 19 10 Car Reversing 7 71 -10 46 19 13 Car Reversing 7 78 -10 45 19 12
Page 367
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |77 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 96 -10 42 19 10 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 71 -10 45 19 12 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 78 -10 44 19 11 Car Engine Starting 5 96 -10 42 6 5 Car Engine Starting 5 71 -10 45 6 7 Car Engine Starting 5 78 -10 44 7 7 Car Door Slam 1 96 -10 50 38 21 Car Door Slam 1 71 -10 53 38 23 Car Door Slam 1 78 -10 52 38 22 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 41 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Kinvaid - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 106 -10 49 4 15 Car Passage 3 96 -10 43 4 9 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 82 -10 51 4 17 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 61 -10 57 4 24 Drive to Pay Point 5 43 -10 56 4 23 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 40 -10 59 4 24 Drive to Collection Point 5 40 -10 59 4 24 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 44 -10 59 4 24 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 47 -10 64 4 28
Page 368
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |78 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 68 -10 60 4 25 Car Passage 3 78 -10 46 4 11 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 106 -10 51 4 16 Car Passage 3 96 -10 43 6 11 Car Passage 3 71 -10 46 6 14 Car Passage 3 66 -10 47 6 14 Car Passage 3 78 -10 46 6 13 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 106 -10 50 6 18 Car Reversing 7 96 -10 47 3 8 Car Reversing 7 71 -10 46 3 11 Car Reversing 7 78 -10 46 3 10 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 96 -10 46 3 8 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 71 -10 46 3 4 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 78 -10 45 3 9 Car Engine Starting 5 96 -10 46 2 6 Car Engine Starting 5 71 -10 45 2 8 Car Engine Starting 5 78 -10 45 2 8 Car Door Slam 1 96 -10 54 4 17 Car Door Slam 1 71 -10 53 4 19 Car Door Slam 1 78 -10 53 4 19 Total dBLAeq, 15min 34
Page 369
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |79 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 1 - Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 43 -10 46 77 30 Car Passage 3 26 -10 44 77 28 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 18 -10 54 77 37 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 37 -10 52 77 35 Drive to Pay Point 5 42 -10 47 77 30 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 68 -10 43 77 27 Drive to Collection Point 5 69 -10 43 77 27 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 69 -10 43 77 27 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 69 -10 48 77 32 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 60 -10 49 77 33 Car Passage 3 46 -10 39 77 23 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 43 -10 47 77 31 Car Passage 3 26 -10 44 57 26 Car Passage 3 35 -10 42 57 24 Car Passage 3 51 -10 38 57 20 Car Passage 3 46 -10 39 57 21 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 43 -10 47 57 29 Car Reversing 7 26 -10 45 19 22 Car Reversing 7 35 -10 42 19 19 Car Reversing 7 51 -10 39 19 16
Page 370
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |80 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 26 -10 44 19 21 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 35 -10 41 19 18 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 51 -10 38 19 15 Car Engine Starting 5 26 -10 44 6 16 Car Engine Starting 5 35 -10 41 6 13 Car Engine Starting 5 51 -10 38 7 11 Car Door Slam 1 26 -10 52 38 32 Car Door Slam 1 35 -10 49 38 29 Car Door Slam 1 51 -10 46 38 26 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 43 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 1 - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 43 -5 51 4 28 Car Passage 3 26 -5 49 4 26 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 18 -5 59 4 35 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 37 -5 57 4 33 Drive to Pay Point 5 42 -5 52 4 28 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 68 -5 48 4 25 Drive to Collection Point 5 69 -5 48 4 25 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 69 -5 48 4 25 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 69 -5 53 4 30
Page 371
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |81 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 60 -5 54 4 31 Car Passage 3 46 -5 44 4 21 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 43 -5 52 4 29 Car Passage 3 26 -5 49 6 27 Car Passage 3 35 -5 47 6 25 Car Passage 3 51 -5 43 6 22 Car Passage 3 46 -5 44 6 23 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 43 -5 52 6 31 Car Reversing 7 26 -5 50 3 25 Car Reversing 7 35 -5 47 3 22 Car Reversing 7 51 -5 44 3 19 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 26 -5 49 3 24 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 35 -5 46 3 21 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 51 -5 43 3 18 Car Engine Starting 5 26 -5 49 2 22 Car Engine Starting 5 35 -5 46 2 20 Car Engine Starting 5 51 -5 43 2 16 Car Door Slam 1 26 -5 57 4 33 Car Door Slam 1 35 -5 54 4 31 Car Door Slam 1 51 -5 51 4 27 Total dBLAeq, 15min 43
Page 372
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |82 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 2 - Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 57 -10 44 77 27 Car Passage 3 41 -10 40 77 24 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 14 -10 56 77 39 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 13 -10 61 77 44 Drive to Pay Point 5 18 -10 54 77 37 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 38 -10 48 77 32 Drive to Collection Point 5 40 -10 48 77 31 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 45 -10 47 77 30 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 45 -10 52 77 35 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 47 -10 52 77 35 Car Passage 3 42 -10 40 77 23 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 57 -10 45 77 28 Car Passage 3 41 -10 40 57 22 Car Passage 3 26 -10 44 57 26 Car Passage 3 34 -10 42 57 24 Car Passage 3 42 -10 40 57 22 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 57 -10 45 57 27 Car Reversing 7 26 -10 45 19 22 Car Reversing 7 34 -10 42 19 19 Car Reversing 7 42 -10 40 19 18
Page 373
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |83 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 26 -10 44 19 21 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 34 -10 41 19 19 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 42 -10 40 19 17 Car Engine Starting 5 26 -10 44 6 16 Car Engine Starting 5 34 -10 41 6 14 Car Engine Starting 5 42 -10 40 7 12 Car Door Slam 1 26 -10 52 38 32 Car Door Slam 1 34 -10 49 38 30 Car Door Slam 1 42 -10 48 38 28 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 47 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 2 - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 57 -5 49 4 15 Car Passage 3 41 -5 45 4 9 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 14 -5 61 4 17 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 13 -5 66 4 24 Drive to Pay Point 5 18 -5 59 4 23 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 38 -5 53 4 24 Drive to Collection Point 5 40 -5 53 4 24 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 45 -5 52 4 24 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 45 -5 57 4 28
Page 374
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |84 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 47 -5 57 4 25 Car Passage 3 42 -5 45 4 11 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 57 -5 50 4 16 Car Passage 3 41 -5 45 6 11 Car Passage 3 26 -5 49 6 14 Car Passage 3 34 -5 47 6 14 Car Passage 3 42 -5 45 6 13 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 57 -5 50 6 18 Car Reversing 7 26 -5 50 3 8 Car Reversing 7 34 -5 47 3 11 Car Reversing 7 42 -5 45 3 10 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 26 -5 49 3 8 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 34 -5 46 3 4 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 42 -5 45 3 9 Car Engine Starting 5 26 -5 49 2 6 Car Engine Starting 5 34 -5 46 2 8 Car Engine Starting 5 42 -5 45 2 8 Car Door Slam 1 26 -5 57 4 17 Car Door Slam 1 34 -5 54 4 19 Car Door Slam 1 42 -5 53 4 19 Total dBLAeq, 15min 46
Page 375
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |85 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 3 - Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 68 -10 42 77 26 Car Passage 3 54 -10 38 77 21 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 25 -10 51 77 34 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 17 -10 58 77 42 Drive to Pay Point 5 8 -10 61 77 44 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 20 -10 54 77 37 Drive to Collection Point 5 22 -10 53 77 36 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 34 -10 49 77 33 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 28 -10 56 77 39 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 41 -10 53 77 36 Car Passage 3 46 -10 39 77 23 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 74 -10 43 77 26 Car Passage 3 54 -10 38 57 20 Car Passage 3 31 -10 43 57 25 Car Passage 3 32 -10 42 57 24 Car Passage 3 46 -10 39 57 21 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 64 -10 44 57 26 Car Reversing 7 54 -10 38 19 15 Car Reversing 7 31 -10 43 19 20 Car Reversing 7 46 -10 40 19 17
Page 376
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |86 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 54 -10 37 19 15 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 31 -10 42 19 19 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 46 -10 39 19 16 Car Engine Starting 5 54 -10 37 6 10 Car Engine Starting 5 31 -10 42 6 14 Car Engine Starting 5 46 -10 39 7 12 Car Door Slam 1 54 -10 45 38 26 Car Door Slam 1 31 -10 50 38 30 Car Door Slam 1 46 -10 47 38 27 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 49 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 3 - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 68 -5 47 4 24 Car Passage 3 54 -5 43 4 19 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 25 -5 56 4 32 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 17 -5 63 4 40 Drive to Pay Point 5 8 -5 66 4 42 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 20 -5 59 4 35 Drive to Collection Point 5 22 -5 58 4 35 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 34 -5 54 4 31 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 28 -5 61 4 38
Page 377
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |87 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 41 -5 58 4 34 Car Passage 3 46 -5 44 4 21 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 74 -5 48 4 24 Car Passage 3 54 -5 43 6 21 Car Passage 3 31 -5 48 6 26 Car Passage 3 32 -5 47 6 26 Car Passage 3 46 -5 44 6 23 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 64 -5 49 6 27 Car Reversing 7 54 -5 43 3 18 Car Reversing 7 31 -5 48 3 23 Car Reversing 7 46 -5 45 3 20 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 54 -5 42 3 18 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 31 -5 47 3 22 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 46 -5 44 3 19 Car Engine Starting 5 54 -5 42 2 16 Car Engine Starting 5 31 -5 47 2 21 Car Engine Starting 5 46 -5 44 2 17 Car Door Slam 1 54 -5 50 4 27 Car Door Slam 1 31 -5 55 4 32 Car Door Slam 1 46 -5 52 4 28 Total dBLAeq, 15min 47
Page 378
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |88 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 4 - Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 53 -10 44 77 28 Car Passage 3 33 -10 42 77 25 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 19 -10 53 77 37 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 13 -10 61 77 44 Drive to Pay Point 5 14 -10 56 77 39 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 43 -10 47 77 31 Drive to Collection Point 5 44 -10 47 77 30 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 46 -10 47 77 30 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 47 -10 52 77 35 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 47 -10 52 77 35 Car Passage 3 41 -10 40 77 24 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 53 -10 46 77 29 Car Passage 3 33 -10 42 57 24 Car Passage 3 24 -10 45 57 27 Car Passage 3 35 -10 42 57 24 Car Passage 3 41 -10 40 57 22 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 53 -10 46 57 28 Car Reversing 7 33 -10 43 19 20 Car Reversing 7 24 -10 45 19 23 Car Reversing 7 41 -10 41 19 18
Page 379
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |89 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 33 -10 42 19 19 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 24 -10 44 19 22 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 41 -10 40 19 17 Car Engine Starting 5 33 -10 42 6 14 Car Engine Starting 5 24 -10 44 6 17 Car Engine Starting 5 41 -10 40 7 13 Car Door Slam 1 33 -10 50 38 30 Car Door Slam 1 24 -10 52 38 33 Car Door Slam 1 41 -10 48 38 28 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 47 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 4 - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 53 -5 49 4 26 Car Passage 3 33 -5 47 4 24 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 19 -5 58 4 35 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 13 -5 66 4 42 Drive to Pay Point 5 14 -5 61 4 38 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 43 -5 52 4 29 Drive to Collection Point 5 44 -5 52 4 29 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 46 -5 52 4 28 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 47 -5 57 4 33
Page 380
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |90 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 47 -5 57 4 33 Car Passage 3 41 -5 45 4 22 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 53 -5 51 4 27 Car Passage 3 33 -5 47 6 25 Car Passage 3 24 -5 50 6 28 Car Passage 3 35 -5 47 6 25 Car Passage 3 41 -5 45 6 24 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 53 -5 51 6 29 Car Reversing 7 33 -5 48 3 23 Car Reversing 7 24 -5 50 3 26 Car Reversing 7 41 -5 46 3 21 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 33 -5 47 3 22 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 24 -5 49 3 25 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 41 -5 45 3 20 Car Engine Starting 5 33 -5 47 2 20 Car Engine Starting 5 24 -5 49 2 23 Car Engine Starting 5 41 -5 45 2 18 Car Door Slam 1 33 -5 55 4 31 Car Door Slam 1 24 -5 57 4 34 Car Door Slam 1 41 -5 53 4 29 Total dBLAeq, 15min 46
Page 381
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |91 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 5 - Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Car Pulling into Car Park 5 56 -10 44 77 27 Car Passage 3 37 -10 41 77 24 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 20 -10 53 77 36 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 12 -10 61 77 45 Drive to Pay Point 5 14 -10 56 77 39 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 38 -10 48 77 32 Drive to Collection Point 5 39 -10 48 77 31 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 43 -10 47 77 31 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 43 -10 52 77 36 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 45 -10 52 77 35 Car Passage 3 42 -10 40 77 23 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 56 -10 45 77 28 Car Passage 3 37 -10 41 57 23 Car Passage 3 25 -10 45 57 27 Car Passage 3 34 -10 42 57 24 Car Passage 3 42 -10 40 57 22 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 56 -10 45 57 27 Car Reversing 7 37 -10 42 19 19 Car Reversing 7 25 -10 45 19 22 Car Reversing 7 42 -10 40 19 18
Page 382
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |92 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 37 -10 41 19 18 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 25 -10 44 19 21 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 42 -10 40 19 17 Car Engine Starting 5 37 -10 41 6 13 Car Engine Starting 5 25 -10 44 6 16 Car Engine Starting 5 42 -10 40 7 12 Car Door Slam 1 37 -10 49 38 29 Car Door Slam 1 25 -10 52 38 32 Car Door Slam 1 42 -10 48 38 28 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 48 Proposed Carpark Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 5 - Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Car Pulling into Car Park 5 56 -5 49 4 25 Car Passage 3 37 -5 47 4 23 Drive Thru – drive off street and stop at COD 5 20 -5 58 4 34 Engine Idling – Making Order 1 12 -5 66 4 43 Drive to Pay Point 5 14 -5 61 4 38 Engine Idling – Pay Point 5 38 -5 52 4 30 Drive to Collection Point 5 39 -5 52 4 30 Engine Idling - Collection Point 5 43 -5 52 4 29 Car Pulling off Collection Point 5 56 -5 57 4 34
Page 383
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |93 Car Pulling off Drive-Thru into Car Park 5 43 -5 57 4 33 Car Passage 3 45 -5 45 4 22 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 42 -5 51 4 27 Car Passage 3 56 -5 47 6 24 Car Passage 3 37 -5 50 6 28 Car Passage 3 25 -5 47 6 25 Car Passage 3 34 -5 45 6 23 Car Driving off and pulling onto the street 8 42 -5 51 6 28 Car Reversing 7 56 -5 48 3 22 Car Reversing 7 37 -5 50 3 25 Car Reversing 7 25 -5 46 3 21 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 42 -5 47 3 21 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 37 -5 49 3 24 Car Pulling off Parking Space 4 25 -5 45 3 20 Car Engine Starting 5 42 -5 47 2 19 Car Engine Starting 5 37 -5 49 2 22 Car Engine Starting 5 25 -5 45 2 18 Car Door Slam 1 42 -5 55 4 30 Car Door Slam 1 37 -5 57 4 34 Car Door Slam 1 25 -5 53 4 29 Total dBLAeq, 15min 46
Page 384
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |94 Appendix C – Customer Order Display Noise Emission Tables Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Lodge – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 63 -10 35 77 28 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 28 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Ardlui – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 43 -10 38 77 31 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 31 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Langdale – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 35 -10 40 77 33 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 33 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Kinvaid – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 40 -10 39 77 32 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 32 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 1 – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 37 -10 40 77 23 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 23
Page 385
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |95 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 2 – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 13 -10 49 77 32 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 32 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 3 – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 17 -10 46 77 30 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 30 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Dwelling 4 – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 13 -10 49 77 32 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 32 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Dwelling 5 – Daytime Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour Customer Order Display 0.5 12 -10 49 77 33 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 33 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Lodge – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 63 -10 35 4 12 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 12
Page 386
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |96 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Ardlui – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 43 -10 38 4 15 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 15 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Langdale – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 35 -10 40 4 17 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 17 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Kinvaid – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 40 -10 39 4 16 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 16 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 1 – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 37 -5 45 4 21 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 21 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 2 – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 13 -5 54 4 30 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 30
Page 387
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |97 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 3 – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 17 -5 51 4 28 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 28 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 4 – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 13 -5 54 4 30 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 30 Customer Order Display Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 5 – Night-time Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 15min Customer Order Display 0.5 12 -5 54 4 31 Total dBLAeq, 15-minute 31
Page 388
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |98 Appendix D – Fixed Plant Installations Noise Emissions Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Lodge Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 25 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 37 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 31 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 39
Page 389
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |99 Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Ardlui Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 26 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 18 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 9 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 37 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 31 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 39
Page 390
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |100 Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Langdale Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 25 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 9 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 36 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 29 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 37
Page 391
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |101 Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Kinvaid Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 24 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 33 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 27 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 35
Page 392
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |102 Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 1 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 57 - -10 17 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 57 - -10 17 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 63 - -10 16 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 63 - -10 16 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 63 - -10 16 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 54 - -10 23 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 59 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 57 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 14 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 57 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 13 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 52 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 HWS fRY013pI - 59 52 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 7 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 68 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 31 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 67 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 25 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 33
Page 393
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |103 Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 2 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 37 - -10 20 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 40 - -10 20 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 27 - -10 29 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 28 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 4 AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 30 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 19 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 27 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 19 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 21 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 23 HWS fRY013pI - 59 21 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 45 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 35 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 43 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 29 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 37
Page 394
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |104 Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 3 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 34 - -10 21 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 26 - -10 29 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 23 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 6 AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 24 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 22 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 18 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 24 HWS fRY013pI - 59 18 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 40 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 36 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 38 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 30 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 38
Page 395
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |105 Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 4 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 38 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 37 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 25 - -10 29 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 27 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 4 AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 25 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 24 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 20 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 18 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 24 HWS fRY013pI - 59 18 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 42 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 35 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 29 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 38
Page 396
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |106 Noise Emissions from Proposed Mechanical Plant Installations – Proposed Dwelling 5 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 36 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 35 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 34 - -10 21 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 25 - -10 29 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 23 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 6 AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ-ZM71VHA - 67 24 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 22 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 16 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 25 HWS fRY013pI - 59 16 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 40 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 36 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 29 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 38
Page 397
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |107 Appendix E – Delivery Noise Emissions Tables Delivery Noise Emissions at Lodge Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 80 -10 49 1 13 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 61 -10 70 1 34 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 65 -10 57 1 21 HGV Pulling Off 7 58 -10 60 1 24 HGV Passage 5 54 -10 52 1 17 HGV Passage 5 65 -10 51 1 15 HGV Pulling Off 7 74 -10 58 1 22 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 35 Delivery Noise Emissions at Ardlui Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 78 -10 49 1 14 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 59 -10 70 1 35 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 64 -10 57 1 21 HGV Pulling Off 7 57 -10 60 1 24 HGV Passage 5 54 -10 52 1 17 HGV Passage 5 64 -10 51 1 15 HGV Pulling Off 7 78 -10 57 1 21 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 35
Page 398
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |108 Delivery Noise Emissions at Langdale Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 72 -10 50 1 14 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 55 -10 71 1 35 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 60 -10 57 1 22 HGV Pulling Off 7 60 -10 59 1 24 HGV Passage 5 58 -10 52 1 16 HGV Passage 5 70 -10 50 1 15 HGV Pulling Off 7 97 -10 55 1 20 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 36 Delivery Noise Emissions at Kinvaid Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 80 -10 49 1 13 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 60 -10 70 1 34 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 66 -10 57 1 21 HGV Pulling Off 7 66 -10 59 1 23 HGV Passage 5 66 -10 51 1 15 HGV Passage 5 78 -10 49 1 14 HGV Pulling Off 7 106 -10 54 1 19 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 35
Page 399
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |109 Delivery Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 1 Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 27 -10 58 1 23 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 28 -10 77 1 41 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 28 -10 64 1 28 HGV Pulling Off 7 29 -10 66 1 30 HGV Passage 5 51 -10 53 1 17 HGV Passage 5 47 -10 54 1 18 HGV Pulling Off 7 45 -10 62 1 26 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 42 Delivery Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 2 Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 30 -10 57 1 22 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 17 -10 81 1 45 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 17 -10 68 1 33 HGV Pulling Off 7 22 -10 68 1 32 HGV Passage 5 39 -10 55 1 20 HGV Passage 5 42 -10 55 1 19 HGV Pulling Off 7 49 -10 61 1 26 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 46
Page 400
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |110 Delivery Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 3 Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 46 -10 54 1 18 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 32 -10 75 1 40 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 24 -10 65 1 30 HGV Pulling Off 7 22 -10 68 1 32 HGV Passage 5 32 -10 57 1 21 HGV Passage 5 45 -10 54 1 18 HGV Pulling Off 7 60 -10 59 1 24 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 41 Delivery Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 4 Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 32 -10 57 1 21 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 18 -10 80 1 45 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 18 -10 68 1 32 HGV Pulling Off 7 19 -10 69 1 34 HGV Passage 5 36 -10 56 1 20 HGV Passage 5 45 -10 54 1 18 HGV Pulling Off 7 50 -10 61 1 25 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 46
Page 401
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |111 Delivery Noise Emissions at Proposed Dwelling 5 Source Measurement Distance (m) Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction LAE @ Receptor Number of Events dB LAeq, 1hour HGV Passage 5 37 -10 56 1 20 Goods Loading and Unloading 6 23 -10 78 1 43 HGV Engine Starting and Idling 5 23 -10 66 1 30 HGV Pulling Off 7 18 -10 70 1 34 HGV Passage 5 34 -10 56 1 21 HGV Passage 5 42 -10 55 1 19 HGV Pulling Off 7 54 -10 60 1 25 Total dBLAeq, 1hour 44
Page 402
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |112 Appendix F – Waste Collection Noise Emissions Tables Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Lodge Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 58 -10 42 Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Ardlui Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 53 -10 43 Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Langdale Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 55 -10 42 Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Kinvaid Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 58 -10 42 Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Proposed Dwelling 1 Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 37 -10 46 Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Proposed Dwelling 2 Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 17 -10 52
Page 403
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |113 Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Proposed Dwelling 3 Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 16 -10 53 Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Proposed Dwelling 4 Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 16 -10 53 Waste Collection Noise Emissions – Proposed Dwelling 5 Source dB LAeq, T @10m On- time (min) On-time Correction (dB) dB LAeq, 1-hour @10m Receptor Distance (m) Screening Correction dB LAeq, 1-hour @Receptor Refuse Wagon 78 5 -10.8 67 19 -10 51
Page 404
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |114 Appendix G – Specific Sound Levels Tables Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Lodge Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 44 Customer Order Display 28 Fixed Plant Installations 39 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 45 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Lodge Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 44 Customer Order Display 28 Fixed Plant Installations 39 Waste Collection 42 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 47 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Lodge Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 39 Customer Order Display 12 Fixed Plant Installations 39 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 42
Page 405
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |115 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Ardlui Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 45 Customer Order Display 31 Fixed Plant Installations 39 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 46 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Ardlui Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 45 Customer Order Display 31 Fixed Plant Installations 39 Waste Collection 43 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 48 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Ardlui Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 38 Customer Order Display 15 Fixed Plant Installations 39 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 42
Page 406
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |116 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Langdale Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 42 Customer Order Display 33 Fixed Plant Installations 37 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 44 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Langdale Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 42 Customer Order Display 33 Fixed Plant Installations 37 Delivery Noise 36 Waste Collection 42 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 46 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Langdale Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 36 Customer Order Display 17 Fixed Plant Installations 37 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 40
Page 407
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |117 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Kinvaid Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 41 Customer Order Display 32 Fixed Plant Installations 37 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 43 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Kinvaid Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 41 Customer Order Display 32 Fixed Plant Installations 37 Waste Collection 42 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 45 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Kinvaid Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 34 Customer Order Display 16 Fixed Plant Installations 37 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 39
Page 408
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |118 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 1 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 43 Customer Order Display 23 Fixed Plant Installations 33 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 43 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 1 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 43 Customer Order Display 23 Fixed Plant Installations 33 Waste Collection 46 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 49 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Proposed Dwelling 1 Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 43 Customer Order Display 21 Fixed Plant Installations 33 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 43
Page 409
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |119 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 2 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 47 Customer Order Display 32 Fixed Plant Installations 37 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 48 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 2 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 47 Customer Order Display 32 Fixed Plant Installations 37 Waste Collection 52 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 54 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Proposed Dwelling 2 Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 46 Customer Order Display 30 Fixed Plant Installations 33 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 46
Page 410
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |120 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 3 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 49 Customer Order Display 30 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 49 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 3 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 49 Customer Order Display 30 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Waste Collection 53 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 55 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Proposed Dwelling 3 Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 47 Customer Order Display 28 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 48
Page 411
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |121 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 4 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 47 Customer Order Display 32 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 48 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 4 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 47 Customer Order Display 32 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Waste Collection 53 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 54 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Proposed Dwelling 4 Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 46 Customer Order Display 30 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 47
Page 412
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |122 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Typical Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 5 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 47 Customer Order Display 32 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 48 Specific Sound Level – Daytime – Absolute Worst Case – Proposed Dwelling 5 Source dB LAeq, 1hour Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 47 Customer Order Display 32 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Waste Collection 51 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,1hour 53 Specific Sound Level – Night-time – Proposed Dwelling 5 Source dB LAeq, 15-minute Car Park and Drive-Thru vehicle Movements 46 Customer Order Display 30 Fixed Plant Installations 38 Specific Sound Level dBLAeq,15-min 47
Page 413
Appendix H – Predicted Vehicle Movements
Page 414
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |124 Appendix I – Proposed Site Plan
Page 415
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |125 Appendix J – Proposed 1.8m Fence Line 1.8m Fence Line
Page 416
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |126 Appendix K – Fixed Plant Noise Levels (Including Mitigation Measures) Plant Noise Emissions – Lodge Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 25 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 25 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 19 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 32
Page 417
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |127 Plant Noise Emissions – Ardlui Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 21 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 21 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 26 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 18 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 9 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 25 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 19 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 32
Page 418
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |128 Plant Noise Emissions – Langdale Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 20 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 20 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 25 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 9 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 23 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 17 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 31
Page 419
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |129 Plant Noise Emissions – Kinvaid Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 24 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 29
Page 420
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |130 Plant Noise Emissions – Proposed Dwelling 1 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 24 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 29
Page 421
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |131 Plant Noise Emissions – Proposed Dwelling 2 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 24 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 29
Page 422
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |132 Plant Noise Emissions - Proposed Dwelling 3 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 24 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 29
Page 423
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |133 Plant Noise Emissions - Proposed Dwelling 4 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 24 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 29
Page 424
Noise Impact Assessment McDonald’s Blairgowrie August 2025 Page |134 Plant Noise Emissions - Proposed Dwelling 5 Plan Reference Plant Item dBA @1m dB LWA Distance to NSR (m) Propagation Screening Correction A-weighted SPL @ NSR S2/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S2/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP200 (Heating) 62 - 39 - -10 18 S1/C1 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C2 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 S1/C3 Mitsubishi ZRP250 (Heating) 62 - 41 - -10 18 EF/01 BW10 (Breakout @1m) 67 - 41 - -10 24 AC/02 Mitsubishi M50FA - 51 47 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 - AC/03 Mitsubishi PUZ- ZM71VHA - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/02 EF/02 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 EF/03 EF/03 - 67 39 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 16 HWS fRY013pI - 59 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 8 S1 S1 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 86 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 21 S2 S2 (Supply Fan Outlet in Duct) - 79 41 On a reflective surface: Q-factor of 2 (+ 3dB) -10 15 A-weighted total (dB) (All plant running simultaneously) 29